UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-Q
(Mark One)
þ
QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the quarterly period ended: March 31, 2014
OR
o
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 (No Fee Required)
For the transition period from to

Commission file number 000-31191

THE MEDICINES COMPANY
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
 
04-3324394
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
 
 
 
8 Sylvan Way
Parsippany, New Jersey
(Address of principal executive offices)
 
07054
(Zip Code)

Registrant's telephone number, including area code: (973) 290-6000

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.

Yes þ No o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).

Yes þ No o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
Large accelerated filer þ
Accelerated filer o
Non-accelerated filer o
Smaller reporting company o
 
 
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).

Yes o No þ
As of May 6, 2014 there were 65,018,521 shares of Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share, outstanding (excluding 2,192,982 shares held in the treasury).





THE MEDICINES COMPANY

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Part I. Financial Information
 
EX-10.1
 
EX-10.2
 
EX-31.1
 
EX-31.2
 
EX-32.1
 
EX-32.2
 





Part I. Financial Information
Item 1. Financial Statements

1

THE MEDICINES COMPANY
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)
(unaudited)

 
March 31,
2014
 
December 31,
2013
ASSETS
 
 
 
Current assets:
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
$
378,376

 
$
376,727

Accounts receivable, net of allowances of $33.9 million and $28.6 million at March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively
104,375

 
101,587

Inventory
86,001

 
87,105

Deferred tax assets
13,430

 
13,431

Prepaid expenses and other current assets
13,506

 
12,591

Total current assets
595,688

 
591,441

Fixed assets, net
41,390

 
39,268

Intangible assets, net
829,635

 
836,273

Goodwill
257,789

 
257,694

Restricted cash
1,491

 
1,574

Other assets
14,702

 
15,032

Total assets
$
1,740,695

 
$
1,741,282

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
 
 
 
Current liabilities:
 
 
 
Accounts payable
$
7,336

 
$
26,911

Accrued expenses
147,207

 
142,290

Deferred revenue
2,217

 
5,052

Total current liabilities
156,760

 
174,253

Contingent purchase price
304,627

 
302,363

Deferred tax liabilities
128,630

 
128,677

Convertible senior notes (due 2017)
238,683

 
236,088

Other liabilities
7,344

 
7,740

Total liabilities
836,044

 
849,121

Stockholders' equity:
 
 
 
Preferred stock, $1.00 par value per share, 5,000,000 shares authorized; no shares issued and outstanding

 

Common stock, $0.001 par value per share, 125,000,000 shares authorized; 67,205,726 issued and 65,012,744 outstanding at March 31, 2014 and 66,590,875 issued and 64,397,893 outstanding at December 31, 2013, respectively
67

 
66

Additional paid-in capital
1,009,605

 
991,982

Treasury stock, at cost; 2,192,982 shares at March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively
(50,000
)
 
(50,000
)
Accumulated deficit
(49,895
)
 
(44,899
)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
(4,781
)
 
(4,652
)
Total The Medicines Company stockholders' equity
904,996

 
892,497

Non-controlling interest in joint venture
(345
)
 
(336
)
Total stockholders' equity
904,651

 
892,161

Total liabilities and stockholders' equity
$
1,740,695

 
$
1,741,282

See accompanying notes to unaudited consolidated financial statements.

2

THE MEDICINES COMPANY
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME (LOSS)
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
(unaudited)



 
Three Months Ended March 31,
 
2014
 
2013
Net revenue
$
177,235

 
$
155,753

Operating expenses:
 
 
 
Cost of revenue
66,867

 
56,714

Research and development
31,096

 
58,196

Selling, general and administrative
64,521

 
63,482

Total operating expenses
162,484

 
178,392

Income (loss) from operations
14,751

 
(22,639
)
Co-promotion and profit share income
6,020

 
3,750

Interest expense
(3,860
)
 
(3,674
)
Other income
179

 
198

Income (loss) before income taxes
17,090

 
(22,365
)
(Provision) benefit for income taxes
(22,095
)
 
10,759

Net loss
(5,005
)
 
(11,606
)
Net loss attributable to non-controlling interest
9

 
33

Net loss attributable to The Medicines Company
$
(4,996
)
 
$
(11,573
)
Basic loss per common share attributable to The Medicines Company
$
(0.08
)
 
$
(0.21
)
Diluted loss per common share attributable to The Medicines Company
$
(0.08
)
 
$
(0.21
)
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding:
 
 
 
Basic
64,152

 
54,047

Diluted
64,152

 
54,047


See accompanying notes to unaudited consolidated financial statements .


3

THE MEDICINES COMPANY
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE LOSS
(in thousands)
(unaudited)



 
Three Months Ended March 31,
 
2014
 
2013
Net loss
$
(5,005
)
 
$
(11,606
)
Other comprehensive (loss) income:
 
 
 
Unrealized gain on available for sale securities

 
5

Foreign currency translation adjustment
(129
)
 
(241
)
Other comprehensive loss
(129
)
 
(236
)
Comprehensive loss
$
(5,134
)
 
$
(11,842
)

See accompanying notes to unaudited consolidated financial statements .



4

THE MEDICINES COMPANY
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(in thousands)
(unaudited)


 
Three Months Ended March 31,
 
2014
 
2013
Cash flows from operating activities:
 
 
 
Net loss
$
(5,005
)
 
$
(11,606
)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:
 
 
 
Depreciation and amortization
7,938

 
5,729

Amortization of net premiums and discounts on available for sale securities

 
131

Amortization of long term debt financing costs
320

 
283

Amortization of debt discount
2,595

 
2,445

Unrealized foreign currency transaction (gain), net
(113
)
 
(72
)
Non-cash stock compensation expense
7,372

 
4,611

Loss on disposal of fixed assets
7

 
19

Deferred tax provision
1,669

 
(5,430
)
Excess tax benefit from share-based compensation arrangements
(1,670
)
 
(3,648
)
Adjustment to contingent purchase price
2,264

 
(364
)
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
 
 
 
Accrued interest receivable
1

 
198

Accounts receivable
(2,768
)
 
(4,872
)
Inventory
1,120

 
(7,994
)
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
(314
)
 
(8,991
)
Accounts payable
(19,575
)
 
(15,148
)
Accrued expenses
7,740

 
(2,217
)
Deferred revenue
(4,087
)
 
(1,124
)
Other liabilities
(2,583
)
 
85

Net cash used in operating activities
(5,089
)
 
(47,965
)
Cash flows from investing activities:
 
 
 
Proceeds from maturities and sales of available for sale securities

 
27,056

Purchases of fixed assets
(3,393
)
 
(852
)
Cash used for acquisitions, net
(63
)
 
(301,699
)
Other investments

 
(875
)
Decrease in restricted cash
83

 
5

Net cash used in investing activities
(3,373
)
 
(276,365
)
Cash flows from financing activities:
 
 
 
Proceeds from issuances of common stock
8,582

 
29,735

Excess tax benefit from share-based compensation arrangements
1,670

 
3,648

Net cash provided by financing activities
10,252

 
33,383

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash
(141
)
 
(108
)
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
1,649

 
(291,055
)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
376,727

 
519,446

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
$
378,376

 
$
228,391

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:
 
 
 
Interest paid
$

 
$

Taxes paid
$
1,180

 
$
1,400

See accompanying notes to unaudited consolidated financial statements .

5



THE MEDICINES COMPANY

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The Medicines Company ® name and logo, Angiomax ® , Angiox ® , Cleviprex ® , Minocin ® IV, Carbavance TM , Fibrocaps TM and IONSYS TM are either registered trademarks or trademarks of The Medicines Company in the United States and/or other countries. All other trademarks, service marks or other tradenames appearing in this quarterly report on Form 10-Q are the property of their respective owners. Except where otherwise indicated, or where the context may otherwise require, references to “Angiomax” in this quarterly report on Form 10-Q mean Angiomax and Angiox collectively. References to “the Company,” “we,” “us” or “our” mean The Medicines Company, a Delaware corporation, and its subsidiaries.

1. Nature of Business

The Medicines Company (the Company) is a global biopharmaceutical company focused on saving lives, alleviating suffering and contributing to the economics of healthcare by focusing on 3,000 leading acute/intensive care hospitals worldwide. The Company markets Angiomax ® (bivalirudin), Recothrom ® Thrombin, topical (Recombinant), Cleviprex ® (clevidipine) injectable emulsion and Minocin ® IV (Minocycline for Injection). The Company also has a pipeline of acute and intensive care hospital products in development, including five product candidates for which it has submitted applications for regulatory approval or plans to submit applications for regulatory approval in 2014, which the Company refers to as its registration stage product candidates, cangrelor, oritavancin, IONSYS TM (fentanyl iontophoretic transdermal system), Fibrocaps TM and RPX-602, and three research and development product candidates, MDCO-216, Carbavance TM and ALN-PCSsc. The Company believes that its marketed products and products in development possess favorable attributes that competitive products do not provide, can satisfy unmet medical needs in the acute and intensive care hospital product market and offer, or, in the case of its products in development, have the potential to offer, improved performance to hospital businesses.

In addition to these products and product candidates, the Company sells a ready-to-use formulation of Argatroban and has a portfolio of ten generic drugs, which it refers to as its acute care generic products, that the Company has the non-exclusive right to market in the United States. The Company is currently selling three of its acute care generic products, midazolam, ondansetron and rocuronium. The Company also co-promotes the oral tablet antiplatelet medicine BRILINTA ® (ticagrelor) in the United States, as part of its global collaboration agreement with AstraZeneca LP (AstraZeneca) and the Boston Scientific Promus PREMIER TM Everolimus-Eluting Platinum Chromium Coronary Stent System (Promus PREMIER Stent System) in the United States under the Company's co-promotion agreement with Boston Scientific Corporation (BSX).
   

2. Significant Accounting Policies

The Company's significant accounting policies are described in note 2 of the notes to the consolidated financial statements included in the Company's annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC).
Basis of Presentation
The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) for interim financial information and with the instructions to Form 10-Q. Accordingly, they do not include all the information and footnotes required by GAAP for complete financial statements. In the opinion of management, the accompanying financial statements include all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring accruals, considered necessary for a fair presentation of the Company's financial position, results of operations, and cash flows for the periods presented.
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly owned and majority owned subsidiaries. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. The Company records net income (loss) attributable to non-controlling interest in the Company's consolidated financial statements equal to the percentage of ownership interest retained in the respective operations by the non-controlling parties. The Company has no unconsolidated subsidiaries or significant investments accounted for under the equity method.
The Company's results of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2014 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected from the Company for the entire fiscal year or any other quarter of the fiscal year ending December 31, 2014 . These consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the Company's audited financial statements included in the Company's annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013 as filed with the SEC.

6



Use of Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue, costs, expenses and accumulated other comprehensive loss that are reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying disclosures. Actual results may be different.
Contingencies
The Company may be, from time to time, a party to various disputes and claims arising from normal business activities. The Company continually assesses litigation to determine if an unfavorable outcome would lead to a probable loss or reasonably possible loss which could be estimated. In accordance with the guidance of the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) on accounting for contingencies, the Company accrues for all contingencies at the earliest date at which the Company deems it probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of such liability can be reasonably estimated. If the estimate of a probable loss is a range and no amount within the range is more likely than another, the Company accrues the minimum of the range. In the cases where the Company believes that a reasonably possible loss exists, the Company discloses the facts and circumstances of the litigation, including an estimable range, if possible.
Revenue Recognition
The Company's revenue recognition accounting policy is described in note 2 of the notes to the consolidated financial statements included in the Company's annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013 as filed with the SEC. Effective with the first quarter of 2014, the Company has modified its revenue recognition accounting policy with respect to product sales of Cleviprex and ready-to-use Argatroban as follows:
Product Sales of Cleviprex and Ready-to-Use Argatroban. Prior to January 1, 2014, product sales from Cleviprex and ready-to-use Argatroban were recorded under a deferred revenue model as the Company did not have sufficient information to develop reasonable estimates of expected returns and other adjustments to gross revenue. Under the deferred revenue model, the Company did not recognize revenue upon product shipment to Integrated Commercialization Solutions (ICS). Instead, upon product shipment, the Company invoiced ICS, recorded deferred revenue at gross invoice sales price, classified the cost basis of the product held by ICS as finished goods inventory held by others and included such cost basis amount within prepaid expenses and other current assets on the consolidated balance sheets. The Company recognized revenue when hospitals purchased the products. 
Beginning in the first quarter of 2014, the Company is recognizing revenue for Cleviprex and ready-to-use Argatroban as product is sold to ICS in the same manner as it recognizes Angiomax and Recothrom revenue, as the Company believes there is now sufficient history to reasonably estimate expected returns and other adjustments to revenue. For the three months ended March 31, 2014, the Company recognized one-time increases of $0.7 million in net sales of Cleviprex and $1.6 million in net sales of ready-to-use Argatroban, representing product sales previously deferred as of December 31, 2013, net of chargebacks and other discounts or accruals for product returns, rebates and fee-for-service charges.
Research and Development
Research and development costs are expensed as incurred. Clinical study costs are accrued over the service periods specified in the contracts and adjusted as necessary based upon an ongoing review of the level of effort and costs actually incurred. Payments for a product license prior to regulatory approval of the product and payments for milestones achieved prior to regulatory approval of the product are expensed in the period incurred as research and development. Milestone payments made in connection with regulatory approvals are capitalized and amortized to cost of revenue over the remaining useful life of the asset.
The Company performs research and development for U.S. government agencies under a cost-reimbursable contract in which the Company is reimbursed for direct costs incurred plus allowable indirect costs. The Company recognizes the reimbursements under research contracts when a contract has been executed, the contract price is fixed and determinable, delivery of services or products has occurred and collection of the contract price is reasonably assured. The reimbursements are classified as an offset to research and development expenses. Payments received in advance of work performed are deferred.

Share-Based Compensation
The Company accounts for share-based compensation in accordance with FASB Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) 718-10 (ASC 718-10), and recognizes expense using the accelerated expense attribution method. ASC 718-10 requires companies to recognize compensation expense in an amount equal to the fair value of all share-based awards granted to employees. The Company estimates the fair value of its options on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes closed-form option-pricing model.

7



Expected volatilities are based principally on historic volatility of the Company’s common stock. The Company uses historical data to estimate forfeiture rate. The expected term of options represents the period of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding. The Company has made a determination of expected term by analyzing employees’ historical exercise experience and has made estimates of future exercises of unexercised options. The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield in effect at the time of grant corresponding with the expected life of the option.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements
In July 2013, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update "Income Taxes (Topic 740): Presentation of an Unrecognized Tax Benefit When a Net Operating Loss Carryforward, a Similar Tax Loss, or a Tax Credit Carryforward Exists" (ASU 2013-11). ASU 2013-11 requires an entity to present an unrecognized tax benefit as a reduction of a deferred tax asset for a net operating loss (NOL) carryforward, or similar tax loss or tax credit carryforward, rather than as a liability when (1) the uncertain tax position would reduce the NOL or other carryforward under the tax law of the applicable jurisdiction and (2) the entity intends to use the deferred tax asset for that purpose. ASU 2013-11 is effective prospectively for fiscal years and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2013 for public entities. The adoption of ASU 2013-11 did not have a significant impact on our consolidated financial statements.


3. Share-Based Compensation

The Company recorded approximately $7.4 million and $4.6 million of share-based compensation expense for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and March 31, 2013 , respectively. As of March 31, 2014 , there was approximately $40.9 million of total unrecognized compensation costs related to non-vested share-based employee compensation arrangements granted under the Company's equity compensation plans. The Company expects to recognize those costs over a weighted average period of 1.47 years.

During the three months ended March 31, 2014 , the Company issued a total of 614,851 shares of its common stock upon the exercise of stock options, pursuant to restricted stock grants and pursuant to purchases under the Company's 2010 employee stock purchase plan (ESPP). During the three months ended March 31, 2013 , the Company issued a total of 1,687,043 shares of its common stock upon the exercise of stock options, pursuant to restricted stock grants and pursuant to purchases under the ESPP. Cash received from the exercise of stock options and purchases through the ESPP during the three months ended March 31, 2014 and March 31, 2013 was $8.6 million and $29.7 million , respectively, and is included within the financing activities section of the consolidated statements of cash flows.


4. Loss per Share

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted loss per share for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013 :

 
Three Months Ended March 31,
 
 
2014
 
2013
 
 
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
Basic and diluted
 
 
 
 
Net loss attributable to The Medicines Company
$
(4,996
)
 
$
(11,573
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Weighted average common shares outstanding, basic
64,152

 
54,047

 
Plus: net effect of dilutive stock options, restricted common shares and shares issuable upon conversion of Notes

 

 
Weighted average common shares outstanding, diluted
64,152

 
54,047

 
 
 
 
 
 
Loss per share attributable to The Medicines Company, basic
$
(0.08
)
 
$
(0.21
)
 
Loss per share attributable to The Medicines Company, diluted
$
(0.08
)
 
$
(0.21
)
 


8



Basic earnings per share is computed using the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period, reduced where applicable for outstanding yet unvested shares of restricted common stock. The number of dilutive common stock equivalents was calculated using the treasury stock method. For the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013 , options to purchase 2,128,222 shares and 2,705,911 shares, respectively, of common stock that could potentially dilute basic earnings per share in the future were excluded from the calculation of diluted earnings per share as their effect would have been anti-dilutive.

For the three months ended March 31, 2014 , there were 373,897 shares of unvested restricted stock excluded from the calculation of diluted earnings per common share. For the three months ended March 31, 2013 , there were 407,922 shares of unvested restricted stock excluded from the calculation of diluted earnings per common share.

In June 2012 , the Company issued, at par value, $275.0 million aggregate principal amount of 1.375% convertible senior notes due June 1, 2017 (the Notes) (see note 10, Convertible Senior Notes). As the Company is required to pay cash for the principal amount of the notes upon conversion, there is no impact to earnings per share.

For the three months ended March 31, 2014 and March 31, 2013 , 1,535,376 shares and 873,776 shares, respectively, for the excess premium calculation on these notes were not included in the diluted shares for purposes of calculating the total shares outstanding under the basic and diluted net loss per share as the effect would be anti-dilutive.

In connection with the issuance of the Notes, the Company entered into note hedge transactions with respect to its common stock (the Note Hedges) with several of the initial purchasers of the Notes, their affiliates and other financial institutions (the Hedge Counterparties). The Note Hedges are not considered for purposes of calculating the total shares outstanding under the basic and diluted net income per share, as their effect would be anti-dilutive. The Note Hedges are expected generally to reduce the potential dilution with respect to shares of the Company's common stock upon any conversion of the Notes in the event that the market price per share of the Company's common stock, as measured under the terms of the Note Hedges, is greater than the strike price of the Note Hedges, which initially corresponded to the conversion price of the Notes and is subject to anti-dilution adjustments substantially similar to those applicable to the conversion rate of the Notes.

In addition, in connection with the Note Hedges, the Company entered into warrant transactions with the Hedge Counterparties, pursuant to which the Company sold warrants (the Warrants) to the Hedge Counterparties to purchase, subject to customary anti-dilution adjustments, up to 9.8 million shares of the Company's common stock at a strike price of $34.20 per share. For the three months ended March 31, 2014 and March 31, 2013 , the warrants did not have a dilutive effect on earnings per share because the average market price during the periods presented was below the strike price. The Warrants will have a dilutive effect with respect to the Company's common stock to the extent that the market price per share of the Company's common stock, as measured under the terms of the Warrants, exceeds the applicable strike price of the Warrants. However, subject to certain conditions, the Company may elect to settle all of the Warrants in cash.


5. Income Taxes

For the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013 , the Company recorded a $22.1 million provision for income taxes and a $10.8 million benefit for income taxes, respectively, based upon its estimated federal, state and foreign tax liability for the year. The worldwide effective income tax rates for the Company for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013 were 129.3% and 48.2% , respectively. This increase in effective tax rate is driven primarily by the non-cash tax impact arising from changes in the value of the contingent consideration related to the Company's acquisitions of Targanta Therapeutics Corporation (Targanta), Incline Therapeutics, Inc. (Incline), ProFibrix B.V. (ProFibrix) and Rempex Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (Rempex). The 2014 effective tax rate also reflects higher tax losses in foreign jurisdictions from which we are unable to record a benefit currently, primarily the result of our acquisition of ProFibrix. The 2013 effective tax rate also reflects the one time income tax benefit arising from the retroactive reinstatement of the research and development tax credit included in the American Tax Relief Act of 2012 which was signed into law in January 2013 and expired on December 31, 2013.

The Company continues to evaluate its ability to realize its deferred tax assets on a periodic basis and will adjust such amounts in light of changing facts and circumstances including, but not limited to, future projections of taxable income, tax legislation, rulings by relevant tax authorities, the progress of ongoing tax audits and the regulatory approval of products currently under development. Any changes to the valuation allowance or deferred tax assets in the future would impact the Company's income taxes.





9



6. Cash, Cash Equivalents and Available for Sale Securities

The Company considers all highly liquid investments purchased with original maturities at the date of purchase of three months or less to be cash equivalents. Cash and cash equivalents included cash of $372.3 million and $330.8 million at March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 , respectively. Cash and cash equivalents at March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 also included investments of $6.0 million and $45.9 million , respectively, in money market funds and commercial paper with original maturities of less than three months.

The Company did not hold any available for sale securities at March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 .

Restricted Cash

The Company had restricted cash of $1.5 million and $1.6 million at March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 , respectively, which includes $1.0 million collateral for outstanding letters of credit associated with the Company's lease for the office space in Parsippany, New Jersey. The funds are invested in certificates of deposit. The letter of credit permits draws by the landlord to cure defaults by the Company. In addition, as a result of the acquisition of Targanta in 2009, the Company had restricted cash of $0.2 million at March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 , respectively, in the form of a guaranteed investment certificate collateralizing an available credit facility. The Company also had restricted cash of $0.3 million and $0.4 million at March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 , respectively, related to certain foreign tender requirements.


7. Fair Value Measurements

FASB ASC 820-10 “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures” (ASC 820-10) provides a framework for measuring fair value under GAAP and requires expanded disclosures regarding fair value measurements. ASC 820-10 defines fair value as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. ASC 820-10 also establishes a fair value hierarchy that requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs, where available, and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. The standard describes three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair value:

Level 1
Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. The Company's Level 1 assets and liabilities consist of money market investments and U.S. treasury notes.
Level 2
Observable inputs other than Level 1 prices, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities. The Company's Level 2 assets and liabilities consist of U.S. government agency notes and corporate debt securities. Fair values are determined by utilizing quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets or other market observable inputs such as interest rates and yield curves.
Level 3
Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities. The Company's Level 3 assets and liabilities consist of the contingent purchase prices associated with the Company's business combinations. The fair value of certain development or regulatory milestone based contingent purchase prices was determined in a discounted cash flow framework by probability weighting the future contractual payment with management's assessment of the likelihood of achieving these milestones and present valuing them using a risk-adjusted discount rate. Certain sales milestone based payments were determined in a discounted cash flow framework where risk-adjusted revenue scenarios were estimated using Monte Carlo simulation models to compute contractual payments which were present valued using a risk-adjusted discount rate.

The following table sets forth the Company's assets and liabilities that were measured at fair value on a recurring basis at March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 by level within the fair value hierarchy. As required by ASC 820-10, assets and liabilities measured at fair value are classified in their entirety based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. The Company's assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement in its entirety requires judgment and considers factors specific to the asset or liability:


10



 
As of March 31, 2014
 
As of December 31, 2013
Assets and Liabilities
Quoted Prices In
Active Markets for Identical Assets
(Level 1)
 
Significant Other Observable Inputs
 (Level 2)
 
 
Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
 (Level 3)
 
Balance as of March 31, 2014
 
Quoted Prices In
Active Markets for Identical Assets
(Level 1)
 
Significant Other Observable Inputs
 (Level 2)
 
Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
 (Level 3)
 
Balance as of December 31, 2013
 
(in thousands)
Assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Money market
$
6,029

 
$

 
$

 
$
6,029

 
$
45,950

 
$

 
$

 
$
45,950

Total assets at fair value
$
6,029

 
$

 
$

 
$
6,029

 
$
45,950

 
$

 
$

 
$
45,950

Liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Contingent purchase price
$

 
$

 
$
304,627

 
$
304,627

 
$

 
$

 
$
302,363

 
$
302,363

Total liabilities at fair value
$

 
$

 
$
304,627

 
$
304,627

 
$

 
$

 
$
302,363

 
$
302,363



The Company measures contingent purchase price at fair value based on significant inputs not observable in the market, which causes it to be classified as a Level 3 measurement within the fair value hierarchy. The valuation of contingent purchase price uses assumptions and estimates the Company believes would be made by a market participant in making the same valuation. The Company assesses these assumptions and estimates on an on-going basis as additional data impacting the assumptions and estimates are obtained. Changes in the fair value of contingent purchase price related to updated assumptions and estimates are recognized within selling, general and administrative expenses on the consolidated statements of income.

Contingent purchase price may change significantly as additional data is obtained, impacting the Company’s assumptions regarding probabilities of successful achievement of related milestones used to estimate the fair value of the liability. In evaluating this information, considerable judgment is required to interpret the market data used to develop the assumptions and estimates. The estimates of fair value may not be indicative of the amounts that could be realized in a current market exchange. Accordingly, the use of different market assumptions and/or different valuation techniques may have a material effect on the estimated fair value amounts, and such changes could materially impact the Company’s results of operations in future periods.
Level 3 Disclosures
The following table provides quantitative information associated with the fair value measurement of the Company’s Level 3 inputs:

11




 
 
Fair Value as of
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
March 31, 2014
 
Valuation Technique
 
Unobservable Input
 
Range
(Weighted Average)
 
 
(in thousands)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Targanta:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Contingent purchase price
 
$
5,727

 
Probability-adjusted discounted cash flow
 
Probability of success
 
20%
 
 
 
 
 
 
Period in which milestone is expected to be achieved
 
2019
 
 
 
 
 
 
Discount rate
 
11.3%
Incline:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Contingent purchase price
 
$
116,100

 
Probability-adjusted discounted cash flow
 
Probabilities of success
 
60% -85% (79%)

 
 
 

 
Periods in which milestones are expected to be achieved
 
2015 - 2017

 
 
 
 
 
Discount Rate
 
18%
ProFibrix:
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
Contingent purchase price
 
$
85,000

 
Probability-adjusted discounted cash flow
 
Probability of success
 
5% - 95% (91%)

 
 
 
 
 
Periods in which milestones are expected to be achieved
 
2015 - 2017

 
 
 
 
 
Discount rate
 
4.9% - 17.5%
Rempex:
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
Contingent purchase price: commercial milestone
 
$
88,800

 
Probability-adjusted discounted cash flow
 
Probability of success
 
11% - 95% (63%)

 
 
 
 
 
Periods in which milestones are expected to be achieved
 
2014 - 2019

 
 
 
 
 
Discount rate
 
1.5% - 4.38%
Contingent purchase price: sales milestone
 
$
9,000

 
Risk-adjusted revenue simulation
 
Probability of success
 
9% - 49% (18%)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Periods in which milestone is expected to be achieved
 
2016 - 2022
 
 
 
 
 
 
Discount rate
 
2% - 5.4%


12



 
 
Fair Value as of
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
December 31, 2013
 
Valuation Technique
 
Unobservable Input
 
Range
(Weighted Average)
 
 
(in thousands)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Targanta:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Contingent purchase price
 
$
5,573

 
Probability-adjusted discounted cash flow
 
Probabilities of success
 
20%
 
 
 
 
 
 
Period in which milestone is expected to be achieved
 
2019
 
 
 
 
 
 
Discount rate
 
11.3%
Incline:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Contingent purchase price
 
$
115,890

 
Probability-adjusted discounted cash flow
 
Probabilities of success
 
60% - 85% (79%)

 
 
 

 
Periods in which milestones are expected to be achieved
 
2013 - 2017

 
 
 
 
 
Discount Rate
 
18%
ProFibrix:
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
Contingent purchase price
 
$
84,000

 
Probability-adjusted discounted cash flow
 
Probability of success
 
5% - 95% (91%)

 
 
 
 
 
Periods in which milestones are expected to be achieved
 
2015 - 2017

 
 
 
 
 
Discount rate
 
4.9% - 17.5%
Rempex:
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
Contingent purchase price: commercial milestone
 
$
87,900

 
Probability-adjusted discounted cash flow
 
Probability of success
 
11% - 95% (63%)

 
 
 
 
 
Periods in which milestones are expected to be achieved
 
2014 - 2019

 
 
 
 
 
Discount rate
 
1.5% - 4.38%
Contingent purchase price: sales milestone
 
$
9,000

 
Risk-adjusted revenue simulation
 
Probability of success
 
9% - 49% (18%)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Periods in which milestones are expected to be achieved
 
2016 - 2022
 
 
 
 
 
 
Discount rate
 
2% - 5.4%

The fair value of the contingent purchase price represents the fair value of the Company's liability for all potential payments under the Company's acquisition agreements for Targanta, Incline, ProFibrix and Rempex. The significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurement of the Company's contingent purchase prices are the probabilities of successful achievement of development, regulatory and sales milestones, which would trigger payments under the Targanta, Incline, ProFibrix and Rempex agreements, probabilities as to the periods in which the milestones are expected to be achieved and discount rates. Significant changes in any of the probabilities of success would result in a significantly higher or lower fair value measurement. Significant changes in the probabilities as to the periods in which milestones will be achieved would result in a significantly lower or higher fair value measurement.

The changes in fair value of the Company's Level 3 contingent purchase price during the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013 were as follows:

13




 
 
Three Months Ended March 31,
 
 
2014
 
2013
 
 
(in thousands)
Balance at beginning of period
 
$
302,363

 
$
18,971

Fair value of contingent purchase price with respect to Incline as of January 4, 2013
 

 
87,200

Fair value adjustment to contingent purchase prices included in net loss
 
2,264

 
(364
)
Balance at end of period
 
$
304,627

 
$
105,807


For the three months ended March 31, 2014 , the changes in the carrying value of the contingent purchase price obligations resulted from subsequent changes in the fair value of the contingent consideration due to either the passage of time or changes in probabilities of success.

No other changes in valuation techniques or inputs occurred during the three months ended March 31, 2014 .  No transfers of assets between Level 1 and Level 2 of the fair value measurement hierarchy occurred during the three months ended March 31, 2014 .

8. Inventory

The major classes of inventory were as follows:

Inventory
 
March 31,
2014
 
December 31,
2013
 
 
(in thousands)
Raw materials
 
$
34,790

 
$
42,402

Work-in-progress
 
33,086

 
27,911

Finished goods
 
18,125

 
16,792

Total
 
$
86,001

 
$
87,105


The Company reviews inventory, including inventory purchase commitments, for slow moving or obsolete amounts based on expected volume. If annual volume is less than expected, the Company may be required to make additional allowances for excess or obsolete inventory in the future.


9. Intangible Assets and Goodwill

The following information details the carrying amounts and accumulated amortization of the Company's intangible assets subject to amortization:


14



 
As of March 31, 2014
 
As of December 31, 2013
 
 
Weighted Average
Useful Life
 
Gross
Carrying
Amount
 
 
Accumulated
Amortization
 
Net
Carrying
Amount
 
Gross
Carrying
Amount
 
 
Accumulated
Amortization
 
Net
Carrying
Amount
 
 
 
(in thousands)
Identifiable intangible assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Customer relationships
8.0 years
 
$
7,457

 
$
(6,087
)
 
$
1,370

 
$
7,457

 
$
(5,631
)
 
$
1,826

Selling rights agreements
5.7 years
 
9,125

 
(6,642
)
 
2,483

 
9,125

 
(5,870
)
 
3,255

Trademarks
8.0 years
 
3,024

 
(2,469
)
 
555

 
3,024

 
(2,284
)
 
740

Product licenses
6.1 years
 
71,530

 
(30,270
)
 
41,260

 
71,530

 
(25,067
)
 
46,463

Cleviprex milestones
12.4 years
 
2,000

 
(213
)
 
1,787

 
2,000

 
(191
)
 
1,809

Total
6.4 years
 
$
93,136

 
$
(45,681
)
 
$
47,455

 
$
93,136

 
$
(39,043
)
 
$
54,093


In February 2013, pursuant to a master transaction agreement with Bristol-Myers Squibb Company (BMS), the Company acquired the right to sell, distribute and market Recothrom on a global basis for a two -year period (the collaboration term) and BMS transferred to the Company certain limited assets exclusively related to Recothrom, primarily the biologics license application for Recothrom and certain related regulatory assets. The Company valued the intangible assets obtained from BMS in the United States at $32.0 million and classified such assets as product license intangibles.

The Company expects amortization expense related to its intangible assets to be $19.9 million for the remainder of the year ending December 31, 2014 . The Company expects annual amortization expense related to its intangible assets to be $5.9 million , $4.5 million , $4.6 million , $4.6 million and $4.2 million for the years ending December 31, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018 and 2019, respectively, with the balance of $3.7 million being amortized thereafter. The Company records amortization of customer relationships, selling rights agreements and trademarks in selling, general and administrative expense on the consolidated statements of income. The Company records amortization of Cleviprex milestones and product licenses in cost of revenue on the consolidated statements of income.

The following information details the carrying amounts of the Company's intangible assets not subject to amortization:

 
As of March 31, 2014
 
As of December 31, 2013
 
Gross
Carrying
Amount
 
 
Adjustments
 
Net
Carrying
Amount
 
Gross
Carrying
Amount
 
Adjustments
 
Net
Carrying
Amount
 
(in thousands)
Intangible assets not subject to amortization:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In-process research and development
$
720,180

 

 
$
720,180

 
$
720,180

 

 
$
720,180

Recothrom option
62,000

 

 
62,000

 
62,000

 

 
62,000

Total
$
782,180

 

 
$
782,180

 
$
782,180

 

 
$
782,180


The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for the three months ended March 31, 2014 :
 
March 31, 2014
 
 
 
(in thousands)
 
Balance as of December 31, 2013
$
257,694

 
 
Translation adjustments
95

 
 
Balance as of March 31, 2014
$
257,789

 
 




15



10. Convertible Senior Notes

In June 2012 , the Company issued, at par value, $275.0 million aggregate principal amount of 1.375% convertible senior notes due June 1, 2017. The Notes bear cash interest at a rate of 1.375% per year, payable semi-annually on June 1 and December 1 of each year, beginning on December 1, 2012 . The net proceeds to the Company from the offering were $266.2 million after deducting the initial purchasers' discounts and commissions and the offering expenses payable by the Company.

The Notes are governed by an indenture dated as of June 11, 2012 (the Indenture), between the Company, as issuer, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, a national banking association, as trustee (the Trustee). The Notes do not contain any financial or operating covenants or any restrictions on the payment of dividends, the incurrence of other indebtedness, or the issuance or repurchase of securities by the Company.

The Notes are senior unsecured obligations of the Company and will rank senior in right of payment to the Company's future indebtedness, if any, that is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Notes and equal in right of payment to the Company's existing and future unsecured indebtedness that is not so subordinated.  The Notes are effectively junior in right of payment to any secured indebtedness of the Company to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness and are structurally junior to all existing and future indebtedness and other liabilities (including trade payables) incurred by the Company's subsidiaries.

Holders may convert their Notes at their option at any time prior to the close of business on the business day immediately preceding March 1, 2017 only under the following circumstances:

during any calendar quarter commencing on or after September 1, 2012 (and only during such calendar quarter), if the last reported sale price of the Company's common stock for at least 20 trading days (whether or not consecutive) during a period of 30 consecutive trading days ending on the last trading day of the immediately preceding calendar quarter is greater than or equal to 130% of the conversion price (described below) on each applicable trading day;

during the five business day period after any five consecutive trading day period (the Measurement Period) in which the trading price (as defined in the Indenture) per $1,000 principal amount of Notes for each trading day of the Measurement Period was less than 98% of the product of the last reported sale price of the Company's common stock and the conversion rate on each such trading day; or

upon the occurrence of specified corporate events, including a merger or a sale of all or substantially all of the Company's assets. 

On or after March 1, 2017 , until the close of business on the second scheduled trading day immediately preceding the maturity date, holders may convert their Notes at any time, regardless of the foregoing circumstances. Upon conversion, the Company will pay cash up to the aggregate principal amount of the Notes to be converted and deliver shares of the Company's common stock in respect of the remainder, if any, of the Company's conversion obligation in excess of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes being converted, subject to a daily share cap, as described in the Indenture. Holders of Notes will not receive any additional cash payment or additional shares representing accrued and unpaid interest, if any, upon conversion of a Note, except in limited circumstances. Instead, accrued but unpaid interest will be deemed to be paid by the cash and shares, if any, of the Company's common stock, together with any cash payment for any fractional share, paid or delivered, as the case may be, upon conversion of a Note.

The conversion rate for the Notes was initially, and remains, 35.8038 shares of the Company's common stock per $1,000 principal amount of Notes, which is equivalent to an initial conversion price of $27.93 per share of the Company's common stock. The conversion rate and the conversion price are subject to customary adjustments for certain events, including, but not limited to, the issuance of certain stock dividends on the Company's common stock, the issuance of certain rights or warrants, subdivisions, combinations, distributions of capital stock, indebtedness, or assets, cash dividends and certain issuer tender or exchange offers, as described in the Indenture.

The Company may not redeem the Notes prior to maturity and is not required to redeem or retire the Notes periodically. However, upon the occurrence of a "fundamental change" (as defined in the Indenture), subject to certain conditions, in lieu of converting their Notes, holders may require the Company to repurchase for cash all or part of their Notes at a repurchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes to be repurchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the fundamental change repurchase date. Following certain corporate transactions that constitute a change of control, the Company will increase the conversion rate for a holder who elects to convert the Notes in connection with such change of control in certain circumstances.


16



The Indenture contains customary events of default with respect to the Notes, including that upon certain events of default (including the Company's failure to make any payment of principal or interest on the Notes when due and payable) occurring and continuing, the Trustee by notice to the Company, or the holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes by notice to the Company and the Trustee, may, and the Trustee at the request of such holders (subject to the provisions of the Indenture) shall, declare 100% of the principal of and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on all the Notes to be due and payable.  In case of an event of default involving certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization, involving the Company or a significant subsidiary, 100% of the principal of and accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes will automatically become due and payable. Upon a declaration of acceleration, such principal and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, will be due and payable immediately.

In accounting for the issuance of the Notes, the Company separated the Notes into liability and equity components. The carrying amount of the liability component was calculated by measuring the fair value of a similar liability that does not have an associated convertible feature. The carrying amount of the equity component representing the conversion option was determined by deducting the fair value of the liability component from the par value of the Notes as a whole. The excess of the principal amount of the liability component over its carrying amount, referred to as the debt discount, is amortized to interest expense over the five -year term of the Notes. The equity component is not re-measured as long as it continues to meet the conditions for equity classification.

In accounting for the transaction costs related to the issuance of the Notes, the Company allocated the total costs incurred to the liability and equity components of the Notes based on their relative values. Transaction costs attributable to the liability component are amortized to interest expense over the five-year term of the Notes, and transaction costs attributable to the equity component are netted with the equity components in stockholders’ equity.
The Notes consisted of the following:
Liability component
 
March 31,
2014
 
December 31,
2013
 
 
(in thousands)
Principal
 
$
275,000

 
$
275,000

Less: Debt discount, net (1)
 
(36,317
)
 
(38,912
)
Net carrying amount
 
$
238,683

 
$
236,088

(1) Included in the consolidated balance sheets within convertible senior notes (due 2017) and amortized to interest expense over the remaining life of the Notes using the effective interest rate method.
The fair value of the Notes was approximately $263.0 million as of March 31, 2014 . The Company estimates the fair value of its Notes utilizing market quotations for debt that have quoted prices in active markets. Since the Notes do not trade on a daily basis in an active market, the fair value estimates are based on market observable inputs based on borrowing rates currently available for debt with similar terms and average maturities (Level 2). As of March 31, 2014 , the remaining contractual life of the Notes is approximately 3.2 years.
The following table sets forth total interest expense recognized related to the Notes:
 
Three Months Ended March 31,
 
2014
 
2013
 
(in thousands)
Contractual interest expense
$
945

 
$
945

 
 
 
 
Amortization of debt issuance costs
320

 
283

Amortization of debt discount
2,595

 
2,445

Total
$
3,860

 
$
3,673

Effective interest rate of the liability component
6.02
%
 
6.02
%


17



Note Hedges . In June 2012 , the Company paid an aggregate amount of $58.2 million for the Note Hedges, which was recorded as a reduction of additional paid-in-capital in stockholders' equity. The Note Hedges cover approximately 9.8 million shares of the Company’s common stock, subject to anti-dilution adjustments substantially similar to those applicable to the Notes, have a strike price that corresponds to the initial conversion price of the Notes and are exercisable upon conversion of the Notes. The Note Hedges will expire upon the maturity of the Notes. The Note Hedges are expected generally to reduce the potential dilution with respect to shares of the Company's common stock upon conversion of the Notes in the event that the market price per share of the Company’s common stock, as measured under the terms of the Note Hedges, at the time of exercise is greater than the strike price of the Note Hedges. The Note Hedges are separate transactions entered into by the Company with the Hedge Counterparties and are not part of the terms of the Notes or the Warrants. Holders of the Notes and Warrants will not have any rights with respect to the Note Hedges. As of March 31, 2014 , the fair value of the Note Hedges was $63.5 million . The Company estimates the fair value of its Note Hedges using Monte Carlo simulations model of its stock price (Level 2).

Warrants . The Company received aggregate proceeds of $38.4 million from the sale to the Hedge Counterparties of the Warrants to purchase up to 9.8 million shares of the Company's common stock, subject to customary anti-dilution adjustments, at a strike price of $34.20 per share, which the Company recorded as additional paid-in-capital in stockholders' equity. The Warrants will have a dilutive effect with respect to the Company's common stock to the extent that the market price per share of the Company's common stock, as measured under the terms of the Warrants, exceeds the applicable strike price of the Warrants. However, subject to certain conditions, the Company may elect to settle all of the Warrants in cash. The Warrants were anti-dilutive for the three months ended March 31, 2014 . The Warrants are separate transactions entered into by the Company with the Hedge Counterparties and are not part of the terms of the Notes or Note Hedges. Holders of the Notes and Note Hedges will not have any rights with respect to the Warrants. The Warrants also meet the definition of a derivative under current accounting principles. Because the Warrants are indexed to the Company's common stock and are recorded in equity in the Company's consolidated balance sheets, the Warrants are exempt from the scope and fair value provisions of accounting principles related to accounting for derivative instruments.

11. Treasury Stock

On June 5, 2012 , the Company's Board of Directors authorized the Company to use a portion of the net proceeds of the Notes offering to repurchase up to an aggregate of $50.0 million of its common stock. The Company repurchased 2,192,982 shares of its common stock in the second quarter of 2012 for an aggregate cost of $50.0 million .

As of March 31, 2014 , there were 2,192,982 shares of the Company's common stock held in treasury.

12. Acquisitions

The Company did not enter into any new acquisitions in the three months ended March 31, 2014. During the three months ended March 31, 2014, in connection with the Company’s December 2013 acquisition of Rempex, the Company finalized the post-closing purchase price adjustment process with respect to the net amount of cash, unpaid transaction expenses and other debt and liabilities of Rempex as of the date of the closing of the acquisition. The Company finalized its accounting for the acquisition of Rempex in the three months ended March 31, 2014. The post-closing purchase price adjustment process resulted in an insignificant adjustment to the purchase price for the acquisition.
  

13. Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss
The changes in accumulated other comprehensive loss are as follows:


18



 
 
 
 
 
Foreign currency translation adjustment
 
Unrealized gain on available for sale securities
 
Total
 
 
(in thousands)
Balance as of December 31, 2013
 
$
(4,701
)
 
$
49

 
$
(4,652
)
Other comprehensive loss before reclassifications
 
(129
)
 

 
(129
)
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)*
 

 

 

   Total other comprehensive loss
 
(129
)
 

 
(129
)
Balance as of March 31, 2014
 
$
(4,830
)
 
$
49

 
$
(4,781
)
* Amounts reclassified affect other income in the consolidated statements of income (loss).


14. Segment and Geographic Information

The Company manages its business and operations as one segment and is focused on advancing the treatment of acute and intensive care patients through the delivery of innovative, cost-effective medicines to the worldwide hospital marketplace. Revenues reported to date are derived primarily from the sales of Angiomax in the United States.

The geographic segment information provided below is classified based on the major geographic regions in which the Company operates.

 
Three Months Ended March 31,
 
 
2014
 
 
 
2013
 
 
(in thousands)
 
 
 
 
Net revenue:
 
 
 
 
 
 
United States
$
167,480

 
94.5
%
 
$
144,196

92.6
%
Europe
8,719

 
4.9
%
 
10,385

6.7
%
Rest of world
1,036

 
0.6
%
 
1,172

0.7
%
Total net revenue
$
177,235

 
100.0
%
 
$
155,753

100.0
%


 
March 31,
2014
 
 
 
December 31,
2013
 
 
(in thousands)
 
Long-lived assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
United States
$
1,133,084

 
99.1
%
 
$
1,139,210

99.2
%
Europe
9,769

 
0.8
%
 
9,035

0.8
%
Rest of world
663

 
0.1
%
 
22

%
Total long-lived assets
$
1,143,516

 
100.0
%
 
$
1,148,267

100.0
%

15. Contingencies

The Company may be, from time to time, a party to various disputes and claims arising from normal business activities. The Company accrues for loss contingencies when available information indicates that it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of such loss can be reasonably estimated.


19



The Company is currently party to the legal proceedings described in Part II, Item 1, Legal Proceedings, of this quarterly report on Form 10-Q, which include both patent litigation matters and class action litigation. The Company has assessed such legal proceedings and does not believe that it is probable that a liability has been incurred or that the amount of any potential liability can be reasonably estimated. As a result, the Company did not record any loss contingencies for any of these matters. While it is not possible to determine the outcome of the matters described in Part II, Item 1, Legal Proceedings, of this quarterly report on Form 10-Q, the Company believes that, the resolution of all such matters will not have a material adverse effect on its consolidated financial position or liquidity, but could possibly be material to the Company's consolidated results of operations in any one accounting period.

16. Collaboration Agreements

AstraZeneca

In April 2012, the Company entered into an agreement with AstraZeneca pursuant to which the Company and AstraZeneca agreed to collaborate globally to develop and commercialize certain acute ischemic heart disease compounds. Under the terms of the collaboration agreement, a joint development and research committee and a joint commercialization committee have been established to prepare and deliver a global development plan and a country-by-country collaboration and commercialization plan, respectively, related to BRILINTA and Angiomax and cangrelor. Implementation of these plans is subject to agreement between both parties.

The first joint activity agreed upon by the parties under the collaboration agreement was a four -year co-promotion arrangement for BRILINTA in the United States. The Company and AstraZeneca have not agreed as to any development and commercialization activities to be performed with respect to Angiomax and cangrelor or as to any terms under which such activities would be performed.

Pursuant to the co-promotion arrangement, the Company's sales force began supporting promotion activities for BRILINTA in May 2012. Under the terms of the collaboration agreement, AstraZeneca agreed to pay the Company base consideration fees for conducting BRILINTA co-promotion activities during the specified periods, plus additional consideration fees for the same periods, if specified performance targets are achieved with respect to the number of new prescriptions written during the specified periods. The Company recognizes as co-promotion revenue both the base consideration fee and the additional consideration related to new prescriptions of BRILINTA as performance requirements are met. The base consideration fee for a specified time period is recognized ratably as our sales force activities meet the required performance target. The additional consideration fee for a specified time period related to the number of new prescriptions of BRILINTA written during the time period is recognized when the number of new prescriptions of BRILINTA exceeds the required performance target for such period. As of March 31, 2014 , the Company has recognized total co-promotion revenue of approximately $29.4 million from AstraZeneca under the global collaboration agreement.

At the end of the second year of the agreement, AstraZeneca may terminate the agreement if performance targets for the second year are not achieved. Conversely, the Company may terminate the agreement at such time if the performance targets for the second year are achieved. Either party may terminate the agreement at the end of the third year of the agreement. If AstraZeneca elects to terminate the agreement at the end of the third year and the performance targets for the third year have been achieved, AstraZeneca must pay the Company a termination fee of $5 million .

Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

In February 2013, the Company entered into a license and collaboration agreement with Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (Alnylam) to develop, manufacture and commercialize therapeutic products targeting the proprotein convertase subtilisin/kexin type 9 (PCSK9) gene, based on certain of Alnylam's RNA interference (RNAi) technology. Under the terms of the agreement, the Company obtained the exclusive, worldwide right under Alnylam's technology to develop, manufacture and commercialize PCSK-9 products for the treatment, palliation and/or prevention of all human diseases. Alnylam is responsible for the development costs of the products, subject to an agreed upon limit, until the completion of Phase 1 clinical studies. The Company is responsible for completing and funding the development costs of the products through commercialization, if successful. The Company paid Alnylam $25 million in an initial license payment, which the Company recorded as research and development expense. The Company has also agreed to pay up to an aggregate of $180 million in success-based development and commercialization milestones. In addition, the Company has agreed to pay specified royalties on net sales of these products. Royalties to Alnylam are payable by the Company on a product-by-product and country-by-country basis until the last to occur of the expiration of patent rights in the applicable country that cover the applicable product, the expiration of non-patent regulatory exclusivities for such product in such country, and the twelfth anniversary of the first commercial sale of the product in such country, subject to reduction in specified circumstances. The Company is also responsible for paying royalties, and in some cases, milestone payments,

20



owed by Alnylam to its licensors with respect to intellectual property covering these products. As of March 31, 2014 , other than the initial $25 million license payment, the Company has not made any payments to Alnylam under the agreement.

Boston Scientific Corporation

In December 2013, the Company entered into a co-promotion agreement with BSX for the Promus PREMIER Stent System. Pursuant to the co-promotion agreement, the Company's acute cardiovascular care sales force began a collaboration with the BSX Interventional Cardiology sales force to provide promotional support for the Promus PREMIER Stent System in U.S. hospitals in January 2014. The Promus PREMIER Stent System combines a platinum chromium alloy stent, everolimus drug (manufactured by Novartis) and polymer coating, and a stent delivery system. Under the terms of the collaboration agreement, BSX agreed to pay the Company base consideration fees for providing training to the sales force, plus additional consideration fees for specified periods, if specified performance sales targets of Promus PREMIER Stents System are achieved by BSX during the specified periods. The Company will recognize as co-promotion revenue for the base consideration, and for the additional consideration as performance requirements are met. As of March 31, 2014, the Company has recognized total co-promotion revenue of approximately $ 0.3 million from BSX under the co-promotion agreement.


17. Subsequent Events

On April 21, 2014, the Company entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger (the Merger Agreement) with Tenaxis Medical, Inc., a Delaware corporation (Tenaxis), Napa Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation and wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, and Fortis Advisors LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, solely in its capacity as the representative and agent of the stockholders and optionholders of Tenaxis (the Representative). On May 1, 2014, the Company completed its acquisition of Tenaxis and Tenaxis became a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company.

Tenaxis’s sole product mechanically seals both human tissue and artificial grafts. In the United States, the Tenaxis product received a premarket approval from the FDA in March 2013 for use as a vascular sealant, but Tenaxis has not yet commercialized the product in the United States. In the European Union, the product is approved for sale as a surgical sealant applicable to cardiovascular, general, urological, and thoracic surgery with a European CE Mark and Tenaxis has been commercializing the product since September 2008.

Under the Merger Agreement, the Company paid to the holders of Tenaxis’s capital stock, the holders of options to purchase shares of Tenaxis’s capital stock (whether or not such capital stock or options were vested or unvested as of immediately prior to the closing) and the holders of certain warrants and side letters (collectively, the Tenaxis Equityholders) an aggregate of $58.0 million in cash, subject to customary adjustments at and after the closing. The amount paid to the Tenaxis Equityholders at the closing is subject to a post-closing purchase price adjustment process with respect to the net amount of cash, unpaid transaction expenses and specified other debt and liabilities of Tenaxis at closing. At the closing, the Company deposited approximately $5.4 million in cash from the $58.0 million purchase price into an escrow fund for the purposes of securing the indemnification obligations of the Tenaxis Equityholders to the Company for any and all losses for which the Company is entitled to indemnification pursuant to the Merger Agreement and to provide the source of recovery for any amounts payable to the Company as a result of the post-closing purchase price adjustment process. To the extent that any amounts remain in the escrow fund after October 1, 2015 and not subject to claims by the Company, such amounts will be released to the Tenaxis equityholders, subject to certain conditions set forth in the merger agreement.

In addition, the Company has agreed to pay to the Tenaxis Equityholders milestone payments subsequent to the closing, if the Company achieves certain regulatory approval milestones and commercial net sales milestones with respect to Tenaxis’s surgical sealant product, at the times and on the conditions set forth in the merger agreement. In the event that all of the milestones set forth in the Merger Agreement are achieved in accordance with the terms of the Merger Agreement, the Company will pay the Tenaxis Equityholders up to an additional $112.0 million in cash in the aggregate.

The Merger Agreement includes customary representations, warranties, covenants and indemnification obligations.

Due to the limited time since the date of the acquisition, the initial disclosure for this business combination is incomplete as of the date of this filing. As such, it is impracticable for the Company to make certain business combination disclosures at this time. The Company is unable to present the acquisition date fair value of and information related to assets acquired and liabilities assumed. The Company plans to provide this information in its quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ending June 30, 2014.



21






Item 2. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations together with our financial statements and accompanying notes included elsewhere in this quarterly report on Form 10-Q. In addition to the historical information, the discussion in this quarterly report on Form 10-Q contains certain forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated by the forward-looking statements due to our critical accounting estimates discussed below and important factors set forth in this quarterly report on Form 10-Q, including under “Risk Factors” in Part II, Item 1A of this quarterly report on Form 10-Q.

Overview

Our Business

We are a global biopharmaceutical company focused on saving lives, alleviating suffering and contributing to the economics of healthcare by focusing on 3,000 leading acute and intensive care hospitals worldwide. We market Angiomax ® (bivalirudin), Recothrom ® Thrombin topical (Recombinant), Cleviprex ® (clevidipine) injectable emulsion and Minocin ® IV (Minocycline for Injection). We also have a pipeline of acute and intensive care hospital products in development, including five product candidates for which we have submitted applications for regulatory approval or plan to submit applications for regulatory approval in 2014. which we refer to as our registration stage product candidates, cangrelor, oritavancin, IONSYS TM (fentanyl iontophoretic transdermal system), Fibrocaps TM and RPX-602, and three research and development product candidates, MDCO-216, Carbavance TM and ALN-PCSsc. We believe that these marketed products and products in development possess favorable attributes that competitive products do not provide, can satisfy unmet medical needs in the acute and intensive care hospital product market and offer, or, in the case of our products in development, have the potential to offer, improved performance to hospital businesses.

In addition to these products and product candidates, we sell a ready-to-use formulation of Argatroban and have a portfolio of ten generic drugs, which we refer to as our acute care generic products, that we have the non-exclusive right to market in the United States. We are currently selling three of our acute care generic products, midazolam, ondansetron and rocuronium. We also co-promote the oral tablet antiplatelet medicine BRILINTA ® (ticagrelor) in the United States as part of our global collaboration agreement with AstraZeneca LP, or AstraZeneca, and the Boston Scientific Promus PREMIER TM Everolimus-Eluting Platinum Chromium Coronary Stent System, or Promus PREMIER Stent System, in the United States under our co-promotion agreement with Boston Scientific Corporation, or BSX. In addition, on May 1, 2014, we acquired Tenaxis Medical, Inc., or Tenaxis. As a result of the acquisition of Tenaxis, we acquired Tenaxis's sole product, which we refer to as the Tenaxis product. The Tenaxis product mechanically seals both human tissue and artificial grafts. In the United States, the Tenaxis product received premarket approval from the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, in March 2013 for use as a vascular sealant, but Tenaxis has not yet commercialized the Tenaxis product in the United States. We expect to begin selling the Tenaxis product in the United States in the fourth quarter of 2014. In the European Union, the Tenaxis product is approved for sale as a surgical sealant applicable to cardiovascular, general, urological, and thoracic and has a European CE Mark. Pursuant to this approval, Tenaxis has been selling the product in the European Union since September 2008.
 
The following chart identifies, as of March 31, 2014, each of our marketed products and our products in development, their stage of development, their mechanism of action and the indications for which they have been approved for use or which they are intended to address. The following chart also identifies each of our acute care generic products and the therapeutic areas which they are intended to address. All of our marketed products and products in development, except for Recothrom, IONSYS, ALN-PCSsc and Fibrocaps, are administered intravenously. Recothrom is, and Fibrocaps is being developed as, a topical hemostat, IONSYS is being developed to be administered transdermally and ALN-PCSsc is being developed as a subcutaneous injectable. All of our acute care generic products are injectable products.

Product or Product
in Development
 
Development Stage
 
Mechanism/Target
 
Clinical Indication(s)/Therapeutic Areas
Marketed Products
 
 
 
 
 
 

22



Angiomax
 
Marketed
 
Direct thrombin inhibitor
 
U.S. - for use as an anticoagulant in combination with aspirin in patients with unstable angina undergoing percutaneous transluminal coronary angioplasty, or PTCA, and for use in patients undergoing percutaneous coronary intervention, or PCI, including patients with or at risk of heparin induced thrombocytopenia and thrombosis syndrome, or HIT/HITTS
 
 
 
 
 
 
Europe - for use as an anticoagulant in patients undergoing PCI, adult patients with acute coronary syndrome, or ACS, and for the treatment of patients with ST-segment elevation myocardial infarction, or STEMI, undergoing primary PCI
Recothrom
 
Marketed in the United States and Canada
 
Recombinant human thrombin
 
For use as an aid to hemostasis to help control oozing blood and mild bleeding during surgical procedures

Cleviprex
 
Marketed in the United States and Switzerland

Approved in Australia, Austria, Belgium, Canada, France, Germany, Luxembourg, the Netherlands, New Zealand, Spain and the United Kingdom

MAA submitted for other European Union countries
 
Calcium channel blocker
 
U.S. - Blood pressure reduction when oral therapy is not feasible or not desirable
Switzerland - with indications for blood pressure control in perioperative settings
Ex-U.S. - with indications for blood pressure control in perioperative settings
Minocin IV
 
Marketed in the United States
 
Tetracycline-class antibiotic
 
Treatment of bacterial infections caused by Acinetobacter species
Ready-to-use Argatroban
 
Marketed in the United States
 
Direct thrombin inhibitor
 
Approved for prophylaxis or treatment of thrombosis in adult patients with HIT and for use as an anticoagulant in adult patients with or at risk for HIT undergoing PCI
Acute care generic products:    Adenosine, Amiodarone, Esmolol and Milrinone
 
Approved in the United States
 
Various
 
Acute cardiovascular
Acute care generic products: Azithromycin and Clindamycin
 
Approved in the United States
 
Various
 
Serious infectious disease
Acute care generic products: Haloperidol, Midazolam, Ondansteron and Rocuronium
 
Approved in the United States; Midazolam, Ondansetron and Rocuronium marketed in the United States
 
Various
 
Surgery and perioperative
Registration Stage
 
 
 
 
 
 

23



Cangrelor
 
NDA in the United States accepted for filing by the FDA in the third quarter of 2013; MAA accepted for review in the European Union in the fourth quarter of 2013
 
Antiplatelet agent
 
Prevention of platelet activation and aggregation when oral therapy is not feasible or not desirable
Oritavancin
 
NDA in the United States accepted for filing by the FDA in the first quarter of 2014; MAA accepted for review in the European Union in the first quarter of 2014
 
Antibiotic
 
Treatment of serious gram-positive bacterial infections, including acute bacterial skin and skin structure infections, or ABSSSI, and including infections that are resistant to conventional treatment
IONSYS
 
Supplemental New Drug Application, or sNDA, submission planned for the first half of 2014; MAA submission in European Union planned for the middle of 2014
 
Patient-controlled analgesia system
 
Short-term management of acute postoperative pain
Fibrocaps
 
Phase 3 completed; Biologics License Application, or BLA, submitted in the United States in the first quarter of 2014 and accepted for filing by the FDA in April 2014; MAA submission in the European Union accepted for review by the EMA in the fourth quarter of 2013
 
Dry powder topical formulation of fibrinogen and thrombin
 
For use as an aid to stop bleeding during surgery
RPX-602
 
NDA submission in the United States planned for 2014
 
Improved formulation of Minocin IV
 
Treatment of infections caused by Acinetobacter species
Research and Development Stage
 
 
 
 
 
 
MDCO-216
 
Phase 1
 
Naturally occurring variant of a protein found in high-density lipoprotein, or HDL
 
Reversal cholesterol transport agent to reduce atherosclerotic plaque burden development and thereby reduce the risk of adverse thrombotic events
Carbavance
 
Phase I completed, expect to enter Phase 3 clinical study in the second half of 2014
 
Combination of RPX-7009, a proprietary, novel beta-lactamase inhibitor, with a carbapenem antibiotic
 
Treatment of hospitalized patients with serious gram-negative infections
ALN-PCSsc
 
Phase 1
 
PCSK-9 gene antagonist addressing low-density lipoprotein, or LDL, cholesterol disease modification
 
Treatment of hypercholesterolemia


Our revenues to date have been generated primarily from sales of Angiomax in the United States. In the three months ended March 31, 2014 , we had net revenue from sales of Angiomax of approximately $155.7 million , net revenue from sales of Recothrom of approximately $13.5 million and net revenue from sales of Cleviprex, ready-to-use Argatroban and Minocin IV of approximately $8.0 million in the aggregate.


24



We continue to expand our sales and marketing efforts outside the United States. We believe that by establishing operations outside the United States, we can increase our sales of Angiomax outside of the United States and be positioned to commercialize Cleviprex, Recothrom and Minocin IV and our products in development, if and when they are approved and ready to be marketed outside of the United States.

Cost of revenue represents expenses in connection with contract manufacture of our products sold and logistics, product costs, royalty expenses and amortization of the costs of license agreements, amortization of product rights and other identifiable intangible assets, from product and business acquisitions. Research and development expenses represent costs incurred for licenses of rights to products, clinical trials, nonclinical and preclinical studies, regulatory filings and manufacturing development efforts. We outsource much of our clinical trials, nonclinical and preclinical studies and all of our manufacturing development activities to third parties to maximize efficiency and minimize our internal overhead. We expense our research and development costs as they are incurred. Selling, general and administrative expenses consist primarily of salaries and related expenses, costs associated with general corporate activities and costs associated with marketing and promotional activities. Research and development expense, selling, general and administrative expense and cost of revenue also include share-based compensation expense, which we allocate based on the responsibilities of the recipients of the share-based compensation.

Angiomax Patent Litigation

The principal U.S. patents covering Angiomax include U.S. Patent No. 5,196,404, or the '404 patent, U.S. Patent No. 7,582,727, or the '727 patent, and U.S. Patent No. 7,598,343, or the '343 patent.

In the second half of 2009, the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, or PTO, issued to us the '727 patent and the '343 patent, covering a more consistent and improved Angiomax drug product and the processes by which it is made. The '727 patent and the '343 patent are set to expire in July 2028. In response to Paragraph IV Certification Notice letters we received with respect to abbreviated new drug applications, or ANDAs, filed by a number of parties with the FDA seeking approval to market generic versions of Angiomax, we have filed lawsuits against the ANDA filers alleging patent infringement of the '727 patent and '343 patent.

On September 30, 2011, we settled our '727 patent and '343 patent infringement litigation with Teva Pharmaceuticals USA, Inc. and its affiliates, which we collectively refer to as Teva. In connection with the Teva settlement, we entered into a license agreement with Teva under which we granted Teva a non-exclusive license under the '727 patent and '343 patent to sell a generic bivalirudin for injection product under a Teva ANDA in the United States beginning June 30, 2019 or earlier under certain conditions. The license agreement also contains a grant by Teva to us of an exclusive (except as to Teva) license under Teva’s bivalirudin patents and right to enforce Teva’s bivalirudin patents.

On January 22, 2012, we settled our patent litigation with APP Pharmaceuticals LLC, or APP, including our litigation with respect to the extension of the patent term of the '404 patent and our patent infringement litigation with respect to the '727 patent and the '343 patent. In connection with the APP settlement, we entered into a license agreement with APP under which we granted APP a non-exclusive license under the '727 patent and '343 patent to sell a generic bivalirudin for injection product under an APP ANDA in the United States beginning on May 1, 2019. In certain limited circumstances, the license to APP could become effective prior to May 1, 2019. In addition, in certain limited circumstances, this license to APP could include the right to sell a generic bivalirudin product under our NDA for Angiomax in the United States beginning on May 1, 2019 or, in certain limited circumstances, on June 30, 2019 or on a date prior to May 1, 2019.

In September 2013, a three day bench trial was held regarding our patent infringement litigation with Hospira, Inc., or Hospira, with respect to the '727 patent and '343 patent, and a post-trial briefing was completed in December 2013. On March 31, 2014, the court issued its trial opinion on the matter. With respect to patent validity, the court held that the ‘727 and ‘343 patents were valid on all grounds. Specifically, the court found that Hospira had failed to prove that the patents were either anticipated and/or obvious. The court further held that the patents satisfied the written description requirement, were enabled and were not indefinite. With respect to infringement, based on its July 2013 Markman decision, the court found that Hospira's ANDAs did not meet the "efficient mixing" claim limitation and thus did not infringe the asserted claims of the '727 and '343 patents. The court found that the other claim limitations in dispute were present in Hospira's ANDA products. The court entered a final judgment on April 15, 2014. On May 9, 2014, a Notice of Appeal to the United States Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit was filed with the Delaware Court. If the appeal is not successful, then Angiomax could be subject to generic competition earlier than anticipated, including from Hospira's generic bivalirudin, as well as potentially Teva's and APP's generic bivalirudin products.


25



We remain in patent infringement litigation involving the '727 patent and '343 patent with other ANDA filers, as described in Part II, Item 1, Legal Proceedings, of this quarterly report on Form 10-Q. If we are unable to maintain our market exclusivity for Angiomax in the United States through enforcement of our U.S. patents covering Angiomax, then Angiomax could be subject to generic competition earlier than May 1, 2019 and as early as June 15, 2015, the date of expiration of the patent term of the '404 patent and the six month pediatric exclusivity.

Cangrelor Regulatory Review

In February 2014, the FDA Cardiovascular and Renal Drugs Advisory Committee advised against approval of cangrelor for use in patients undergoing PCI or those that require bridging for oral antiplatelet therapy to surgery. On April 30, 2014, the FDA issued a Complete Response Letter for our NDA for cangrelor. For the PCI indication, the FDA stated that the NDA cannot be approved at the present time and the FDA suggested that we perform a series of clinical data analyses of the CHAMPION PHOENIX study, review certain processes regarding data management, and provide bioequivalence information on the clopidogrel clinical supplies for the CHAMPION trials. For the BRIDGE indication, the FDA concluded that a prospective, adequate and well-controlled study in which outcomes such as bleeding are studied, can result in the clinical data necessary to assess the benefit-risk relationship in this indication. The FDA also provided additional comments for us to address, stating that the comments are not currently approvability issues, but could affect labeling. We are focused on the additional analyses in response to the FDA and are working with the FDA to accommodate its review process in a timely manner.


Business Development Activity

Tenaxis Medical, Inc. In April 2014, we entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger with Tenaxis, Napa Acquisition Corp., our wholly owned subsidiary, and Fortis Advisors LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, solely in its capacity as the representative and agent of the stockholders and optionholders of Tenaxis. On May 1, 2014, we completed our acquisition of Tenaxis and Tenaxis became our wholly owned subsidiary.

The Tenaxis product mechanically seals both human tissue and artificial grafts. In the United States, the Tenaxis product received a premarket approval from the FDA in March 2013 for use as a vascular sealant, but Tenaxis has not yet commercialized the Tenaxis product in the United States. We expect to begin selling the Tenaxis product in the United States in the fourth quarter of 2014. In the European Union, the Tenaxis product is approved for sale as a surgical sealant applicable to cardiovascular, general, urological, and thoracic surgery with a European CE Mark. Pursuant to this approval, Tenaxis has been selling the product in the European Union since September 2008.

Under the merger agreement, we paid to the holders of Tenaxis’s capital stock, the holders of options to purchase shares of Tenaxis’s capital stock (whether or not such capital stock or options were vested or unvested as of immediately prior to the closing) and the holders of certain warrants and side letters, which we refer to collectively as the Tenaxis equityholders, an aggregate of $58.0 million in cash, subject to customary adjustments at and after the closing. At the closing, we also deposited $5.4 million of the purchase price into an escrow fund for the purposes of securing the indemnification obligations of the Tenaxis equityholders to us for any and all losses for which we are entitled to indemnification pursuant to the merger agreement and to provide the source of recovery for any amounts payable to us as a result of the post-closing purchase price adjustment process. To the extent that any amounts remain in the escrow fund after October 1, 2015 and not subject to claims by us, such amounts will be released to the Tenaxis equityholders, subject to certain conditions set forth in the merger agreement.

In addition, we have agreed to pay to the Tenaxis equityholders milestone payments subsequent to the closing, if we achieve certain regulatory approval milestones and commercial net sales milestones with respect to the Tenaxis product, at the times and on the conditions set forth in the merger agreement. In the event that all of the milestones set forth in the merger agreement are achieved in accordance with the terms of the merger agreement, we will pay the Tenaxis equityholders up to an additional $112.0 million in cash in the aggregate.

Promus PREMIER Stent System Co-Promotion. In December 2013, we entered into a co-promotion agreement with BSX for the Promus PREMIER Stent System. Under the terms of the co-promotion agreement, in January 2014, our acute cardiovascular care sales force began a collaboration with the BSX Interventional Cardiology sales force to provide promotional support for the Promus PREMIER Stent System in U.S. hospitals. The Promus PREMIER Stent System combines a platinum chromium alloy stent, everolimus drug (manufactured by Novartis) and polymer coating, and a stent delivery system. Under the terms of the agreement, BSX paid us $2.5 million in December 2013 upon completion of certain training activities and has agreed to pay quarterly, performance-based payments if BSX’s drug-eluting stent sales in the U.S. exceed certain targets as specified in the agreement. In addition, under the terms of the agreement, BSX has agreed to pay us an additional fee if yearly sales exceed a certain amount specified in the agreement and a fee if the agreement is still in effect at a certain date as specified in the agreement.

26




Rempex Pharmaceuticals, Inc . In December 2013, we acquired Rempex Pharmaceuticals, Inc., or Rempex, a company focused on the discovery and development of new antibacterial drugs to meet the growing clinical need created by multi-drug resistant bacterial pathogens. As a result of the transaction, we acquired Rempex's marketed product, Minocin IV, a broad-spectrum tetracycline antibiotic, and Rempex’s portfolio of product candidates, including Rempex’s RPX-602, a proprietary reformulation of Minocin IV utilizing magnesium sulfate, Rempex’s Carbavance product candidate, an investigational agent that is a combination of RPX-7009, a proprietary, novel beta-lactamase inhibitor, with a carbapenem, and Rempex's other product candidates. Upon the completion of the acquisition, Rempex became our wholly owned subsidiary.

Under the merger agreement for the acquisition, we paid to the holders of Rempex’s capital stock, the holders of options to purchase shares of Rempex’s capital stock and the holders of certain phantom stock units, which we collectively refer to as the Rempex equityholders, an aggregate of approximately $140.0 million in cash, plus approximately $0.3 million in purchase price adjustments.

In addition, we agreed to pay to the Rempex equityholders milestone payments subsequent to the closing, if we achieve certain development and regulatory approval milestones and commercial sales milestones with respect to Minocin IV, RPX-602, Carbavance and Rempex’s other product candidates, at the times and on the conditions set forth in the merger agreement. In the event that all of the milestones set forth in the merger agreement are achieved in accordance with the terms of the merger agreement, we will pay the Rempex equityholders an additional $214.0 million in cash in the aggregate for achieving development and regulatory milestones and an additional $120.0 million in cash in the aggregate for achieving commercial milestones, in each case, less certain transaction expenses and employer taxes owing because of the milestone payments.

In the event that any milestone payments become due within eighteen months following the closing, we will enter into an escrow agreement and deposit the first $14.0 million of the aggregate milestone payments into an escrow fund. To the extent that any amounts remain in the escrow fund after June 3, 2015 and not subject to claims by us, such amounts will be released to the Rempex equityholders, subject to certain conditions set forth in the merger agreement.
We accounted for the Rempex transaction as a business combination and the results of Rempex's operations have been included in the consolidated statements of income from the date of acquisition.

ProFibrix B.V . On August 5, 2013, we completed our acquisition of all of the outstanding equity of ProFibrix B.V, or ProFibrix, pursuant to a share purchase agreement entered into with ProFibrix and its equityholders on June 4, 2013. Under the share purchase agreement, the closing of the transaction was subject to our satisfactory review of the then pending Phase 3 clinical trial results of ProFibrix's lead biologic, Fibrocaps. In connection with entering into the agreement, we paid ProFibrix a $10.0 million option payment. Upon the completion of the acquisition, ProFibrix became our wholly owned subsidiary.

ProFibrix does not have any marketed products and has been engaged since its inception in developing fibrinogen based products for the hemostasis and regenerative medicine markets. Fibrocaps, the proposed name of ProFibrix's lead biologic, is a dry powder topical formulation of fibrinogen and thrombin being developed to help stop bleeding during surgery. On August 5, 2013, in connection with the closing, we announced that the Phase 3 clinical trial of Fibrocaps, FINISH-3, which studied 719 surgical patients with mild to moderate surgical bleeding, met all primary and secondary hemostasis efficacy endpoints in four distinct surgical indications of spinal surgery, hepatic resection, soft tissue dissection and vascular surgery.

Following our review of the Phase 3 trial results, on August 2, 2013, we notified ProFibrix that we wished to proceed with the consummation of the transaction. At the closing, we paid an aggregate purchase price of $90.9 million in cash. We deposited $9.0 million of the purchase price into an escrow fund for the purpose of (i) securing the indemnification obligations of the ProFibrix equityholders and optionholders to us for any and all losses for which we are entitled to indemnification under the share purchase agreement, and (ii) providing the source of recovery for any amounts payable to us as a result of the post-closing purchase price adjustment process. To the extent that any amounts remain in the escrow fund after December 4, 2015 and not subject to claims by us, such amounts will be released to the ProFibrix equityholders, subject to certain conditions set forth in the merger agreement.

Under the terms of the share purchase agreement, we are also obligated to pay up to an aggregate of $140.0 million in cash to the ProFibrix equityholders and optionholders upon the achievement of certain U.S. and European regulatory approvals prior to January 1, 2016 and certain U.S. and European sales milestones during the 24-month period that follows the initial commercial sale of Fibrocaps. As a result of our acquisition of ProFibrix, we acquired a portfolio of patents and patent applications, including patents licensed from Quadrant Drug Delivery Limited, or Quadrant, which included the U.S. patent directed to the composition of matter of Fibrocaps. Under the terms of a license agreement between ProFibrix and Quadrant, we are required to pay low single digit percentage royalties based on annual worldwide net sales of licensed products, including Fibrocaps, by us or our affiliates and sublicensees. The royalties are subject to reduction in specified circumstances.

27



We accounted for the ProFibrix transaction as a business combination and the results of ProFibrix's operations have been included in the consolidated statements of income from the date of acquisition.

ALN-PCS Program . In February 2013, we entered into a license and collaboration agreement with Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc., or Alnylam, to develop, manufacture and commercialize therapeutic products targeting the human PCSK-9 gene based on certain of Alnylam's RNAi technology. Under the terms of the agreement, we obtained the exclusive, worldwide right under Alnylam's technology to develop, manufacture and commercialize PCSK-9 products for the treatment, palliation and/or prevention of all human diseases. We paid Alnylam $25.0 million in an initial license payment and agreed to pay up to $180.0 million in cash to Alnylam upon the achievement of certain milestones, including up to $30.0 million in cash upon the achievement of specified development milestones, up to $50.0 million in cash upon the achievement of specified regulatory milestones and up to $100.0 million in cash upon the achievement of specified commercialization milestones. In addition, Alnylam will be eligible to receive scaled double-digit royalties based on annual worldwide net sales of PCSK-9 products by us or our affiliates and sublicensees. Royalties to Alnylam are payable on a product-by-product and country-by-country basis until the last to occur of the expiration of patent rights in the applicable country that cover the applicable product, the expiration of non-patent regulatory exclusivities for such product in such country, and the twelfth anniversary of the first commercial sale of the product in such country. The royalties are subject to reduction in specified circumstances. We are also responsible for paying royalties, and in some cases milestone payments, owed by Alnylam to its licensors with respect to intellectual property covering these products.

Recothrom . In February 2013, pursuant to a master transaction agreement with Bristol-Myers Squibb Company, or BMS, we acquired the right to sell, distribute and market Recothrom on a global basis for a two-year period, which we refer to as the collaboration term, and certain limited assets exclusively related to Recothrom, primarily the biologics license application for Recothrom and certain related regulatory assets. BMS also granted to us, under the master transaction agreement, an option to purchase from BMS and its affiliates, following the expiration or earlier termination of the collaboration term, certain other assets, including certain patent and trademark rights, contracts, inventory, equipment and related books and records, held by BMS which are exclusively related to Recothrom.
Under the master transaction agreement, we paid to BMS a one-time collaboration fee equal to $105.0 million and a one-time option fee equal to $10.0 million. We did not assume, and if we exercise the option, we will not assume, any pre-existing liabilities related to the Recothrom business, contingent or otherwise, arising prior to the collaboration period, and we did not acquire, and if we exercise the option, we will not acquire, any significant tangible assets related to the Recothrom business. Under the master transaction agreement, we agreed to pay to BMS quarterly tiered royalty payments during the two-year collaboration term equal to a percentage of worldwide net sales of Recothrom.
If we exercise the option, we would acquire such assets and assume certain liabilities of BMS and its affiliates related to those assets and to pay to BMS a purchase price equal to the net book value of inventory included in the acquired assets, plus either:
a multiple of average net sales over each of the two 12-month periods preceding the closing of the purchase of the assets to be acquired in connection with exercising the option (unless such closing occurs less than 24 months after February 8, 2013, in which case the measurement period would be the 12-month period preceding such closing); or
if BMS has delivered a valid notice terminating the collaboration term early as a result of a material breach by us under the master transaction agreement, the amount described above plus an amount intended to give BMS the economic benefit of having received royalty fees for a 24-month collaboration term.
We accounted for the Recothrom transaction as a business combination and the results of Recothrom's operations have been included in the consolidated statements of income from the date of acquisition.
Incline Therapeutics, Inc . In January 2013, we acquired Incline Therapeutics, Inc., or Incline, a company focused on the development of IONSYS, a compact, disposable, needleless patient-controlled system for the short-term management of acute postoperative pain in the hospital setting.

Under the terms of our agreement with Incline, we paid to the holders of Incline's capital stock and the holders of options to purchase shares of Incline's capital stock, or collectively, the Incline equityholders, an aggregate of approximately $155.2 million in cash. In addition, we also paid $13.0 million to Cadence Pharmaceuticals, Inc., or Cadence, to terminate Cadence's option to acquire Incline pursuant to an agreement between Cadence and Incline and deposited $18.5 million in cash into an escrow fund for the purposes of securing the indemnification obligations of the Incline equityholders to us for any and all losses for which we are entitled to indemnification pursuant to the merger agreement and to provide the source of recovery for any amounts payable to us as a result of the post-closing purchase price adjustment process.


28



Under the terms of our agreement with Incline, we agreed to pay up to $205.0 million in cash in the aggregate, less certain transaction expenses and taxes, to the former Incline equityholders upon our entering into a license agreement in Japan and achieving certain regulatory approval and certain sales milestones with respect to IONSYS.
We accounted for the Incline transaction as a business combination, and the results of Incline's operations have been included in the consolidated statements of income from the date of acquisition.

Collaboration with AstraZeneca. On April 25, 2012, we entered into a global collaboration agreement with AstraZeneca, LP, or AstraZeneca, pursuant to which we and AstraZeneca agreed to collaborate globally to develop and commercialize certain acute ischemic heart disease compounds.  Under the terms of the collaboration agreement, a joint development and research committee and a joint commercialization committee have been established to prepare and deliver a global development plan and a country-by-country collaboration and commercialization plan, respectively, related to BRILINTA and Angiomax and cangrelor.  Implementation of these plans is subject to agreement between both parties.  The first joint activity agreed upon by the parties under the global collaboration is a four-year co-promotion arrangement for BRILINTA in the United States. Pursuant to the agreement, our sales force began supporting promotion activities for BRILINTA in May 2012. Under the terms of the agreement, AstraZeneca paid us $2.5 million for conducting BRILINTA co-promotion activities in the second quarter of 2012. In addition, under the terms of the agreement, AstraZeneca paid us $7.5 million in base consideration for conducting BRILINTA co-promotion activities during the period from July 1, 2012 to December 31, 2012 and agreed to pay us $15.0 million in base consideration per year from 2013 through 2015 for conducting BRILINTA co-promotion activities, plus up to an additional $5.0 million per year from 2013 to 2015 if certain performance targets with respect to new prescriptions are achieved and $7.5 million in base consideration for conducting BRILINTA co-promotion activities during the period from January 1, 2016 until June 30, 2016, plus up to an additional $2.5 million in additional consideration for the same period if certain performance targets with respect to new prescriptions are achieved.  In the first three months of 2014, AstraZeneca has paid us $4.4 million under the agreement.

Targanta Therapeutics Corporation. In February 2009, we acquired Targanta Therapeutics Corporation, or Targanta, a biopharmaceutical company focused on developing and commercializing innovative antibiotics to treat serious infections in the hospital and other institutional settings.

Under the terms of our agreement with Targanta, we paid Targanta shareholders an aggregate of approximately $42.0 million in cash at closing. In addition, we originally agreed to pay contingent cash payments up to an additional $90.4 million in the aggregate. This amount has been reduced to $49.4 million as certain milestones have not been achieved by specified dates. We will owe $49.4 million if aggregate net sales of oritavancin in four consecutive calendar quarters ending on or before December 31, 2021 reach or exceed $400.0 million, and up to an additional $40.0 million in additional payments to other third parties.

BARDA Agreement

In February 2014, our subsidiary Rempex entered into an agreement with the Biomedical Advanced Research and Development Authority, or BARDA, of the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, under which Rempex has the potential to receive up to $89.8 million in funding to support the development of Carbavance. The BARDA agreement is a cost-sharing arrangement that consists of an initial base period and seven option periods that BARDA may exercise in its sole discretion pursuant to the BARDA agreement. The BARDA agreement provides for an initial commitment by BARDA of an aggregate of $19.8 million for the initial base period and the first option period, and up to an additional $70.0 million if the remaining six option periods are exercised by BARDA. Under the cost-sharing arrangement, Rempex will be responsible for a designated portion of the costs associated with each period of work. If all option periods are exercised by BARDA, the estimated period of performance would be extended until approximately July 31, 2019. BARDA is entitled to terminate the agreement, including the projects under the BARDA agreement for convenience, in whole or in part, at any time and is not obligated to provide continued funding beyond current year amounts from Congressionally approved annual appropriations. We expect to use the total award under the BARDA agreement to support non-clinical development activities, clinical studies, manufacturing and associated regulatory activities designed to obtain marketing approval of Carbavance in the United States for treatment of serious gram-negative infections. The BARDA agreement also covers initial non-clinical studies to assess the potential usefulness of Carbavance for treatment of certain gram-negative bioterrorism agents.


29



Shelf Registration Statement and Equity Financing

On August 12, 2013, we filed a shelf registration statement on Form S-3 with the SEC, which was automatically effective upon filing. This shelf registration statement permits us to offer, from time to time, an unspecified amount of debt securities, common stock, preferred stock, depositary shares, purchase contracts, purchase units and warrants. On August 19, 2013, we sold an aggregate of 6,652,891 shares of our common stock in an underwritten public offering at a price to the public of $30.25 per share. We received net proceeds of approximately $ 189.6 million from the sale of shares in the offering, including the net proceeds from the exercise in full by the underwriters of an option to purchase additional shares of common stock, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses payable by us.
Convertible Senior Note Offering
On June 11, 2012, we completed our private offering of $275.0 million aggregate principal amount of our 1.375% convertible senior notes due 2017, or the Notes, and entered into an indenture with Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, a national banking association, as trustee, or the Trustee, governing the Notes, which we refer to as the Indenture. The net proceeds from the offering were $ 266.2 million , after deducting the initial purchasers' discounts and commissions and our offering expenses.
The Notes bear cash interest at a rate of 1.375% per year, payable semi-annually on June 1 and December 1 of each year. The Notes will mature on June 1, 2017. The Notes do not contain any financial or operating covenants or any restrictions on the payment of dividends, the incurrence of other indebtedness, or the issuance or repurchase of securities by us.
The Notes are our senior unsecured obligations and will rank senior in right of payment to our future indebtedness, if any, that is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Notes and equal in right of payment to our existing and future unsecured indebtedness that is not so subordinated. The Notes are effectively junior in right of payment to any of our secured indebtedness to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness and are structurally junior to all existing and future indebtedness and other liabilities, including trade payables, incurred by our subsidiaries.
Holders may convert their Notes at their option at any time prior to the close of business on the business day immediately preceding March 1, 2017 only under certain specified circumstances which are set forth in the Indenture. Pursuant to the terms of the Indenture, holders of the Notes were able to elect to convert their notes during the first quarter of 2014 as a result of the price of our common stock during the fourth quarter of 2013. On or after March 1, 2017, until the close of business on the second scheduled trading day immediately preceding the maturity date, holders may convert their Notes at any time, regardless of the foregoing circumstances. Upon conversion, we will pay cash up to the aggregate principal amount of the Notes to be converted and deliver shares of our common stock in respect of the remainder, if any, of our conversion obligation in excess of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes being converted, subject to a daily share cap, as described in the Indenture. Holders of Notes will not receive any additional cash payment or additional shares representing accrued and unpaid interest, if any, upon conversion of a note, except in limited circumstances. Instead, accrued but unpaid interest will be deemed to be paid by the cash and shares, in any, of our common stock, together with any cash payment for any fractional share, paid or delivered, as the case may be, upon conversion of a Note.
The conversion rate for the Notes was initially, and remains, 35.8038 shares of our common stock per $1,000 principal amount of Notes, which is equivalent to an initial conversion price of $27.93 per share of our common stock. The conversion rate and the conversion price are subject to customary adjustments for certain events, including, but not limited to, the issuance of certain stock dividends on our common stock, the issuance of certain rights or warrants, subdivisions, combinations, distributions of capital stock, indebtedness, or assets, cash dividends and certain issuer tender or exchange offers, as described in the Indenture.
We may not redeem the Notes prior to maturity and are not required to redeem or retire the Notes periodically. However, upon the occurrence of a "fundamental change", as defined in the Indenture, subject to certain conditions, in lieu of converting their Notes, holders may require us to repurchase for cash all or part of their Notes at a repurchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes to be repurchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the fundamental change repurchase date. Following certain corporate transactions that constitute a change of control, we will increase the conversion rate for a holder who elects to convert the Notes in connection with such change of control in certain circumstances.
The Indenture contains customary events of default with respect to the Notes, including that upon certain events of default, including our failure to make any payment of principal or interest on the Notes when due and payable, occurring and continuing, the Trustee by notice to us, or the holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes by notice to us and the Trustee, may, and the Trustee at the request of such holders, subject to the provisions of the Indenture, shall, declare 100% of the principal of and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on all the Notes to be due and payable.  In case of an event of default involving certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization, involving us or a significant subsidiary of ours, 100% of the principal of and accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes will automatically become due and payable. Upon a declaration of acceleration, such principal and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, will be due and payable immediately

30



Convertible Note Hedge and Warrant Transactions
On June 5, 2012, we entered into convertible note hedge transactions and warrant transactions with several of the initial purchasers of the Notes, their respective affiliates and other financial institutions, which we refer to as the Hedge Counterparties. We used approximately $19.8 million of the net proceeds from the offering of the Notes to pay the cost of the convertible note hedge transactions, after such cost was partially offset by the proceeds to us from the sale of warrants in the warrant transactions.
We expect the convertible note hedge transactions to reduce the potential dilution with respect to shares of our common stock upon any conversion of the Notes in the event that the market price per share of our common stock, as measured under the terms of the convertible note hedge transactions, is greater than the strike price of the convertible note hedge transactions, which initially corresponds to the conversion price of the Notes and is subject to anti-dilution adjustments substantially similar to those applicable to the conversion rate of the Notes. The warrant transactions will have a dilutive effect with respect to our common stock to the extent that the market price per share of our common stock, as measured under the terms of the warrant transactions, exceeds the applicable strike price of the warrants. However, subject to certain conditions, we may elect to settle all of the warrants in cash.

Biogen Letter Agreement

On August 7, 2012, we and Biogen Idec MA Inc., or Biogen, entered into a letter agreement resolving a disagreement between the parties as to the calculation and amount of the royalties required to be paid to Biogen by us under our license agreement with Biogen.  The letter agreement amends the license agreement providing, among other things, that effective solely for the period from January 1, 2013 through and including December 15, 2014, each of the royalty rate percentages payable by us as set forth in the license agreement shall be increased by one percentage point.

U.S. Health Care Reform

In March 2010, President Obama signed into law the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, or PPACA, which was amended by the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010. The PPACA, as amended, contains numerous provisions that impact the pharmaceutical and healthcare industries that are expected to be implemented over the next several years. We are continually evaluating the impact of the PPACA on our business. As of the date of this quarterly report on Form 10-Q, we have not identified any provisions that currently materially impact our business or results of operations. However, we believe that the Biologics Price Competition and Innovation Act, or BPCIA, provisions of PPACA could impact our business or results of operations. Under the BPCIA, the FDA has the authority to approve biosimilar interchangeable versions of biological products through an abbreviated pathway following periods of data and marketing exclusivity. However, the potential impact of the PPACA and the BPCIA on our business and results of operations is inherently difficult to predict because many of the details regarding the implementation of this legislation have not been determined. In addition, the impact on our business and results of operations may change as and if our business evolves.
 
On July 9, 2012, President Obama signed the Food and Drug Administration Safety and Innovation Act, or FDASIA. Under the “Generating Antibiotic Incentives Now,” or GAIN, provisions of FDASIA, the FDA may designate a product as a qualified infectious disease product, or QIDP. A QIDP is defined as an antibacterial or antifungal drug for human use intended to treat serious or life-threatening infections, including those caused by either an antibacterial or antifungal resistant pathogen, including novel or emerging infectious pathogens or a so-called “qualifying pathogen” found on a list of potentially dangerous, drug-resistant organisms to be established and maintained by the FDA under the new law.  The GAIN provisions describe several examples of “qualifying pathogens,” including methicillin-resistant Staphylococcus aureus, or MRSA, and Clostridium difficile. Upon the designation of a drug by the FDA as a QIDP, any non-patent exclusivity period awarded to the drug will be extended by an additional five years.  This extension is in addition to any pediatric exclusivity extension awarded. 

We are developing oritavancin for the treatment of ABSSSI, including infections caused by MRSA, and are exploring the development of oritavancin for other indications, including for the treatment of Clostridium difficile, prosthetic joint infections, anthrax and other Gram-positive bacterial infections. We are also developing Carbavance for the treatment of hospitalized patients with serious gram-negative bacterial infections. In November 2013, the FDA designated oritavancin a QIDP, and in January 2014, the FDA designated Carbavance a QIDP. As a result, we expect the non-patent exclusivity that would be awarded to oritavancin and Carbavance if their respective NDAs were approved would be extended by an additional five years.






31



Results of Operations

Net Revenue:

Net revenue increased 13.8% to $177.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014 as compared to $155.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013 .
 
The following tables reflect the components of net revenue for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013 :


Net Revenue

 
Three Months Ended March 31,
 
2014
 
2013
 
Change
$
 
Change
%
 
(in thousands)
 
 
Angiomax
$
155,704

 
$
142,885

 
$
12,819

 
9.0
%
Recothrom
13,494

 
8,622

 
4,872

 
56.5
%
Cleviprex/Ready-to-Use Argatroban/Minocin IV
8,037

 
4,246

 
3,791

 
89.3
%
Total net revenue
$
177,235

 
$
155,753

 
$
21,482

 
13.8
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Net revenue increased by $21.5 million , or 13.8% , to $177.2 million in the three months ended March 31, 2014 compared to $155.8 million in the three months ended March 31, 2013 , reflecting an increase of $23.3 million , or 16.1% , in the United States and a decrease of $1.8 million , or 15.6% , in international markets. The net revenue increase for Angiomax was $12.8 million , which was comprised of net volume increases of $10.1 million due to increased unit shipments to customers of Angiomax, price increases of $2.4 million , principally due to a price increase for Angiomax effective as of January 1, 2014 and a favorable impact from foreign exchange of $0.3 million . In addition, net revenue increased by $4.9 million for Recothrom due to the full quarter effect of sales during the first quarter of 2014, as we first began selling Recothrom in the United States in February 2013.
Angiomax. Net revenue from sales of Angiomax increased by $12.8 million , or 9.0% , to $155.7 million in the three months ended March 31, 2014 compared to $142.9 million in the three months ended March 31, 2013 , primarily due to volume increases in the United States. Net revenue in the United States in both the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013 reflect chargebacks related to the 340B Drug Pricing Program and rebates related to the PPACA. Under the 340B Drug Pricing Program, we offer qualifying entities a discount off the commercial price of Angiomax for patients undergoing PCI on an outpatient basis. Chargebacks related to the 340B Drug Pricing Program increased by $2.8 million to $13.5 million in the three months ended March 31, 2014 compared to $10.7 million in the three months ended March 31, 2013 , primarily due to higher amounts paid to eligible hospital customers. Rebates related to the PPACA increased by $0.4 million to $0.7 million in the three months ended March 31, 2014 compared to $0.3 million in the three months ended March 31, 2013 .
Recothrom. Net revenue from Recothrom increased by $4.9 million , or 56.5% , to $13.5 million in the three months ended March 31, 2014 compared to $8.6 million in the three months ended March 31, 2013 due to full quarter of sales during the first quarter of 2014. We commenced sales of Recothrom on February 8, 2013 pursuant to the master transaction agreement with BMS.
Cleviprex/Ready-to-Use Argatroban/Minocin IV. Net revenue from sales of Cleviprex, ready-to-use Argatroban and Minocin IV increased by $3.8 million , or 89.3% , to $8.0 million in the three months ended March 31, 2014 from $4.2 million in the three months ended March 31, 2013 , primarily due to the change in our revenue recognition method for Cleviprex and ready-to-use Argatroban in the first quarter of 2014. Under our revised revenue recognition policy, beginning with the first quarter for 2014, we recognize revenue for Cleviprex and ready-to-use Argatroban as product is sold to Integrated Commercialization Solutions, or ICS. For periods prior to the first quarter of 2014, we recognized revenue for Cleviprex and ready-to-use Argatroban using the deferred revenue model. For the three months ended March 31, 2014, we recognized one-time increases of $0.7 million in net sales of Cleviprex and $1.6 million in net sales of ready-to-use Argatroban, representing product sales previously deferred as of December 31, 2013, net of chargebacks and other discounts or accruals for product returns, rebates and fee-for-service charges. Net revenue from sales of Cleviprex was $2.6 million in the three months ended March 31, 2014 , compared to $1.1 million in the three months ended March 31, 2013 . Net revenue from sales of ready-to-use Argatroban was $5.0 million in the three months ended March 31, 2014 , compared to $3.1 million in the three months ended March 31, 2013 . Net revenue from sales of Minocin IV was $0.4 million in the three months ended March 31, 2014 . We commenced sales of Minocin IV in December 2013 after the acquisition of Rempex.

32





Cost of Revenue:

Cost of revenue in the three months ended March 31, 2014 was $66.9 million , or 37.7% of net revenue, compared to $56.7 million , or 36.4% of net revenue, in the three months ended March 31, 2013 .

Cost of revenue during these periods consisted of:

expenses in connection with the manufacture of our products sold;

royalty expenses under our agreements with Biogen and Health Research Inc. related to Angiomax, our agreement with AstraZeneca related to Cleviprex and our agreement with Eagle Pharmaceuticals, Inc., or Eagle, related to ready-to-use Argatroban;

amortization of the costs of license agreements, product rights and other identifiable intangible assets, which result from product and business acquisitions;

logistics costs related to Angiomax, Cleviprex, Minocin IV and ready-to-use Argatroban, including distribution, storage, and handling costs; and

expenses related to our license agreement with BMS for Recothrom and expenses related to our supply agreement for Recothrom with BMS including product cost and logistics as well as royalties and amortization related to Recothrom.


Cost of Revenue

 
Three Months Ended March 31,
 
2014
 
% of Total
 
2013
 
% of Total
 
(in thousands)
 
 
 
(in thousands)
 
 
Manufacturing/Logistics
$
21,291

 
31
%
 
$
18,651

 
33
%
Royalties
40,493

 
61
%
 
34,262

 
60
%
Amortization of product rights and intangible assets
5,083

 
8
%
 
3,801

 
7
%
Total cost of revenue
$
66,867

 
100
%
 
$
56,714

 
100
%

Cost of revenue increased by $10.2 million during the three months ended March 31, 2014 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2013 primarily due to an increase in royalty expense to Biogen and due to an increase in royalties to BMS in connection with our sales of Recothrom for a full quarter for the three months ended March 31, 2014 as compared to a partial quarter during 2013 as a result of our commencement of selling Recothrom in February 2013. Increased manufacturing and logistics costs were associated with our sales of Recothrom for the full quarter in 2014. The increase in amortization of product rights and intangible assets reflects the full quarter 2014 amortization of product rights and intangible assets associated with Recothrom.

33



Research and Development Expenses:


Research and Development Spending
 
 
Three Months Ended March 31,
(in millions, except percentages )
2014
 
2013
 
Change
$
 
Change %
Marketed products
$
4,919

 
$
3,897

 
$
1,022

 
26
 %
Registration stage products
16,353

 
23,299

 
(6,946
)
 
(30
)%
Research and development stage products
9,824

 
31,000

 
(21,176
)
 
(68
)%
Total research and development expenses
$
31,096

 
$
58,196

 
$
(27,100
)
 
(47
)%

Our marketed products consist of Angiomax, Cleviprex, Recothrom, Minocin IV, ready-to-use Argatroban and our acute care generic drugs. Registration stage products, for which we have submitted or will soon submit applications for regulatory approval, include cangrelor, oritavancin, IONSYS, Fibrocaps and RPX-602. Research and development stage products include MDCO-216, Carbavance, ALN-PCSsc and other early stage compounds.

Research and development expenses decreased by $27.1 million during the three months ended March 31, 2014 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2013 . The decrease is primarily due to an initial license payment of $25.0 million to Alnylam under our license and collaboration agreement in the first quarter of 2013. In addition, expenses associated with oritavancin decreased by $9.4 million primarily due to the completion of patient enrollment in SOLO II clinical trials in April 2013 and expenses associated with cangrelor decreased by $2.7 million due to the completion of our Phase 3 CHAMPION PHOENIX clinical trial. Additional decreases during the three months ended March 31, 2014 include $1.1 million due to a reduction-in-force during 2013 and a decrease in research and development costs of $0.8 million due to the termination of license agreement with CyDex Pharmaceuticals, Inc. in July of 2013. These decreases were partially offset by increases in expenses associated with Carbavance and Fibrocaps acquired during 2013 and our efforts to further develop Angiomax for use in additional patient populations globally. Clinical trial expenses and manufacturing development expenses associated with Carbavance increased by $6.1 million following our December 2013 acquisition of Rempex. Manufacturing development and regulatory filing related costs associated with Fibrocaps increased by $5.8 million following our August 2013 acquisition of ProFibrix.

We expect to continue to invest in the development of all our products during the remainder of 2014 and that our research and development expenses will increase in 2014 from their levels in 2013. We expect research and development expenses in 2014 to include costs for global regulatory activities related to oritavancin and IONSYS in the United States and European Union, and for Cleviprex, cangrelor and Fibrocaps outside of the United States; manufacturing development activities for Carbavance, oritavancin, MDCO-216, and IONSYS, and our clinical trials of MDCO-216 preparation for a Phase 2 study initiation, initiation of a Phase 3 study for Carbavance and additional clinical studies for Angiomax, cangrelor and Cleviprex for use in additional patient populations and lifecycle management activities for all of our products.
 
 
 
Our success in further developing Angiomax and obtaining marketing approvals for Angiomax in additional countries and for additional patient populations, developing and obtaining marketing approvals for Cleviprex outside the United States, and developing and obtaining marketing approvals for our products in development, is highly uncertain. We cannot predict expenses associated with ongoing data analysis or regulatory submissions, if any. In addition, we cannot reasonably estimate or know the nature, timing and estimated costs of the efforts necessary to continue the development of Angiomax, Cleviprex and our products in development, the period in which material net cash inflows are expected to commence from further developing Angiomax and Cleviprex, the timing and estimated costs of obtaining marketing approvals for Angiomax in additional countries and additional patient populations, the timing and estimated costs of obtaining marketing approvals for Cleviprex outside the United States, or the timing and estimated costs of developing and obtaining marketing approvals for our products in development, due to the numerous risks and uncertainties associated with developing and commercializing drugs, including the uncertainty of:

the scope, rate of progress and cost of our clinical trials and other research and development activities;
future clinical trial results;
the terms and timing of any collaborative, licensing and other arrangements that we may establish;
the cost and timing of regulatory approvals;
the cost and timing of establishing and maintaining sales, marketing and distribution capabilities;

34



the cost of establishing and maintaining clinical and commercial supplies of our products and product candidates;
the effect of competing technological and market developments; and
the cost of filing, prosecuting, defending and enforcing any patent claims and other intellectual property rights.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses:

 
Three Months Ended March 31,
 
2014
 
2013
 
Change $
 
Change %
 
(in thousands)
 
 
Selling, general and administrative expenses
$
64,521

 
$
63,482

 
$
1,039

 
1.6
%


The increase in selling, general and administrative expenses of approximately $1.0 million in the three months ended March 31, 2014 as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2013 reflects a $3.9 million increase in selling, marketing and promotional expense and a $2.9 million decrease in general corporate and administrative expenses.

Selling, marketing and promotional expenses increased by $3.9 million , primarily due to increased promotional efforts for our commercial products and spending in preparation for the commercial sale of our late stage product candidates, if and when approved.

General corporate and administrative expenses decreased by $2.9 million , primarily due to a reduction of one-time expenses incurred during the three months ended March 31, 2013 for our acquisitions of Incline and licensing of Recothrom which contributed an aggregate of $3.6 million and the 2013 reduction-in-force employee severance and other employee related termination costs of $4.4 million . These reductions were primarily offset by increases of $2.1 million in share-based compensation costs and $2.7 million in accretion costs associated with the fair value adjustments of the contingent consideration due to the former equityholders of Targanta Therapeutics Corporation, or Targanta, Incline, ProFibrix and Rempex.

Co-promotion and Profit-Share Income:

 
Three Months Ended March 31,
 
2014
 
2013
 
Change $
 
Change %
 
(in thousands)
 
 
Co-promotion and profit share income
$
6,020

 
$
3,750

 
$
2,270

 
60.5
%

During the three months ended March 31, 2014 and March 31, 2013 , we recorded co-promotion and profit share income of approximately $6.0 million and $3.75 million , respectively. Co-promotion and profit share income in the three months ended March 31, 2014 was higher due to increases in co-promotion of BRILINTA in the United States by approximately $0.6 million , profit share income from our license agreement with Eagle related to ready-to-use Argatroban of $1.3 million and co-promotion income from our agreement with BSX of $0.3 million .


Interest Expense:

 
Three Months Ended March 31,
 
2014
 
2013
 
Change $
 
Change %
 
(in thousands)
 
 
Interest expense
$
(3,860
)
 
$
(3,674
)
 
$
(186
)
 
5.1
%




35



During the three months ended March 31, 2014 and March 31, 2013 , we recorded approximately $3.9 million and $3.7 million in interest expense related to the Notes.

Other Income:

 
Three Months Ended March 31,
 
2014
 
2013
 
Change $
 
Change %
 
(in thousands)
 
 
Other income
$
179

 
$
198

 
$
(19
)
 
(9.6
)%

Other income, which is comprised of interest income and gains and losses on foreign currency transactions remained unchanged for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and March 31, 2014 .


(Provision) benefit for Income Tax:

 
Three Months Ended March 31,
 
2014
 
2013
 
Change $
 
Change %
 
(in thousands)
 
 
(Provision) for income tax
$
(22,095
)
 
$10,759
 
$
(32,854
)
 
*
*Represents a change in excess of 100%.        

We recorded a $22.1 million provision for income taxes and a $10.8 million benefit for income taxes for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, based on income before taxes of $17.1 million and a loss before taxes of $22.4 million for the same periods. Our effective income tax rates for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013 were approximately 129.3% and 48.2% , respectively. These increases in effective tax rate were driven primarily by the non-cash tax impact arising from changes in contingent consideration related to our acquisitions of Targanta, Incline, ProFibrix and Rempex. The 2014 effective tax rate also reflects higher tax losses in foreign jurisdictions from which we are unable to record a benefit currently driven primarily by the acquisition of ProFibrix. The 2013 effective tax rate also reflects the one time income tax benefit arising from the retroactive reinstatement of the research and development credit included in the American Tax Relief Act of 2012 which was signed into law in January 2013 and which expired on December 31, 2013.

We expect that our full year effective tax rate will be higher than 2013 due to an increase in nondeductible charges for changes in contingent consideration related to our acquisitions, higher anticipated tax losses in foreign jurisdictions from which we are unable to record a benefit currently, and the December 31, 2013 expiration of the U.S. federal research and development tax credit. It is also possible that our full-year effective tax rate could change because of other discrete events, our mix of U.S. to foreign earnings, specific transactions, or the receipt of new information affecting our current projections.

We will continue to evaluate our future ability to realize our deferred tax assets on a periodic basis in light of changing facts and circumstances. These include but are not limited to projections of future taxable income, tax legislation, rulings by relevant tax authorities, the progress of ongoing tax audits, the regulatory approval of products currently under development and the ability to achieve future anticipated revenues.


Liquidity and Capital Resources

Sources of Liquidity

Since our inception, we have financed our operations principally through revenues from sales of Angiomax, the sale of common stock, convertible promissory notes and warrants and interest income.





36



Cash Flows

As of March 31, 2014 , we had $378.4 million in cash and cash equivalents, as compared to $376.7 million as of December 31, 2013 . The increase in cash and cash equivalents in the three months ended March 31, 2014 was primarily due to $10.3 million of net cash provided by financing activities, partially offset by $5.1 million of net cash used in operating activities and $3.4 million of net cash used in investing activities.

Net cash used in operating activities was $5.1 million in the three months ended March 31, 2014 , compared to net cash used in operating activities of $48.0 million in the three months ended March 31, 2013 . The cash used in operating activities in the three months ended March 31, 2014 included a net loss of $5.0 million and a $20.5 million decrease resulting from changes in working capital items. The changes in working capital items reflect a decrease in accounts payable and accrued expenses of $11.8 million primarily due to timing of payments of certain corporate expenses, a decrease of $4.1 million in deferred revenue, a decrease of $2.6 million in other liabilities and an increase of $2.8 million in accounts receivable, partially offset by a decrease of $1.1 million in inventory. These uses of cash were partially offset by non-cash items of $20.4 million , consisting primarily of depreciation and amortization, amortization of debt discount, share-based compensation expense, deferred tax provision and excess tax benefit from share-based compensation arrangements.

Net cash used by operating activities in the three months ended March 31, 2013 included a net loss of $11.6 million , primarily due to an initial $25.0 million license payment to Alnylam, and a decrease of $40.1 million resulting from changes in working capital items, offset by non-cash items of $3.7 million consisting primarily of share-based compensation expense, deferred tax provision and depreciation and amortization. The changes in working capital items reflect a decrease in accounts payable and accrued expenses of $17.4 million primarily due to payments related to inventory of active pharmaceutical ingredient bivalirudin and payment of certain corporate expenses, an increase in accounts receivable of $4.9 million , which was due in part to the timing of receipts and related sales volume, an increase in inventory of $8.0 million due to purchases under our supply agreement with Teva API of certain minimum quantities of the active pharmaceutical ingredient bivalirudin for our commercial supply and an increase in prepaid and other current assets of $9.0 million primarily due to an increase in prepaid corporate income and ad valorem taxes.

During the three months ended March 31, 2014 , $3.4 million in net cash was used in investing activities, primarily for the purchase of fixed assets.

During the three months ended March 31, 2013 , $276.4 million in net cash was used in investing activities, which reflected $301.7 million incurred in connection with our Incline and Recothrom transactions, consisting of $186.7 million used in the acquisition of Incline and $115.0 million paid in the Recothrom transaction, and the purchase of fixed assets and additional investment in Annovation Biopharma Inc., offset by $27.1 million in proceeds from the maturity and sale of available for sale securities.

Net cash provided by financing activities was $10.3 million in the three months ended March 31, 2014 , which reflected $8.6 million of proceeds from option exercises and $1.7 million in excess tax benefits and purchases of stock under our employee stock purchase plan.

We received $33.4 million in the three months ended March 31, 2013 in net cash provided by financing activities, which reflected $29.7 million of proceeds from option exercises and $3.6 million in excess tax benefits and purchases of stock under our employee stock purchase plan.



37



Funding Requirements

We expect to devote substantial financial resources to our research and development efforts, clinical trials, nonclinical and preclinical studies and regulatory approvals and to our commercialization and manufacturing programs associated with our products and our products in development. We also will require cash to pay interest on the $275.0 million aggregate principal amount of Notes and to make principal payments on the Notes at maturity or upon conversion. In addition, we will require cash to make payments under the license agreements and other acquisition agreements to which we are a party, including potentially a payment to BMS, if we exercise the option granted to us, at a purchase price equal to the net book value of inventory included in the acquired assets. In addition, we may have to make contingent cash payments for our acquisitions and our licensing arrangements of up to $49.4 million due to the former equityholders of Targanta and up to $40.0 million in additional payments to other third parties for the Targanta transaction, up to $205.0 million due to the former equityholders of Incline and up to $115.5 million in additional payments to other third parties for the Incline transaction, up to $140.0 million for the ProFibrix transaction, up to $334.0 million for the Rempex transaction, up to $180.0 million for the license and collaboration agreement with Alnylam, up to $422.0 million due to our licensing of MDCO-216 from Pfizer, up to $54.5 million due to our licensing of cangrelor from AstraZeneca and up to $112.0 million for the Tenaxis transaction, in each case, upon the achievement of specified regulatory, sales and other milestones.

Our future capital requirements will depend on many factors, including:

the extent to which Angiomax is commercially successful globally;

our ability to maintain market exclusivity for Angiomax in the United States through the enforcement of the '727 patent and the '343 patent during the period following the expiration of the patent term of the '404 patent on December 15, 2014 and the six month pediatric exclusivity on June 15, 2015 through at least May 1, 2019, the date on which we agreed APP may sell a generic version of Angiomax;

the extent to which our submissions and planned submissions for regulatory approval of cangrelor, oritavancin, IONSYS, Fibrocaps and RPX-602 are approved on a timely basis, if at all;

the extent to which Recothrom, Cleviprex, ready-to-use Argatroban, Minocin IV, the Tenaxis product and the acute care generic products for which we acquired the non-exclusive right to sell and distribute from APP are commercially successful in the United States;

the extent to which our global collaboration with AstraZeneca, including our four-year co-promotion arrangement for BRILINTA in the United States, and our co-promotion agreement with BSX for its Promus PREMIER Stent System, are successful;

the extent to which we are successful in our efforts to further establish a commercial infrastructure outside the United States;

the consideration paid by us and to be paid by us in connection with acquisitions and licenses of development-stage compounds, clinical-stage product candidates, approved products, or businesses, and in connection with other strategic arrangements;

the progress, level, timing and cost of our research and development activities related to our clinical trials and non-clinical studies with respect to Angiomax, Cleviprex and our products in development;

the cost and outcomes of regulatory submissions and reviews for approval of Angiomax in additional countries and for additional indications, of Recothrom and Cleviprex outside the United States and of our other products in development globally;

the continuation or termination of third-party manufacturing, distribution and sales and marketing arrangements;

the size, cost and effectiveness of our sales and marketing programs globally;

the amounts of our payment obligations to third parties as to our products and products in development; and

our ability to defend and enforce our intellectual property rights.

38



We believe that our cash on hand and the cash we generate from our operations will be sufficient to meet our ongoing funding requirements, including our obligations with respect to the Notes and under the license agreements and other acquisition agreements to which we are a party, but excluding any future material acquisition activity. If our existing cash resources, together with revenues that we generate from sales of our products and other sources, are insufficient to satisfy our funding requirements due to slower than anticipated sales of Angiomax, Recothrom, Cleviprex, ready-to-use Argatroban and the acute generic products for which we acquired the non-exclusive right to sell and distribute from APP or higher than anticipated costs globally, we may need to sell additional equity or debt securities or seek additional financing through other arrangements. Any sale of additional equity or debt securities may result in dilution to our stockholders. Debt financing may involve covenants limiting or restricting our ability to take specific actions, such as incurring additional debt or making capital expenditures. Moreover, our ability to obtain additional debt financing may be limited by the Notes. We cannot be certain that public or private financing will be available in amounts or on terms acceptable to us, if at all. Further, we may seek additional financing to fund our acquisitions of development stage compounds, clinical stage product candidates and approved products and/or the companies that have such products, and we may not be able to obtain such financing on terms acceptable to us or at all.

If we seek to raise funds through collaboration or licensing arrangements with third parties, we may be required to relinquish rights to products, product candidates or technologies that we would not otherwise relinquish or grant licenses on terms that may not be favorable to us. If we are unable to obtain additional financing, we may be required to delay, reduce the scope of, or eliminate one or more of our planned research, development and commercialization activities, which could harm our financial condition and operating results.

Certain Contingencies:

We may be, from time to time, a party to various disputes and claims arising from normal business activities. We accrue for loss contingencies when information available indicates that it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of such loss can be reasonably estimated.

Currently, we are party to the legal proceedings described in Part II, Item 1, Legal Proceedings, of this quarterly report on Form 10-Q, which include both patent litigation matters and class action litigation. We have assessed such legal proceedings and do not believe that it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of such liability can be reasonably estimated. As a result, we have not recorded a loss contingency related to these legal proceedings.
 
Contractual Obligations

Our long-term contractual obligations include commitments and estimated purchase obligations entered into in the normal course of business. These include commitments related to royalties, milestone payments, option exercise and other contingent payments due under our license and acquisition agreements, purchases of inventory of our products, research and development service agreements, income tax contingencies, operating leases, selling, general and administrative obligations and increases to our restricted cash in connection with our lease of our principal office space in Parsippany, New Jersey as of March 31, 2014 . During the quarter ended March 31, 2014 , there were no material changes outside the ordinary course of business to the specified contractual obligations set forth in the contractual obligations table included in our annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013 .

Application of Critical Accounting Estimates
             
The discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations is based on our unaudited consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP, for interim financial information and with the instructions to Form 10-Q. Accordingly, they do not include all the information and footnotes required by GAAP for complete financial statements. The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect our reported assets and liabilities, revenues and expenses, and other financial information. Actual results may differ significantly from these estimates under different assumptions and conditions. In addition, our reported financial condition and results of operations could vary due to a change in the application of a particular accounting standard.

We regard an accounting estimate or assumption underlying our financial statements as a “critical accounting estimate” where:

the nature of the estimate or assumption is material due to the level of subjectivity and judgment necessary to account for highly uncertain matters or the susceptibility of such matters to change; and

the impact of the estimates and assumptions on financial condition or operating performance is material.

39




Our significant accounting policies are more fully described in note 2 of our unaudited consolidated financial statements in this quarterly report on Form 10-Q and note 2 of our consolidated financial statements in our annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013 . Not all of these significant accounting policies, however, require that we make estimates and assumptions that we believe are “critical accounting estimates.” We have discussed our accounting policies with the audit committee of our board of directors, and we believe that our estimates relating to revenue recognition, inventory, share-based compensation, income taxes, in-process research and development, contingent purchase price from business combinations and impairment of long-lived asset described under the caption “Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations - Application of Critical Accounting Estimates” in our annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013 are “critical accounting estimates.” Please refer to note 2, "Significant Accounting Policies," in the accompanying notes to the condensed consolidated financial statements for a discussion on changes to certain accounting policies during the three months ended March 31, 2014.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements
Refer to Note 2, "Significant Accounting Policies," in the accompanying notes to the condensed consolidated financial statements for a discussion of recent accounting pronouncements. There were no new accounting pronouncements adopted during the three months ended March, 2014 that had a material effect on our financial statements.

Forward-Looking Information

This quarterly report on Form 10-Q includes forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act. For this purpose, any statements contained herein regarding our strategy, future operations, financial position, future revenue, projected costs, prospects, plans and objectives of management, other than statements of historical facts, are forward-looking statements. The words “anticipates,” “believes,” “estimates,” “expects,” “intends,” “may,” “plans,” “projects,” “will,” “would” and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements, although not all forward-looking statements contain these identifying words. We cannot guarantee that we actually will achieve the plans, intentions or expectations expressed or implied in our forward-looking statements. There are a number of important factors that could cause actual results, levels of activity, performance or events to differ materially from those expressed or implied in the forward-looking statements we make. These important factors include our “critical accounting estimates” described in Part I, Item 2 of this quarterly report on Form 10-Q and the factors set forth under the caption “Risk Factors” in Part II, Item 1A of this quarterly report on Form 10-Q. Although we may elect to update forward-looking statements in the future, we specifically disclaim any obligation to do so, even if our estimates change, and readers should not rely on those forward-looking statements as representing our views as of any date subsequent to the date of this quarterly report on Form 10-Q.

Item 3. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

Market risk is the risk of change in fair value of a financial instrument due to changes in interest rates, equity prices, creditworthiness, financing, exchange rates or other factors. Our primary market risk exposure relates to changes in interest rates in our cash, cash equivalents and available for sale securities. We place our investments in high-quality financial instruments, primarily money market funds, corporate debt securities, asset backed securities and U.S. government agency notes with maturities of less than two years, which we believe are subject to limited interest rate and credit risk. We currently do not hedge interest rate exposure. At March 31, 2014 , we held $378.4 million in cash and cash equivalents, which had an average interest rate of approximately 0. 36% . A 10% change in such average interest rate would have had an approximate $0.1 million impact on our interest income. At March 31, 2014 , all cash and cash equivalents were due on demand or within one year.

Most of our transactions are conducted in U.S. dollars. We do have certain agreements with parties located outside the United States. Transactions under certain of these agreements are conducted in U.S. dollars, subject to adjustment based on significant fluctuations in currency exchange rates. Transactions under certain other of these agreements are conducted in the local foreign currency. As of March 31, 2014 , we had receivables denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. A 10% change in foreign exchange rates would have had an approximate $0.8 million impact on our other income and cash.


40



Item 4. Controls and Procedures

Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Our management, with the participation of our chief executive officer and chief financial officer, evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures as of March 31, 2014 . The term “disclosure controls and procedures,” as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act, means controls and other procedures of a company that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the rules and forms of the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC. Disclosure controls and procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by a company in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to the company's management, including its principal executive and principal financial officers, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. Management recognizes that any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving their objectives and management necessarily applies its judgment in evaluating the cost-benefit relationship of possible controls and procedures. Based on the evaluation of our disclosure controls and procedures as of March 31, 2014 , our chief executive officer and chief financial officer concluded that, as of such date, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective at the reasonable assurance level.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

No change in our internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act) occurred during the quarter ended March 31, 2014 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.



41



Part II. Other Information


Item 1.  Legal Proceedings

From time to time we are party to legal proceedings in the course of our business in addition to those described below. We do not, however, expect such other legal proceedings to have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

'727 Patent and '343 Patent Litigations

Hospira, Inc.

In July 2010, we were notified that Hospira had submitted two ANDAs seeking permission to market its generic version of Angiomax prior to the expiration of the '727 patent and '343 patent. On August 19, 2010, we filed suit against Hospira in the U.S. District Court for the District of Delaware for infringement of the '727 patent and '343 patent. On August 25, 2010, the case was reassigned in lieu of a vacant judgeship to the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of Pennsylvania. Hospira's answer denied infringement of the '727 patent and '343 patent and raised counterclaims of non-infringement and invalidity of the '727 patent and '343 patent. On September 24, 2010, we filed a reply denying the counterclaims raised by Hospira. The Hospira action was consolidated for discovery purposes with the then pending and now settled cases against Teva and APP. The case was reassigned back to the U.S. District Court for the District Court of Delaware. A Markman hearing was held on December 5, 2012. On July 12, 2013, the Court issued its Markman decision as to the claim construction of the '727 patent and the '343 patent. The Court's decision varied from the other Markman decisions that we have received in our other patent infringement litigations. On July 22, 2013, we filed a motion for reconsideration of the Court's claim construction ruling on the grounds that the Court (i) impermissibly imported process limitations disclosed in a preferred embodiment into the claims, (ii) improperly transformed product claims into product-by-process claims, (iii) improperly rendered claim language superfluous and violated the doctrine of claim differentiation, and (iv) improperly construed limitations based on validity arguments that have not yet been presented. On August 22, 2013, the Court denied the motion for reconsideration. A three day bench trial was held in September 2013 and a post-trial briefing was completed in December 2013. On March 31, 2014, the Court issued its trial opinion. With respect to patent validity, the Court held that the ‘727 and ‘343 patents were valid on all grounds. Specifically, the Court found that Hospira had failed to prove that the patents were either anticipated and/or obvious. The Court further held that the patents satisfied the written description requirement, were enabled and were not indefinite. With respect to infringement, based on its July 2013 Markman decision, the Court found that Hospira's ANDAs did not meet the "efficient mixing" claim limitation and thus did not infringe the asserted claims of the '727 and '343 patents. The Court found that the other claim limitations in dispute were present in Hospira's ANDA products. The Court entered a final judgment on April 15, 2014. On May 9, 2014, a Notice of Appeal to the United States Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit was filed with the Delaware Court. If the appeal is not successful, then Angiomax could be subject to generic competition earlier than anticipated, including from Hospira's generic bivalirudin, as well as potentially Teva's and APP's generic bivalirudin products.


Mylan Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

In January 2011, we were notified that Mylan Pharmaceuticals, Inc. had submitted an ANDA seeking permission to market its generic version of Angiomax prior to the expiration of the '727 patent and '343 patent. On February 23, 2011, we filed suit against Mylan Inc., Mylan Pharmaceuticals Inc. and Bioniche Pharma USA, LLC, which we refer to collectively as Mylan, in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of Illinois for infringement of the '727 patent and '343 patent. Mylan's answer denied infringement of the '727 patent and '343 patent and raised counterclaims of non-infringement and invalidity of the '727 patent and '343 patent. On April 13, 2011, we filed a reply denying the counterclaims raised by Mylan. On May 4, 2011 the Court set a pretrial schedule. Following a joint request, the Court issued an amended scheduling order on September 22, 2011. On November 29, 2011, Mylan moved to amend its answer to add counterclaims and affirmative defenses of inequitable conduct and unclean hands. Following motion practice, the Court granted Mylan's request to add counterclaims and affirmative defenses of inequitable conduct and to add affirmative defenses of unclean hands. On March 7, 2012, we filed a reply denying these counterclaims. A Markman hearing was held on July 30, 2012. The Court issued a Markman Order on August 6, 2012. The parties have completed fact and expert discovery. On June 21, 2013, Mylan filed a summary judgment motion of non-infringement of the ‘727 and ‘343 patents and alternatively that the ‘727 patent was invalid. The Court’s decision granted non-infringement of the ‘343 patent and denied the motion with respect to non-infringement and invalidity of the ‘727 patent. A one-week trial directed to the '727 patent has been set for June 9, 2014.


42




Dr. Reddy's Laboratories, Inc.

In March 2011, we were notified that Dr. Reddy's Laboratories, Ltd. and Dr. Reddy's Laboratories, Inc. had submitted an ANDA seeking permission to market its generic version of Angiomax prior to the expiration of the '727 and '343 patents. On April 28, 2011, we filed suit against Dr. Reddy's Laboratories, Ltd., Dr. Reddy's Laboratories, Inc. and Gland Pharma, Inc., which we refer to collectively as Dr. Reddy's, in the U.S. District Court for the District of New Jersey for infringement of the '727 patent and '343 patent. Dr. Reddy's answer denied infringement of the '727 patent and '343 patent and raised counterclaims of non-infringement and invalidity of the '727 patent and '343 patent. On May 11, 2012, Dr. Reddy's filed a motion for summary judgment. On October 2, 2012, the Court held oral argument on Dr. Reddy's summary judgment motion and conducted a Markman hearing. On October 15, 2012, the Court denied Dr. Reddy's summary judgment motion. A Markman decision was issued by the Court on January 2, 2013. On January 25, 2013, Dr. Reddy's filed a second summary judgment motion this time for non-infringement. We have pending motions seeking further fact discovery of Dr. Reddy’s. The parties have yet to enter the expert phase of the case. No schedule or trial date has been set.

  
Sun Pharmaceutical Industries LTD

In October 2011, we were notified that Sun Pharmaceutical Industries LTD had submitted an ANDA seeking permission to market its generic version of Angiomax prior to the expiration of the '727 and '343 patents. On November 21, 2011, we filed suit against Sun Pharma Global FZE, Sun Pharmaceutical Industries LTD., Sun Pharmaceutical Industries Inc., and Caraco Pharmaceutical Laboratories, LTD., which we refer to collectively as Sun, in the U.S. District Court for the District of New Jersey for infringement of the '727 patent and '343 patent. The case has been assigned to the same judge and Magistrate Judge as the Dr. Reddy's action. Sun's answer denied infringement of the '727 patent and '343 patent. On June 7, 2012, the Court held an initial case scheduling conference. The parties proceeded with fact discovery. Following a December 20, 2013 status conference, the parties began discussing a stay in the case. Following further conferences with the Court a stipulation to stay the case was submitted and subsequently entered by the Court on April 1, 2014 .


Apotex Inc.

In March 2013, we were notified that Apotex Inc. had submitted an ANDA seeking permission to market its generic version of Angiomax prior to the expiration of the '727 and '343 patents. On May 1, 2013, we filed suit against Apotex Inc. and Apotex Corp., which we refer to collectively as Apotex, in the U.S. District Court for the District of New Jersey for infringement of the '727 and '343 patents. The case has been assigned to the same Judge and Magistrate Judge as the Dr. Reddy's and Sun actions. Apotex filed its answer on July 19, 2013 and raised counterclaims of non-infringement and invalidity. A scheduling conference before the Magistrate Judge was held on December 16, 2013. Following a subsequent conference on April 15, 2014 and direction from the Court to submit a discovery schedule, the Court entered a discovery schedule on April 29, 2014. No trial date has been set.


Aurobindo Pharma

In March 2014, we were notified that Aurobindo Pharma Ltd., or Aurobindo, had submitted an ANDA seeking permission to market its generic version of Angiomax prior to the expiration of the '727 and '343 patents. On April 11, 2014, we filed suit against Aurobindo and Aurobindo Pharma USA, Inc. in the U.S. District Court for the District of New Jersey for infringement of the '727 and '343 patents. The case has been assigned to the same Judge and Magistrate as the Dr. Reddy's, Sun and Apotex actions. Aurobindo has yet to file an answer.


Exela Pharma Sciences, LLC

In March 2014, we were notified that Exela Pharma Sciences, LLC, or Exela, had submitted an ANDA seeking permission to market its generic version of Angiomax prior to the expiration of the '727 and '343 patents. On April 25, 2014, we filed suit against Exela, Exela PharmSci, Inc. and Excela Holdings, Inc. in the U.S. District Court for the Western District of North Carolina for infringement of the '727 and '343 patents. Excela has yet to file an answer and the case has not yet been assigned to a judge.




43



Class Action Litigation

On February 21, 2014, a class action lawsuit was filed against us and certain of our current and former officers in the United States District Court for the District of New Jersey by David Serr on behalf of stockholders who purchased or otherwise acquired our common stock between February 20, 2013 through February 12, 2014, which we refer to as the class period. The complaint asserts claims under Sections 10(b) and 20(a) of the Exchange Act and Rule 10b-5 promulgated thereunder, including allegations that our stock was artificially inflated during the class period because we and certain current and former officers allegedly made misrepresentations or did not make proper disclosures regarding the results of clinical trials, which tested the efficacy and safety of cangrelor. Specifically, the lawsuit alleges that statements made throughout the class period about the trials were misleading because they failed to disclose that cangrelor did not show superiority to the drug clopidogrel and that the clinical trials were unethically and inappropriately administered. The complaint seeks, among other relief, class certification of the lawsuit, unspecified damages, interest, attorneys’ fees, expert fees and other costs. On April 22, 2014, one of our shareholders, Warren H. Schuler filed, a motion for an order appointing him lead plaintiff and appointing Pomerantz LLP lead counsel. That motion is currently pending. Per a scheduling order entered by the Court, the plaintiffs may file an amended complaint within 60 days of the appointment of lead counsel. We and certain of our current and former officers will then have 60 days from the date the amended complaint is filed in which to answer or move to dismiss the amended complaint. We believe we have valid defenses to the claims in the lawsuit, will deny liability and intend to defend ourselves vigorously. There can be no assurance, however, that we will be successful. An adverse resolution of the lawsuit could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. We are presently unable to predict the outcome of the lawsuit or to reasonably estimate a range of potential losses, if any, related to the lawsuit.



Item 1A. Risk Factors

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should consider carefully the risks and uncertainties described below in addition to the other information included or incorporated by reference in this quarterly report on Form 10-Q. If any of the following risks actually occur, our business, financial condition or results of operations would likely suffer. In that case, the trading price of our common stock could fall. Updated risk factors associated with our business are set forth below.

Risks Related to Our Financial Results
Our business is very dependent on the commercial success of Angiomax. If Angiomax does not generate the revenues we anticipate, our business may be materially harmed

Angiomax has accounted for substantially all of our revenue since we began selling this product in 2001. We expect revenue from Angiomax to account for the significant majority of our revenue in 2014. The commercial success of Angiomax depends upon:

our ability to maintain market exclusivity for Angiomax in the United States through the enforcement of the '727 patent and the '343 patent during the period following the expiration of the patent term of the '404 patent on December 15, 2014 and the six month pediatric exclusivity on June 15, 2015 through at least May 1, 2019, the date on which we agreed APP may sell a generic version of Angiomax;

the continued acceptance by regulators, physicians, patients and other key decision-makers of Angiomax as a safe, therapeutic and cost-effective alternative to heparin and other products used in current practice or currently being developed;

our ability to further develop Angiomax and obtain marketing approval of Angiomax for use in additional patient populations and the clinical data we generate to support expansion of the product label;

the overall number of PCI procedures performed;

the ability of our third-party supply and manufacturing partners to provide us with sufficient quantities of Angiomax;

the impact of competition from existing competitive products and from competitive products that may be approved in the future;


44



the continued safety and efficacy of Angiomax;

to what extent and in what amount government and third-party payors cover or reimburse for the costs of Angiomax; and

our success and the success of our international distributors in selling and marketing Angiomax in Europe and in other countries outside the United States.
 
We continue to develop Angiomax for use in additional patient populations, including patients with structural heart disease, patients undergoing PEI and cardiovascular surgery and patients with or at risk of HIT/HITTS. We may not be successful in developing Angiomax and obtaining marketing approval of Angiomax for these additional patient populations. However, even if we are successful in obtaining approval for the use of Angiomax in additional patient populations, our ability to sell Angiomax for use in these additional patient populations may not result in higher revenue or income on a continuing basis.
As of March 31, 2014 , our inventory of Angiomax was $75.3 million and we had inventory-related purchase commitments totaling $37.4 million for the last three quarters of 2014, $20.8 million for 2015 and $0.7 million for 2016 for Angiomax bulk drug substance. If sales of Angiomax were to decline, we could be required to make an allowance for excess or obsolete inventory or increase our accrual for product returns, which could negatively impact our results of operations and our financial condition.

We may need to raise additional capital. If we are unable to obtain such capital on favorable terms or at all, we may not be able to execute on our business plans and our business, financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected

We expect to devote substantial financial resources to our research and development efforts, clinical trials, nonclinical and preclinical studies and regulatory approvals and to our commercialization and manufacturing programs associated with our products and our products in development. We also will require cash to pay interest on the $275.0 million aggregate principal amount of the Notes and to make principal payments on the Notes at maturity or upon conversion. In addition, we will require cash to make payments under the license agreements and acquisition agreements to which we are a party, including potentially a payment to BMS, if we exercise the option granted to us, at a purchase price equal to the net book value of inventory included in the acquired assets. In addition, we may have to make contingent cash payments for our acquisitions and our licensing arrangements of up to $49.4 million due to the former equityholders of Targanta and up to $40.0 million in additional payments to other third parties for the Targanta transaction, up to $205.0 million due to the former equityholders of Incline and up to $115.5 million in additional payments to other third parties for the Incline transaction, up to $140.0 million for the ProFibrix transaction, up to $334.0 million for the Rempex transaction, up to $180.0 million for the license and collaboration agreement with Alnylam, up to $422.0 million due to our licensing of MDCO-216 from Pfizer, up to $54.5 million due to our licensing of cangrelor from AstraZeneca and up to $112.0 million for the Tenaxis transaction, in each case, upon the achievement of specified regulatory, sales and other milestones.

Our future capital requirements will depend upon many factors, including:
 
the extent to which Angiomax is commercially successful globally;

our ability to maintain market exclusivity for Angiomax in the United States through the enforcement of the '727 patent and the '343 patent during the period following the expiration of the patent term of the '404 patent on December 15, 2014 and the six month pediatric exclusivity on June 15, 2015 through at least May 1, 2019, the date on which we agreed APP may sell a generic version of Angiomax;

the extent to which our submissions and planned submissions for regulatory approval of cangrelor, oritavancin, IONSYS, Fibrocaps and RPX-602 are approved on a timely basis, if at all;

the extent to which Recothrom, Cleviprex, ready-to-use Argatroban, Minocin IV, the Tenaxis product and the acute care generic products that we acquired the non-exclusive right to sell and distribute from APP are commercially successful in the United States;

the extent to which our global collaboration with AstraZeneca LP, including our four-year co-promotion arrangement for BRILINTA in the United States, and our co-promotion agreement with BSX for its Promus PREMIER Stent System are successful;

the extent to which we are successful in our efforts to further establish a commercial infrastructure outside the United States;


45



the consideration paid by us and to be paid by us in connection with acquisitions and licenses of development-stage compounds, clinical-stage product candidates, approved products, or businesses, and in connection with other strategic arrangements;

the progress, level, timing and cost of our research and development activities related to our clinical trials and non-clinical studies with respect to Angiomax, Cleviprex and our products in development;

the cost and outcomes of regulatory submissions and reviews for approval of Angiomax in additional countries and for additional indications, of Recothrom and Cleviprex outside the United States and of our other products in development globally;

the continuation or termination of third-party manufacturing, distribution and sales and marketing arrangements;

the size, cost and effectiveness of our sales and marketing programs globally;

the amounts of our payment obligations to third parties as to our products and products in development; and

our ability to defend and enforce our intellectual property rights.
 
In February 2014, the FDA Cardiovascular and Renal Drugs Advisory Committee advised against approval of cangrelor for use in patients undergoing PCI or those that require bridging for oral antiplatelet therapy to surgery. On April 30, 2014, the FDA issued a Complete Response Letter for our NDA for cangrelor. For the PCI indication, the FDA stated that the NDA cannot be approved at the present time. The FDA suggested that we perform a series of clinical data analyses of the CHAMPION PHOENIX study, review certain processes regarding data management, and provide bioequivalence information on the clopidogrel clinical supplies for the CHAMPION trials. For the BRIDGE indication, the FDA concluded that a prospective, adequate and well-controlled study in which outcomes such as bleeding are studied, can result in the clinical data necessary to assess the benefit-risk relationship in this indication. The FDA also provided additional comments for us to address, stating that the comments are not currently approvability issues, but could affect labeling. We are focused on the additional analyses in response to the FDA and are working with the FDA to accommodate its review process in a timely manner. No assurances can be made with respect to our ability to obtain regulatory approval and to commercially develop cangrelor, and we may only be able to do so after conducting further trials responsive to the FDA's concerns, which could be costly and we may not choose to conduct.

If our existing resources, together with revenues that we generate from sales of our products and other sources, are insufficient to satisfy our funding requirements, we may need to sell equity or debt securities or seek additional financing through other arrangements. Public or private financing may not be available in amounts or on terms acceptable to us, if at all. If we seek to raise funds through collaboration or licensing arrangements with third parties, we may be required to relinquish rights to products, products in development or technologies that we would not otherwise relinquish or grant licenses on terms that may not be favorable to us. Moreover, our ability to obtain additional debt financing may be limited by the Notes. If we are unable to obtain additional financing, we may be required to delay, reduce the scope of, or eliminate one or more of our planned research, development and commercialization activities, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

If we seek to raise capital to fund acquisitions of development-stage compounds, clinical-stage product candidates, approved products, or businesses or for other reasons by selling equity or debt securities or through other arrangements, our stockholders could be subject to dilution and we may become subject to financial restrictions and covenants, which may limit our activities

If we seek to acquire any development-stage compounds, clinical-stage product candidates, approved products, or businesses or determine that raising capital would be in our interest and in the interest of our stockholders, we may seek to sell equity or debt securities or seek financings through other arrangements. Any sale of equity or debt securities may result in dilution to our stockholders and increased liquidity requirements. Moreover, our ability to obtain debt financing may be limited by the Notes. Debt financing may involve covenants limiting or restricting our ability to take specific actions, such as incurring additional debt or making capital expenditures. Our ability to comply with these financial restrictions and covenants could be dependent on our future performance, which is subject to prevailing economic conditions and other factors, including factors that are beyond our control such as foreign exchange rates, interest rates and changes in the level of competition. Failure to comply with the financial restrictions and covenants would adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.
 

46



Our revenue in the United States from sales of our products is completely dependent on our sole source distributor, Integrated Commercialization Solutions, or ICS, and our revenue outside the United States is substantially dependent on a limited number of international distributors. If the buying patterns of ICS or these international distributors for our products are not consistent with underlying hospital demand, then our revenue will be subject to fluctuation from quarter to quarter based on these buying patterns and not underlying demand for the products. Any change in these buying patterns could adversely affect our financial results and our stock price

We distribute Angiomax, Recothrom, Cleviprex, ready-to-use Argatroban and three of our acute care generic products in the United States through a sole source distribution model. Under this model, we currently sell Angiomax, Recothrom, Cleviprex, ready-to-use Argatroban and the three acute care generic products to our sole source distributor, ICS. ICS then sells Angiomax, Recothrom, Cleviprex, ready-to-use Argatroban and the three acute care generic products to a limited number of national medical and pharmaceutical wholesalers with distribution centers located throughout the United States and, in certain cases, directly to hospitals. We expect that we will also sell Minocin IV and our other acute care generic products through the same sole source distribution model. Our revenue from sales of Angiomax, Recothrom, Cleviprex, ready-to-use Argatroban and the three acute care generic products in the United States is exclusively from sales to ICS pursuant to our agreement with them. We anticipate that our revenue from sales of Minocin IV and our other acute care generic products that we sell will be exclusively from sales to ICS. In connection with a reduction in marketing, sales and distribution fees payable to ICS, in October 2010 we amended our agreement with ICS to extend the ICS payment terms under our distribution agreement with them from 30 days to 45 days, which can be further extended to 49 days if ICS pays by wire transfer. The amendment has caused, and we expect to continue to cause, an increase in accounts receivable. As a result of our relationship with ICS, we expect that our revenue will continue to be subject to fluctuation from quarter to quarter based on the buying patterns of ICS, which may be independent of underlying hospital demand.

In some countries outside the European Union and in a few countries in the European Union, we sell Angiomax to international distributors and these distributors then sell Angiomax to hospitals. Our reliance on a small number of distributors for international sales of Angiomax could cause our revenue to fluctuate from quarter to quarter based on the buying patterns of these distributors, independent of underlying hospital demand.
 
If inventory levels at ICS or at our international distributors become too high, these distributors may seek to reduce their inventory levels by reducing purchases from us, which could have a material and adverse effect on our revenue in periods in which such purchase reductions occur.

We may not realize the anticipated benefits of past or future acquisitions or product licenses and integration of these acquisitions and any products and product candidates acquired or licensed may disrupt our business and management

We have in the past and may in the future acquire or license additional development-stage compounds, clinical-stage product candidates, approved products, technologies or businesses. For example, recently we acquired Incline, ProFibrix, Rempex and Tenaxis, obtained the exclusive right to promote, market and sell Recothrom from BMS and entered into a license and collaboration agreement with Alnylam to develop, manufacture and commercialize RNAi therapeutics targeting the PCSK9 gene for the treatment of hypercholesterolemia and other human diseases. We may not realize the anticipated benefits of an acquisition, license or collaboration, each of which involves numerous risks. These risks include:

difficulty in integrating the operations, products or product candidates and personnel of an acquired company;

entry into markets in which we have no or limited direct prior experience and where competitors in such markets have stronger market positions;

failure to successfully further develop the acquired or licensed business, product, compounds, programs or technology or to achieve strategic objectives, including commercializing and marketing successfully the development stage compounds and clinical stage candidates that we acquire or license;

disruption of our ongoing business and distraction of our management and employees from other opportunities and challenges;

inadequate or unfavorable clinical trial results from acquired or contracted for product candidates;

inability to retain personnel, key customers, distributors, vendors and other business partners of the acquired company, or acquired or licensed product or technology;


47



potential failure of the due diligence processes to identify significant problems, liabilities or other shortcomings or challenges of an acquired company, or acquired or licensed product or technology, including but not limited to, problems, liabilities or other shortcomings or challenges with respect to intellectual property, product quality, revenue recognition or other accounting practices, employee, customer or partner disputes or issues and other legal and financial contingencies and known and unknown liabilities;

liability for activities of the acquired company or licensor before the acquisition or license, including intellectual property infringement claims, violations of laws, commercial disputes, tax liabilities, and other known and unknown liabilities;

exposure to litigation or other claims in connection with, or inheritance of claims or litigation risk as a result of, an acquisition or license, including but not limited to, claims from terminated employees, customers, former stockholders or other third-parties; and

difficulties in the integration of the acquired company's departments, systems, including accounting, human resource and other administrative systems, technologies, books and records, and procedures, as well as in maintaining uniform standards, controls, including internal control over financial reporting required by the Sarbanes−Oxley Act of 2002 and related procedures and policies.

Acquisitions and licensing arrangements are inherently risky, and ultimately, if we do not complete an announced acquisition or license transaction or integrate an acquired business, or an acquired or licensed product or technology successfully and in a timely manner, we may not realize the benefits of the acquisition or license to the extent anticipated and the perception of the effectiveness of our management team and our company may suffer in the marketplace. In addition, even if we are able to achieve the long-term benefits associated with our strategic transactions, our expenses and short-term costs may increase materially and adversely affect our liquidity and short-term profitability. Further, if we cannot successfully integrate acquired businesses, or acquired or licensed products or technologies we may experience material negative consequences to our business, financial condition or results of operations. Future acquisitions or licenses could also result in dilutive issuances of our equity securities, the incurrence of debt, contingent liabilities, or amortization expenses, or impairment of goodwill and intangible assets, and restructuring charges, any of which could harm our business, financial condition or results of operations.

We have a history of net losses and may not achieve profitability in future periods or maintain profitability on an annual basis

We have incurred net losses in many years and on a cumulative basis since our inception. As of March 31, 2014 , we had an accumulated deficit of approximately $49.9 million . We expect to make substantial expenditures to further develop and commercialize our products, including costs and expenses associated with research and development, clinical trials, nonclinical and preclinical studies, regulatory approvals and commercialization. We anticipate needing to generate greater revenue in future periods from our marketed products and from our products in development in order to achieve and maintain profitability in light of our planned expenditures. If we are unable to generate greater revenue, we may not achieve profitability in future periods, and may not be able to maintain any profitability we do achieve. Our ability to generate future revenue will be substantially dependent on our ability to maintain market exclusivity for Angiomax. If we fail to achieve profitability or maintain profitability on a quarterly or annual basis within the time frame expected by investors or securities analysts, the market price of our common stock may decline.

Risks Related to Our Notes

Servicing the Notes will require a significant amount of cash, and we may not have sufficient cash flow from our business to pay the Notes

Our ability to make scheduled payments of the principal of, to pay interest on or to refinance the Notes depends on our future performance, which is subject to economic, financial, competitive and other factors beyond our control. Our business may not continue to generate cash flow from operations in the future sufficient to service our debt and make necessary capital expenditures. If we are unable to generate cash flow, we may be required to adopt one or more alternatives, such as selling assets, restructuring debt or obtaining additional equity capital on terms that may be unfavorable to us or highly dilutive. Our ability to refinance our indebtedness will depend on the capital markets and our financial condition at the time we seek such refinancing. We may not be able to engage in any of these activities or engage in these activities on desirable terms, which could result in a default on our debt obligations.


48



We may not have the ability to raise the funds necessary to settle conversions of the Notes or to repurchase the Notes upon a fundamental change, and our future debt may contain limitations on our ability to pay cash upon conversion or repurchase of the Notes

Holders of the Notes will have the right to require us to repurchase their Notes upon the occurrence of a fundamental change, as defined in the indenture with Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, a national banking association, as trustee, governing the Notes, which we refer to as the Indenture, at a repurchase price equal to 100% of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, as described in the Indenture. In addition, upon conversion of the Notes, we will be required to make with respect to each $1,000 in principal amount of Notes converted cash payments of at least the lesser of $1,000 and the sum of the daily conversion values as described in the Indenture. However, we may not have enough available cash or be able to obtain financing at the time we are required to repurchase Notes or to pay cash upon conversions of Notes. In addition, our ability to repurchase Notes or to pay cash upon conversions of Notes may be limited by law, by regulatory authority or by agreements governing our future indebtedness. Our failure to repurchase Notes at a time when the repurchase is required by the Indenture or to pay any cash payable on future conversions of the Notes as required by the Indenture would constitute a default under the Indenture. A default under the Indenture or the fundamental change itself could also lead to a default under agreements governing our future indebtedness. If the repayment of the related indebtedness were to be accelerated after any applicable notice or grace periods, we may not have sufficient funds to repay the indebtedness and repurchase the Notes or make cash payments upon conversions thereof.

The conditional conversion feature of the Notes, if triggered, may adversely affect our financial condition and operating results

Holders of the Notes are entitled to convert the Notes at any time during specified periods at their option upon the occurrence of certain conditions, which are set forth in the Indenture. Pursuant to the terms of the Indenture, holders of the Notes had the right to elect to convert their notes during the first quarter of 2014 as a result of the price of our common stock during the fourth quarter of 2013. If one or more holders elect to convert their Notes, we would be required to settle any converted principal through the payment of cash, which could adversely affect our liquidity. In addition, even if holders do not elect to convert their Notes, we could be required under applicable accounting rules to reclassify all or a portion of the outstanding principal of the Notes as a current rather than long-term liability, which would result in a material reduction of our net working capital.

The accounting method for convertible debt securities that may be settled in cash, such as the Notes, could have a material effect on our reported financial results

In May 2008, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, issued FASB Staff Position No. APB 14-1, "Accounting for Convertible Debt Instruments That May Be Settled in Cash Upon Conversion (Including Partial Cash Settlement)", which has subsequently been codified as Accounting Standards Codification 470-20, "Debt with Conversion and Other Options", which we refer to as ASC 470-20. Under ASC 470-20, an entity must separately account for the liability and equity components of the convertible debt instruments (such as the Notes) that may be settled entirely or partially in cash upon conversion in a manner that reflects the issuer's economic interest cost. The effect of ASC 470-20 on the accounting for the Notes is that the equity component is required to be included in the additional paid-in capital section of stockholders' equity on our consolidated balance sheet and the value of the equity component is treated as original issue discount for purposes of accounting for the liability component of the Notes. As a result, we will be required to record non-cash interest expense in current periods presented as a result of the amortization of the excess of the principal amount of the liability component of the Notes over its carrying amount over the term of the Notes. We will report lower net income in our financial results because ASC 470-20 will require interest expense to include the current period's amortization of the debt discount and transaction costs, as well as the Notes' contractual interest, which could adversely affect our reported or future financial results, the market price of our common stock and the trading price of the Notes.

In addition, under certain circumstances, convertible debt instruments (such as the Notes) that may be settled entirely or partly in cash are currently accounted for utilizing the treasury stock method, the effect of which is that the shares issuable upon conversion of the Notes are not included in the calculation of diluted earnings per share except to the extent that the conversion value of the Notes exceeds their principal amount. Under the treasury stock method, for diluted earnings per share purposes, the transaction is accounted for as if the number of shares of common stock that would be necessary to settle such excess, if we elected to settle such excess in shares, are issued. We cannot be sure that the accounting standards in the future will continue to permit the use of the treasury stock method. If we are unable to use the treasury stock method in accounting for the shares issuable upon conversion of the Notes, then our diluted earnings per share would be adversely affected.





49



We have incurred substantial indebtedness, and our leverage and maintenance of high levels of indebtedness may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations
As a result of the sale of the Notes, we have a greater amount of debt than we have maintained in the past. Our maintenance of higher levels of indebtedness could have adverse consequences including:

impacting our ability to satisfy our obligations;

increasing our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions;

limiting our ability to obtain additional financing in the future;

increasing the portion of our cash flows that may have to be dedicated to interest and principal payments and may not be available for operations, research and development, working capital, capital expenditures, expansion, acquisitions or general corporate or other purposes;

limiting our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the industry in which we compete; and

placing us at a possible competitive disadvantage to less leveraged competitors and competitors that have better access to capital resources.

Risks Related to Commercialization
 
We face substantial competition, which may result in others discovering, developing or commercializing competing products before or more successfully than we do

Our industry is highly competitive. Competitors in the United States and other countries include major pharmaceutical companies, specialized pharmaceutical companies and biotechnology firms, universities and other research institutions. Many of our competitors have substantially greater research and development capabilities and experience, and greater manufacturing, marketing and financial resources, than we do.
 
Our competitors may develop, market or license products or other novel technologies that are more effective, safer, more convenient or less costly than any that have been or are being developed or sold by us, or may obtain marketing approval for their products from the FDA or equivalent foreign regulatory bodies more rapidly than we may obtain approval for ours. There are well established products, including generic products, that are approved and marketed for the indications for which Angiomax, Cleviprex, Recothrom, ready-to-use Argatroban, Minocin IV, the Tenaxis product and our acute care generic products are approved for and the indications for which we are developing our products in development. In addition, competitors are developing products for such indications. In the case of the ready-to-use Argatroban, GlaxoSmithKline markets a branded formulation of Argatroban and Sandoz markets generic formulations of ready-to-use Argatroban that compete with our ready-to-use formulation of Argatroban. In the case of the acute care generic products, such products will compete with their respective brand name reference products and other equivalent generic products that may be sold by APP and other third-parties.

We compete, in the case of Angiomax, Cleviprex, Recothrom, Minocin IV, ready-to-use Argatroban and the Tenaxis product, and expect to compete, in the cases of our products in development, on the basis of product efficacy, safety, ease of administration, price and economic value compared to drugs used in current practice or currently being developed. If we are not successful in demonstrating these attributes, physicians and other key healthcare decision makers may choose other products over our products, switch from our products to new products or choose to use our products only in limited circumstances, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Angiomax faces significant competition from all categories of anticoagulant drugs, which may limit the use of Angiomax and adversely affect our revenue

Due to the incidence and severity of cardiovascular diseases, the market for anticoagulant therapies is large and competition is intense. There are a number of anticoagulant drugs currently on the market, awaiting regulatory approval or in development, including orally administered agents. Angiomax competes with, or may compete with in the future, these anticoagulant drugs to the extent Angiomax and any of these anticoagulant drugs are approved for the same or similar indications.
 

50



We have positioned Angiomax to compete primarily with heparin, platelet inhibitors such as GP IIb/IIIa inhibitors, and treatment regimens combining heparin and GP IIb/IIIa inhibitors. Because heparin is generic and inexpensive and has been widely used for many years, physicians and medical decision-makers may be hesitant to adopt Angiomax instead of heparin. GP IIb/IIIa inhibitors that Angiomax competes with include ReoPro from Eli Lilly and Company and Johnson & Johnson/Centocor, Inc., Integrilin from Merck & Co., Inc., and Aggrastat from Iroko Pharmaceuticals, LLC and MediCure Inc. GP IIb/IIIa inhibitors are widely used and some physicians believe they offer superior efficacy to Angiomax. Physicians may choose to use heparin combined with GP IIb/IIIa inhibitors due to their years of experience with this combination therapy and reluctance to change existing hospital protocols and pathways. Physician resistance to the use of Angiomax due to either custom or efficacy could adversely affect our revenue.
 
In some circumstances, Angiomax competes with other anticoagulant drugs for the use of hospital financial resources. For example, many U.S. hospitals receive a fixed reimbursement amount per procedure for the angioplasties and other treatment procedures they perform. As this amount is not based on the actual expenses the hospital incurs, hospitals may choose to use either Angiomax or other anticoagulant drugs or a GP IIb/IIIa inhibitor but not necessarily more than one of these drugs. If hospitals do not choose Angiomax in these instances, our revenue will be adversely affected.
 
If we are unable to maintain our market exclusivity for Angiomax in the United States as a result of our inability to enforce our U.S. patents covering Angiomax, Angiomax could become subject to generic competition in the United States earlier than we anticipate. We have agreed that APP may sell a generic version of Angiomax beginning May 1, 2019 or earlier under certain conditions, and that Teva may sell a generic version of Angiomax beginning June 30, 2019, or earlier under certain conditions. Competition from generic equivalents that would be sold at a price that is less than the price at which we currently sell Angiomax could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition and operating results.

Eagle has announced that it is developing bivalirudin as a ready to use liquid formulation. Eagle expects to submit a 505(b)(2) NDA for the product in the first half of 2015 and is seeking to have the formulation approved prior to May 1, 2019. If approved, this formulation would compete with Angiomax.

 
Recothrom faces significant competition from all classes of topical hemostats and related sealant products, which may limit the use of Recothrom and adversely affect our revenue
Recothrom is a surgical hemostat that is applied topically during surgery to stop bleeding. There are a number of different classes of topical hemostats including:
the GELFOAM Plus hemostasis kit marketed by Baxter Healthcare Corporation;
mechanical hemostats, such as absorbable gelatin sponges;
collagen, cellulose, or polysaccharide-based hemostats applied as sponges, fleeces, bandages, or microspheres which do not contain thrombin or any other active biologic compounds;
active hemostats, which are thrombin products that may be derived from bovine or human pooled plasma purification or human recombinant manufacturing processes;
flowable hemostats, which consists of granular collagen or gelatin component that is mixed with saline or reconstituted thrombin to form a semi-solid, flowable putty; and
fibrin sealants, which consists of thrombin and fibrinogen that can be sprayed or applied directly to the bleeding surface.
The choice of a surgical hemostat depends on the surgical procedure, type and strength of bleeding, surgeon preference, price and availability of products within the operating room or hospital.

51



Recothrom competes with each of these types of surgical hemostats as well as other active hemostats. Recothrom is the only topical thrombin that is not derived from bovine or human pooled plasma and can be used as a stand-alone product or in combination with a variety of other currently available mechanical and flowable hemostat products that are labeled for use with thrombin. Currently, there are two other stand-alone topical thrombin products commercially available in the United States, Thrombin-JMI, a bovine derived thrombin marketed by Pfizer, Inc., or Pfizer, and Evithrom, a human pooled plasma thrombin marketed by Ethicon, Inc., a subsidiary of Johnson & Johnson. In addition, Baxter International, Inc. markets the GELFOAM Plus Hemostasis Kit, which is Pfizer's GELFOAM sterile sponge co-packaged with human plasma-derived thrombin. Further, a number of companies, including Johnson & Johnson, Pfizer and Baxter International, Inc., currently market other hemostatic agents that may compete with Recothrom, including passive agents such as gelatin and collagen pads and flowable hemostats, as well as fibrin sealants and tissue glues. Many of these alternative hemostatic agents are relatively inexpensive and have been widely used for many years, and hospital purchasers continue to seek to limit growth of expenditures. Consequently, some physicians and hospital formulary decision-makers may be hesitant to adopt Recothrom. The active hemostat class has seen minor usage contraction recently while the flowable hemostats and fibrin sealants have shown growth. If physicians do not accept the potential advantages of Recothrom or resist the use of Recothrom due to either custom or cost containment measures, or the active hemostat class continues to decline, our revenues could be adversely affected.

If we are unable to successfully identify and acquire or license development stage compounds, clinical stage product candidates or approved products and develop or commercialize those compounds and products, our business, financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected
 
Our business strategy is based on us selectively licensing or acquiring and then successfully developing and commercializing development stage compounds, clinical stage product candidates and approved products. Our success will be based in part on our ability to build and actively manage a portfolio of drugs that addresses unmet medical needs and creates value in patient therapy. However, the acquisition and licensing of pharmaceutical products is a competitive area. A number of more established companies, which have acknowledged strategies to license and acquire products, may have competitive advantages over us due to their size, cash flows and institutional experience. In addition, we may compete with emerging companies taking similar or different approaches to product acquisition.
 
Because of the intense competition for these types of product candidates and approved products, the cost of acquiring, in-licensing or otherwise obtaining rights to such candidates and products has grown dramatically in recent years and are often at levels that we cannot afford or that we believe are not justified by market potential. Any acquisition or license of product candidates or approved products that we pursue may not result in any short or long term benefit to us. We may incorrectly judge the value or worth of an acquired or licensed product candidate or approved product. Even if we succeed in acquiring product candidates, we may not be successful in developing them and obtaining marketing approval for them, manufacturing them economically or commercializing them successfully. We have previously acquired or licensed rights to clinical or development stage compounds and, after having conducted development activities, determined not to devote further resources to those compounds. For example, in October 2012, we voluntarily discontinued our clinical trials and further development of MDCO-2010, which we had acquired in connection with our acquisition of Curacyte Discovery GmbH, or Curacyte Discovery, in August 2008, in response to serious unexpected patient safety issues encountered during a clinical trial. Similarly, following our review of data from the pharmacokinetic and pharmacodynamic study of several doses of MDCO-157 and oral clopidogrel in healthy volunteers, we elected not to proceed with the further development of MDCO-157, which we had licensed from CyDex.

In addition, our future success would depend in part on our ability to manage any required growth associated with some of these acquisitions and licenses. Any acquisition might distract resources from the development of our existing product candidates and could otherwise negatively impact sales of our other marketed products. Furthermore, the development or expansion of any licensed or acquired product candidate or approved product may require a substantial capital investment by us, and we may not have these necessary funds to do so.

If we are unable to identify and acquire additional promising candidates or to develop and commercialize successfully those candidates we have, we will not be able to implement our business strategy and our business, operating results and financial condition may be materially and adversely affected.


52



If we are not able to convince hospitals to include our products on their approved formulary lists, our revenues may not meet expectations and our business, results of operations and financial condition may be adversely affected

Hospitals establish formularies, which are lists of drugs approved for use in the hospital. If a drug is not included on the formulary, the ability of our engagement partners and engagement managers to promote and sell the drug may be limited or denied. For example, in connection with the launch of Cleviprex, we experienced difficulties in getting Cleviprex included on hospitals' formulary lists, in part because hospital formularies may limit the number of intravenous antihypertensive drugs in each drug class, and revenues from Cleviprex were adversely affected. If we fail to secure and maintain formulary inclusion for our products on favorable terms or are significantly delayed in doing so, we may have difficulty achieving market acceptance of our products and our business, results of operations and financial condition could be materially adversely affected.

If we are unable to negotiate and maintain satisfactory arrangements with group purchasing organizations with respect to the purchase of our products, our sales, results of operations and financial condition could be adversely affected

Our ability to sell our products to hospitals in the United States depends in part on our relationships with group purchasing organizations, or GPOs. Many existing and potential customers for our products become members of GPOs. GPOs negotiate pricing arrangements and contracts, sometimes on an exclusive basis, with medical supply manufacturers and distributors. These negotiated prices are then made available to a GPO's affiliated hospitals and other members. If we are not one of the providers selected by a GPO, affiliated hospitals and other members may be less likely to purchase our products, and if the GPO has negotiated a strict sole source, market share compliance or bundling contract for another manufacturer's products, we may be precluded from making sales to members of the GPO for the duration of the contractual arrangement. Our failure to renew contracts with GPOs may cause us to lose market share and could have a material adverse effect on our sales, financial condition and results of operations. We cannot assure you that we will be able to renew these contracts at the current or substantially similar terms. If we are unable to keep our relationships and develop new relationships with GPOs, our competitive position may suffer.

If the number of PCI procedures performed decreases, sales of Angiomax may be negatively impacted

The commercial success of Angiomax depends, in part, on the overall number of PCI procedures performed. The number of PCI procedures performed in the United States declined in 2007 due in part to the reaction to data from a clinical trial that was published in March 2007 in the New England Journal of Medicine entitled “Clinical Outcomes Utilizing Revascularization and Aggressive Drug Evaluation,” or “COURAGE”, and to the controversy regarding the use of drug-eluting stents. Since 2007, PCI procedure volume has remained similar to the 2007 levels and has not returned to the level of PCI procedures performed prior to the 2007 decline. With ongoing economic pressures on our hospital customers, PCI procedure volume might further decline and might not return to its previous levels. Because PCI procedures are the primary procedures during which Angiomax is used, a decline in the number of procedures may negatively impact sales of Angiomax, possibly materially.
 
If we are unable to successfully expand our business infrastructure and develop our global operations, our ability to generate future product revenue will be adversely affected and our business, results of operations and financial condition may be adversely affected

To support the global sales and marketing of our products and our products in development, if and when they are approved for sale and marketed outside the United States, we are developing our business infrastructure globally. Our ability to do this successfully will depend on our ability to expand our internal organization and infrastructure to accommodate additional anticipated growth. To manage the existing and planned future growth and the increasing breadth and complexity of our activities, we will need to continue building our organization and making significant additional investments in personnel, infrastructure, information management systems and other operational resources. If we are unable to expand our global operations successfully and in a timely manner, the growth of our business may be limited. Such expansion may be more difficult, more expensive or take longer than we anticipate. If we are not able to successfully market and sell our products globally, our business, results of operations and financial condition may be adversely affected.
 
Future rapid expansion could strain our operational, human and financial resources. For instance, we may be required to allocate additional resources to the expanded business, which we would have otherwise allocated to another part of our business. In order to manage expansion, we must:
 
continue to improve operating, administrative, and information systems;

accurately predict future personnel and resource needs to meet contract commitments;

track the progress of ongoing projects; and

53




attract and retain qualified management, sales, professional, scientific and technical operating personnel.
 
If we do not take these actions and are not able to manage our global business, then our global operations may be less successful than anticipated.
The success of our global operations may be adversely affected by international risks and uncertainties. If these operations are not successful, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be adversely affected

Our future profitability will depend in part on our ability to grow and ultimately maintain our product sales in foreign markets, particularly in Europe. For the year ended December 31, 2013 and the three months ended March 31, 2014 , we had $58.4 million and $9.8 million , respectively, in sales outside of the United States and we have historically encountered difficulty in selling Angiomax outside of the United States. Our foreign operations subject us to additional risks and uncertainties, particularly because we have limited experience in marketing, servicing and distributing our products or otherwise operating our business outside of the United States. These risks and uncertainties include:

political and economic determinations that adversely impact pricing or reimbursement policies;

our customers' ability to obtain reimbursement for procedures using our products in foreign markets;

compliance with complex and changing foreign legal, tax, accounting and regulatory requirements;

language barriers and other difficulties in providing long-range customer support and service;

longer accounts receivable collection times;

significant foreign currency fluctuations, which could result in increased operating expenses and reduced revenues;

trade restrictions and restrictions on direct investment by foreign entities;

reduced protection of intellectual property rights in some foreign countries; and

the interpretation of contractual provisions governed by foreign laws in the event of a contract dispute.
 
Our foreign operations could also be adversely affected by export license requirements, the imposition of governmental controls, political and economic instability, trade restrictions, changes in tariffs and difficulties in staffing and managing foreign operations.

If reimbursement by government payors or other third-party payors is not available or limited for our products, pricing is delayed or set at unfavorable levels or access to our products is reduced or terminated by governmental and other third-party payors, our ability to generate revenue would be adversely affected

Acceptable levels of coverage and reimbursement of drug treatments by government payors, such as Medicare and Medicaid programs, private health insurers and other organizations, have a significant effect on our ability to successfully commercialize our products. Reimbursement in the United States, Europe or elsewhere may not be available for any products we may develop or, if already available, may be decreased in the future. We may not get reimbursement or reimbursement may be limited if government payors, private health insurers and other organizations are influenced by the prices of existing drugs in determining whether our products will be reimbursed and at what levels. For example, the availability of numerous generic antibiotics at lower prices than branded antibiotics, such as oritavancin, if it were approved for commercial sale, could substantially affect the likelihood of reimbursement and the level of reimbursement for oritavancin. If reimbursement is not available or is available only at limited levels, we may not be able to commercialize our products, or may not be able to obtain a satisfactory financial return on our products.
 
In certain countries, particularly the countries of the European Union, the pricing of prescription pharmaceuticals and the level of reimbursement are subject to governmental control. In some countries, pricing and reimbursement are set with limited, if any, participation in the process by the marketing authorization holder. In addition, it can take an extended period of time after the receipt of initial approval of a product to establish and obtain reimbursement or pricing approval. Reimbursement approval also may be required at the individual patient level, which can lead to further delays. In addition, in some countries, it may take an extended period of time to collect payment even after reimbursement has been established. If prices are set at unsatisfactory levels, such prices may negatively impact our revenues from sales in those countries. An increasing number of countries are taking

54



initiatives to attempt to reduce large budget deficits by focusing cost-cutting efforts on pharmaceuticals for their state-run health care systems. These international price control efforts have impacted all regions of the world, but have been most drastic in the European Union. Further, a number of European Union countries use drug prices from other countries of the European Union as “reference prices” to help determine pricing in their own countries. Consequently, a downward trend in drug prices for some countries could contribute to similar occurrences elsewhere. If reimbursement of our future products is unavailable or limited in scope or amount, or if pricing is set at unsatisfactory levels, we may be unable to achieve or sustain profitability.
 
Third-party payors, including Medicare and Medicaid, increasingly are challenging prices charged for and the cost-effectiveness of medical products and services and they increasingly are limiting both coverage and the level of reimbursement for drugs. Also, the trend toward managed health care in the United States and the changes in health insurance programs may result in lower prices for pharmaceutical products and health care reform. The PPACA may also have a significant impact on pricing as the legislation contains a number of provisions that are intended to reduce or limit the growth of healthcare costs. The provisions of the PPACA, as amended, could, among other things, increase pressure on pricing and, as a result, the number of procedures that are performed. Since the PPACA was enacted, other legislative changes have been proposed and adopted. In January 2013, President Obama signed into law the American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012, which, among other things, reduced Medicare payments to several providers and increased the statute of limitations period for the government to recover overpayments to providers from three to five years. These new laws may result in additional reductions in Medicare and other healthcare funding.

In addition to federal legislation, state legislatures and foreign governments have also shown significant interest in implementing cost-containment programs, including price controls, restrictions on reimbursement and requirements for substitution of generic products. The establishment of limitations on patient access to our drugs, adoption of price controls and cost-containment measures in new jurisdictions or programs, and adoption of more restrictive policies in jurisdictions with existing controls and measures could adversely impact our business and future results. If governmental organizations and third-party payors do not consider our products to be cost-effective compared to other available therapies, they may not reimburse providers or consumers of our products or, if they do, the level of reimbursement may not be sufficient to allow us to sell our products on a profitable basis.
 
Use or misuse of our products may result in serious injuries or even death to patients and may subject us to significant claims for product liability. If we are unable to obtain insurance at acceptable costs and adequate levels or otherwise protect ourselves against potential product liability claims, we could be exposed to significant liability

Our business exposes us to potential significant product liability risks which are inherent in the testing, manufacturing, marketing and sale of human healthcare products. Product liability claims might be made by patients in clinical trials, consumers, health care providers or pharmaceutical companies or others that sell our products. These claims may be made even with respect to those products that are manufactured in licensed and regulated facilities or otherwise possess regulatory approval for commercial sale or study.
 
These claims could expose us to significant liabilities that could prevent or interfere with the development or commercialization of our products. Product liability claims could require us to spend significant time and money in litigation or pay significant damages. With respect to our commercial sales and our clinical trials, we are covered by product liability insurance in the amount of $20.0 million per occurrence and $20.0 million annually in the aggregate on a claims-made basis. This coverage may not be adequate to cover all or any product liability claims that we face
 
As we continue to commercialize our products, we may wish to increase our product liability insurance. Product liability coverage is expensive. In the future, we may not be able to maintain or obtain such product liability insurance on reasonable terms, at a reasonable cost or in sufficient amounts to protect us against losses due to product liability claims.

Our reliance on government funding for Carbavance adds uncertainty to our research and commercialization efforts with respect to Carbavance

We expect that a significant portion of the funding for the development of Carbavance will come from a contract with BARDA. BARDA is entitled to terminate our BARDA contract for convenience at any time, in whole or in part, and is not required to provide continued funding beyond amounts currently obligated under the existing contract, and there can be no assurance that our BARDA contract will not be terminated. Changes in government budgets and agendas may result in a decreased and deprioritized emphasis on supporting the development of antibacterial products such as Carbavance. If our BARDA contract is terminated or suspended, or if there is any reduction or delay in funding under our BARDA contract, we may be forced to seek alternative sources of funding, which may not be available on non-dilutive terms, terms favorable to us or at all. If alternative sources of funding are not available, we may be forced to suspend or terminate development activities related to Carbavance.


55



Our reliance on government funding for Carbavance may impose requirements that increase the costs of commercialization and production of Carbavance developed under that government-funded program

Our BARDA contract includes provisions that reflect the U.S. government’s substantial rights and remedies, many of which are not typically found in commercial contracts, including powers of the government to:

unilaterally reduce or modify the government’s obligations under such contracts, including by imposing equitable price adjustments, without the consent of the other party;

cancel multi-year contracts and related orders if funds for contract performance for any subsequent year become unavailable;

decline, in whole or in part, to exercise an option to renew the contract;

claim rights to data, including intellectual property rights, developed under such contracts;

audit contract-related costs and fees, including allocated indirect costs;

suspend the contractor from receiving new contracts pending resolution of alleged violations of procurement laws or regulations in the event of wrongdoing by us;

take actions that result in a longer development timeline than expected;

direct the course of a development program in a manner not chosen by the government contractor;

impose U.S. manufacturing requirements for products that embody inventions conceived or first reduced to practice under such contracts;

suspend or debar the contractor from doing future business with the government or a specific government agency;

pursue criminal or civil remedies under the False Claims Act, False Statements Act and similar remedy provisions specific to government agreements; and

limit the government’s financial liability to amounts appropriated by the U.S. Congress on a fiscal-year basis, thereby leaving some uncertainty about the future availability of funding for a program even after it has been funded for an initial period.

We may not have the right to prohibit the U.S. government from using certain technologies funded by the government and developed by us related to Carbavance, and we may not be able to prohibit third party companies, including our competitors, from using those technologies in providing products and services to the U.S. government. The U.S. government generally takes the position that it has the right to royalty-free use of technologies that are developed under U.S. government contracts.

In addition, government contracts normally contain additional requirements that may increase our costs of doing business, reduce our profits, and expose us to liability for failure to comply with these terms and conditions. These requirements include, for example:

specialized accounting systems unique to government contracts;

potential liability for price adjustments or recoupment of government funds after such funds have been spent;

public disclosures of certain non-proprietary contract information, which may enable competitors to gain insights into our research program; and

mandatory socioeconomic compliance requirements, including labor standards, non-discrimination and affirmative action programs and environmental compliance requirements.

As a U.S. government contractor, we are subject to financial audits and other reviews by the U.S. government of our costs and performance under our BARDA contract, as well as our accounting and general business practices related to our BARDA contract. Based on the results of its audits, the government may adjust our contract-related costs and fees, including allocated indirect costs.

56




Laws and regulations affecting government contracts, including our BARDA contract, make it more costly and difficult for us to successfully conduct our business. Failure to comply with these laws and regulations could result in significant civil and criminal penalties and adversely affect our business

We must comply with numerous laws and regulations relating to the administration and performance of our BARDA contract. Among the most significant government contracting regulations are:

the Federal Acquisition Regulation, or FAR, and agency-specific regulations supplemental to the FAR, which comprehensively regulate the procurement, formation, administration and performance of government contracts;

the business ethics and public integrity obligations, which govern conflicts of interest and the hiring of former government employees, restrict the granting of gratuities and funding of lobbying activities and incorporate other requirements such as the Anti-Kickback Act, the Procurement Integrity Act, the False Claims Act and the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act;

export and import control laws and regulations; and

laws, regulations and executive orders restricting the exportation of certain products and technical data.

In addition, U.S. government agencies such as the Department of Health and Human Services, or DHHS, and the Defense Contract Audit Agency, or the DCAA, routinely audit and investigate government contractors for compliance with applicable laws and standards. These agencies review a contractor’s performance under its contracts, including contracts with BARDA, cost structure and compliance with applicable laws, regulations and standards.

These agencies also review the adequacy of, and a contractor’s compliance with, its internal control systems and policies, including the contractor’s purchasing, property, estimating, compensation and management information systems. Any costs found to be improperly allocated to a specific contract will not be paid, while such costs already paid must be refunded. If we are audited and such audit uncovers improper or illegal activities, we may be subject to civil and criminal penalties and administrative sanctions, including:

termination of any government contracts, including our BARDA contract;

suspension of payments;

fines; and

suspension or prohibition from conducting business with the U.S. government.

In addition, we could suffer serious reputational harm if allegations of impropriety were made against us, which could cause our stock price to decrease.

We may not be able to manage our business effectively if we are unable to attract and retain key personnel and consultants

Our industry has experienced a high rate of turnover of management personnel in recent years. We are highly dependent on our ability to attract and retain qualified personnel for the acquisition, development and commercialization activities we conduct or sponsor. If we lose one or more of the members of our senior management, including our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Clive A. Meanwell, our President and Chief Financial Officer, Glenn P. Sblendorio, or other key employees or consultants, our ability to implement successfully our business strategy could be seriously harmed. Our ability to replace these key employees may be difficult and may take an extended period of time because of the limited number of individuals in our industry with the breadth of skills and experience required to acquire, develop and commercialize products successfully. Competition to hire from this limited pool is intense, and we may be unable to hire, train, retain or motivate such additional personnel.



57



Risks Related to our Dependence on Third Parties for Manufacturing, Research and Development, and Distribution Activities

We have no manufacturing or supply capabilities and are completely dependent on third parties for the manufacture and supply of our products. We depend on a limited number of suppliers for the production of bulk drug substance for our products and products in development and to carry out fill-finish activities. If any of these suppliers does not or cannot fulfill its manufacturing or supply obligations to us, our ability to meet commercial demands for our products and to conduct clinical trials of our products and products in development could be impaired and our business could be harmed

We do not manufacture any of our products and do not plan to develop any capacity to manufacture them. We currently rely on a limited number of manufacturers and other third parties for bulk substance and to carry out fill-finish activities for our products and products in development. We expect to continue this manufacturing arrangement for Angiomax, Recothrom and all of our other approved products and products in development for the foreseeable future.
 
In the event that any third party is unable or unwilling to carry out its respective manufacturing or supply obligations or terminates or refuses to renew its arrangements with us, we may be unable to obtain alternative manufacturing or supply on commercially reasonable terms on a timely basis or at all. In such cases, the third-party manufacturers have made no commitment to supply the drug product to us on a long-term basis and could reject our purchase orders. Only a limited number of manufacturers are capable of manufacturing our products and products in development. Consolidation within the pharmaceutical manufacturing industry could further reduce the number of manufacturers capable of producing our products, or otherwise affect our existing contractual relationships.
 
If we were required to transfer manufacturing processes to other third-party manufacturers and we were able to identify an alternative manufacturer, we would still need to satisfy various regulatory requirements. Satisfaction of these requirements could cause us to experience significant delays in receiving an adequate supply of our products and products in development and could be costly. Moreover, we may not be able to transfer processes that are proprietary to the manufacturer. Any delays in the manufacturing process may adversely impact our ability to meet commercial demands for our products on a timely basis, which could reduce our revenue, and to supply product for clinical trials of Angiomax, Cleviprex and our products in development, which could affect our ability to complete clinical trials of Angiomax and Cleviprex on a timely basis.

If third parties on whom we rely to manufacture and support the development and commercialization of our products do not fulfill their obligations or we are unable to establish or maintain such arrangements, the development and commercialization of our products may be terminated or delayed, and the costs of development and commercialization may increase

Our development and commercialization strategy involves entering into arrangements with corporate and academic collaborators, contract research organizations, distributors, third-party manufacturers, licensors, licensees and others to conduct development work, manage or conduct our clinical trials, manufacture our products and market and sell our products outside of the United States. We do not have the expertise or the resources to conduct many of these activities on our own and, as a result, are particularly dependent on third parties in many areas.
 
We may not be able to maintain our existing arrangements with respect to the commercialization or manufacture of our products or establish and maintain arrangements to develop, manufacture and commercialize our products in development or any additional product candidates or products we may acquire on terms that are acceptable to us. Any current or future arrangements for development and commercialization may not be successful. If we are not able to establish or maintain agreements relating to our products, our products in development or any additional products or product candidates we may acquire, our results of operations would be materially adversely affected.
 
Third parties may not perform their obligations as expected. The amount and timing of resources that third parties devote to developing, manufacturing and commercializing our products are not within our control. Our collaborators may develop, manufacture or commercialize, either alone or with others, products and services that are similar to or competitive with the products that are the subject of the collaboration with us. Furthermore, our interests may differ from those of third parties that manufacture or commercialize our products. Our collaborators may reevaluate their priorities from time to time, including following mergers and consolidations, and change the focus of their development, manufacturing or commercialization efforts. Disagreements that may arise with these third parties could delay or lead to the termination of the development or commercialization of our product candidates, or result in litigation or arbitration, which would be time consuming and expensive.
 
If any third party that manufactures or supports the development or commercialization of our products breaches or terminates its agreement with us, or fails to commit sufficient resources to our collaboration or conduct its activities in a timely manner, or fails to comply with regulatory requirements, such breach, termination or failure could:

58



 
delay or otherwise adversely impact the manufacturing, development or commercialization of our products, our products in development or any additional products or product candidates that we may acquire or develop;

require us to seek a new collaborator or undertake unforeseen additional responsibilities or devote unforeseen additional resources to the manufacturing, development or commercialization of our products; or

result in the termination of the development or commercialization of our products.
 
Our reliance on third-party manufacturers and suppliers to supply our products and product candidates may increase the risk that we will not have appropriate supplies of our products or our product candidates, which could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition

Reliance on third-party manufacturers and suppliers entails risks to which we would not be subject if we manufactured products or products candidates ourselves, including:
 
reliance on the third party for regulatory compliance and quality assurance;

the possible breach of the manufacturing or supply agreement by the third party; and

the possible termination or non-renewal of the agreement by the third party, based on its own business priorities, at a time that is costly or inconvenient for us.
For example, in December 2009 and March 2010 we conducted voluntary recalls of manufactured lots of Cleviprex due to the presence of visible particulate matter at the bottom of some vials that were manufactured for us by a third party. As a result, we were not able to supply the market with Cleviprex or sell Cleviprex from the first quarter of 2010 until April 2011. In addition, in December 2011, Eagle, the licensor and sole supplier of ready-to-use Argatroban, conducted a voluntary recall of the product due to the presence of particulate matter in some vials. As a result, we were not able to sell ready-to-use Argatroban from December 2011 to April 2012. In April 2012, we re-commenced selling ready-to-use Argatroban to existing and new customers.
Our products and products in development may compete with products and product candidates of third parties for access to manufacturing facilities. If we are not able to obtain adequate supplies of our products and products in development, it will be more difficult for us to compete effectively, market and sell our approved products and develop our products in development.
Our manufacturers are subject to ongoing, periodic, unannounced inspection by the FDA and corresponding state and foreign agencies or their designees to evaluate compliance with the FDA's current good manufacturing practices, or cGMP, regulations and other governmental regulations and corresponding foreign standards. We cannot be certain that our present or future manufacturers will be able to comply with cGMP regulations and other FDA regulatory requirements or similar regulatory requirements outside the United States. We do not control compliance by our manufacturers with these regulations and standards. Failure of our third-party manufacturers or us to comply with applicable regulations could result in sanctions being imposed on us, including fines and other monetary penalties, injunctions, civil penalties, failure of regulatory authorities to grant marketing approval of our product candidates, delays, suspension or withdrawal of approvals, suspension of clinical trials, license revocation, seizures or recalls of product candidates or products, interruption of production, warning letters, operating restrictions and criminal prosecutions, any of which could significantly and adversely affect supplies of our products and products in development.
  
If we use hazardous and biological materials in a manner that causes injury or violates applicable law, we may be liable for damages

We conduct research and development activities that involve the controlled use of potentially hazardous substances, including chemical, biological and radioactive materials and viruses. In addition, our operations produce hazardous waste products. Federal, state and local laws and regulations in the United States and Canada govern the use, manufacture, storage, handling and disposal of hazardous materials. We may incur significant additional costs to comply with applicable laws in the future. Also, we cannot completely eliminate the risk of contamination or injury resulting from hazardous materials and we may incur liability as a result of any such contamination or injury. In the event of an accident, we could be held liable for damages or penalized with fines, and the liability could exceed our resources. We have only limited insurance for liabilities arising from hazardous materials. Compliance with applicable environmental laws and regulations is expensive, and current or future environmental regulations may restrict our research, development and production efforts, which could harm our business, operating results and financial condition.


59



If we fail to acquire and develop additional development-stage compounds, clinical-stage product candidates or approved products, it will impair our ability to grow our business

In order to generate additional revenue, our business plan is to acquire or license, and then develop and market, additional development-stage compounds, clinical-stage product candidates and approved products. Since 2008, for instance, we acquired Curacyte Discovery, Targanta, Incline, ProFibrix, Rempex and Tenaxis, licensed marketing rights to the ready-to-use formulation of Argatroban, licensed development and commercialization rights to MDCO-216, MDCO-157 and ALN-PCSsc, licensed the non-exclusive rights to sell and distribute ten acute care generic products and entered into a collaboration arrangement with BMS with respect to the commercialization of Recothrom. The success of this growth strategy depends upon our ability to identify, select and acquire or license pharmaceutical products that meet the criteria we have established. Because we have only the limited internal scientific research capabilities that we acquired in our acquisitions of Curacyte Discovery, Targanta, Incline, ProFibrix and Rempex and we do not anticipate establishing additional scientific research capabilities, we are dependent upon pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies and other researchers to sell or license product candidates to us. In addition, proposing, negotiating and implementing an economically viable acquisition or license is a lengthy and complex process. Other companies, including those with substantially greater financial, marketing and sales resources, may compete with us for the acquisition or license of development-stage compounds, clinical-stage product candidates and approved products. We may not be able to acquire or license the rights to additional product candidates and approved products on terms that we find acceptable, or at all.

Risks Related to Regulatory Matters
 
If we do not obtain regulatory approvals for our product candidates in any jurisdiction or for our products in any additional jurisdictions, we will not be able to market our products and product candidates in those jurisdictions and our ability to generate additional revenue could be materially impaired

We must obtain approval from the FDA in order to sell our product candidates in the United States and from foreign regulatory authorities in order to sell our product candidates in other countries. In addition, we must obtain approval from foreign regulatory authorities in order to sell our U.S.-approved products in other countries.

We have a pipeline of acute and intensive care hospital products in development, including our five registration stage product candidates, cangrelor, oritavancin, IONSYS, Fibrocaps, and RPX-602, for which we have submitted applications for regulatory approval or plan to submit applications for regulatory approval in 2014. We cannot be assured that we will make our planned submissions when we anticipate, that the submissions will be accepted for filing, or that the applicable regulatory authorities will approve our applications on a timely basis or at all.

Obtaining regulatory approval is uncertain, time-consuming and expensive. Any regulatory approval we ultimately obtain may limit the indicated uses for the product or subject the product to restrictions or post-approval commitments that render the product commercially non-viable. Securing regulatory approval requires the submission of extensive non-clinical and clinical data, information about product manufacturing processes and inspection of facilities and supporting information to the regulatory authorities for each therapeutic indication to establish the product's safety and efficacy. If we are unable to submit the necessary data and information, for example, because the results of clinical trials are not favorable, or if the applicable regulatory authority delays reviewing or does not approve our applications, we will be unable to obtain regulatory approval. Delays in obtaining or failure to obtain regulatory approvals may:
 
delay or prevent the successful commercialization of any of the products or product candidates in the jurisdiction for which approval is sought;

diminish our competitive advantage; and

defer or decrease our receipt of revenue.
 
The regulatory review and approval process to obtain marketing approval takes many years and requires the expenditure of substantial resources. This process can vary substantially based on the type, complexity, novelty and indication of the product involved. Regulatory authorities have substantial discretion in the approval process and may refuse to accept any application or may decide that data are insufficient for approval and require additional pre-clinical, clinical or other studies. In addition, varying interpretations of the data obtained from pre-clinical and clinical testing could delay, limit or prevent regulatory approval of a product. Moreover, recent events, including complications experienced by patients taking FDA-approved drugs, have raised questions about the safety of marketed drugs and may result in new legislation by the U.S. Congress or foreign legislatures and increased caution by the FDA and comparable foreign regulatory authorities in reviewing applications for marketing approval.
 

60



For example, in February 2014, the FDA Cardiovascular and Renal Drugs Advisory Committee advised against approval of cangrelor for use in patients undergoing PCI or those that require bridging from oral antiplatelet therapy to surgery. On April 30, 2014, the FDA issued a Complete Response Letter for our NDA for cangrelor. For the PCI indication, the FDA stated that the NDA cannot be approved at the present time. The FDA suggested that we perform a series of clinical data analyses of the CHAMPION PHOENIX study, review certain processes regarding data management, and provide bioequivalence information on the clopidogrel clinical supplies for the CHAMPION trials. For the BRIDGE indication, the FDA concluded that a prospective, adequate and well-controlled study in which outcomes such as bleeding are studied, can result in the clinical data necessary to assess the benefit-risk relationship in this indication. The FDA also provided additional comments for us to address, stating that the comments are not currently approvability issues, but could affect labeling. We are focused on the additional analyses in response to the FDA and are working with the FDA to accommodate its review process in a timely manner. No assurances can be made with respect to our ability to obtain regulatory approval and to commercially develop cangrelor, and we may only be able to do so after conducting further trials responsive to the FDA's concerns, which could be costly and we may choose not to conduct.

We conducted our SOLO I and SOLO II clinical trials of oritavancin pursuant to an SPA with the FDA. Many companies which have been granted SPAs have ultimately failed to obtain final approval to market their drugs. Since we are developing oritavancin under an SPA, based on protocol designs negotiated with the FDA, we may be subject to enhanced scrutiny. Additionally, even though the primary endpoints in the SOLO trials were achieved, an SPA does not guarantee approval. An SPA is not binding on the FDA if public health concerns unrecognized at the time the SPA was entered into become evident; the data, assumptions or information underlying the SPA request change or are called into question; other new scientific concerns regarding product safety or efficacy arise; or if we fail to comply with the agreed upon trial protocols. The FDA may raise issues of safety, study conduct, bias, deviation from the protocol, statistical power, patient completion rates, changes in scientific or medical parameters or internal inconsistencies in the data prior to making its final decision. The FDA may also seek the guidance of an outside advisory committee prior to making its final decision.
 
The procedures to obtain marketing approvals vary among countries and can involve additional clinical trials or other pre-filing requirements. The time required to obtain foreign regulatory approval may differ from that required to obtain FDA approval. The foreign regulatory approval process may include all the risks associated with obtaining FDA approval, or different or additional risks. We may not obtain foreign regulatory approvals on a timely basis, if at all. Approval by the FDA does not ensure approval by the regulatory authorities in other countries, and approval by one foreign regulatory authority does not ensure approval by the FDA or regulatory authorities in other foreign countries. We may not be able to file for regulatory approvals and may not receive necessary approvals to commercialize our products and products in development in any market.

We cannot expand the indications for which we are marketing our products unless we receive regulatory approval for each additional indication. Failure to expand these indications will limit the size of the commercial market for our products

In order to market our products for expanded indications, we will need to conduct appropriate clinical trials, obtain positive results from those trials and obtain regulatory approval for such proposed indications. Obtaining regulatory approval is uncertain, time-consuming and expensive. The regulatory review and approval process to obtain marketing approval for a new indication can take many years and require the expenditure of substantial resources. This process can vary substantially based on the type, complexity, novelty and indication of the product involved. The regulatory authorities have substantial discretion in the approval process and may refuse to accept any application. Alternatively, they may decide that any data submitted is insufficient for approval and require additional pre-clinical, clinical or other studies, which studies could require the expenditure of substantial resources. Even if we undertook such studies, we might not be successful in obtaining regulatory approval for these indications or any other indications in a timely manner or at all. In addition, varying interpretations of the data obtained from pre-clinical and clinical testing could delay, limit or prevent regulatory approval of a new indication for a product. If we are unsuccessful in expanding the product label of our products, the size of the commercial market for our products will be limited.

For example, in May 2008, we received a non-approvable letter from the FDA with respect to an sNDA that we submitted to the FDA seeking approval of an additional indication for Angiomax for the treatment of patients with ACS in the emergency department. In its May 2008 letter, the FDA indicated that the basis of their decision involved the appropriate use and interpretation of non-inferiority trials, including the ACUITY trial. If we determine to pursue these indications, the FDA may require that we conduct additional studies of Angiomax, which studies could require the expenditure of substantial resources. Even if we undertook such studies, we might not be successful in obtaining regulatory approval for these indications or any other indications in a timely manner or at all. If we are unsuccessful in expanding the Angiomax product label, the size of the commercial market for Angiomax will be limited.


61



Clinical trials of product candidates are expensive and time-consuming, and the results of these trials are uncertain. If we are unable to conduct clinical trials that demonstrate the safety and efficacy of our product candidates on a timely basis, then our costs of developing the product candidates may increase and we may not be able to obtain regulatory approval for our product candidates on a timely basis or at all

Before we can obtain regulatory approvals to market any product for a particular indication, we will be required to complete pre-clinical studies and extensive clinical trials in humans to demonstrate the safety and efficacy of such product for such indication.
 
Clinical testing is expensive, difficult to design and implement, can take many years to complete and is uncertain as to outcome. Success in pre-clinical testing or early clinical trials does not ensure that later clinical trials will be successful, and interim results of a clinical trial do not necessarily predict final results. An unexpected result in one or more of our clinical trials can occur at any stage of testing. For example, in October 2012, we voluntarily discontinued our Phase 2b dose-ranging study of MDCO-2010, a serine protease inhibitor which we were developing to reduce blood loss during surgery, in response to serious unexpected patient safety issues encountered during the trial. Further, in November 2009, we discontinued enrollment in our Phase 3 clinical trials of cangrelor prior to completion after the independent Interim Analysis Review Committee for the program reported to us that the efficacy endpoints of the trial program would not be achieved.

We may experience numerous unforeseen events during, or as a result of, the clinical trial process that could delay or prevent us from receiving regulatory approval or commercializing our products, including:
 
our clinical trials may produce negative or inconclusive results, and we may decide, or regulators may require us, to conduct additional clinical trials which even if undertaken cannot ensure we will gain approval;

data obtained from pre-clinical testing and clinical trials may be subject to varying interpretations, which could result in the FDA or other regulatory authorities deciding not to approve a product in a timely fashion, or at all;

the cost of clinical trials may be greater than we currently anticipate;

regulators, ethics committees or institutional review boards may not authorize us to commence a clinical trial or conduct a clinical trial at a prospective trial site;

we, or the FDA or other regulatory authorities, might suspend or terminate a clinical trial at any time on various grounds, including a finding that participating patients are being exposed to unacceptable health risks. For example, we have in the past voluntarily suspended enrollment in one of our clinical trials to review an interim analysis of safety data from the trial; and

the effects of our product candidates may not be the desired effects or may include undesirable side effects or the product candidates may have other unexpected characteristics.
 
The rate of completion of clinical trials depends in part upon the rate of enrollment of patients. Patient enrollment is a function of many factors, including the size of the patient population, the proximity of patients to clinical sites, the eligibility criteria for the trial, the existence of competing clinical trials and the availability of alternative or new treatments. In particular, the patient population targeted by some of our clinical trials may be small. Delays in patient enrollment in any of our current or future clinical trials may result in increased costs and program delays.
 
If we or the contract manufacturers manufacturing our products and product candidates fail to comply with the extensive regulatory requirements to which we, our contract manufacturers and our products and product candidates are subject, our products could be subject to restrictions or withdrawal from the market, the development of our product candidates could be jeopardized, and we could be subject to penalties

The research, testing, manufacturing, labeling, safety, advertising, promotion, storage, sales, distribution, import, export and marketing, among other things, of our products, both before and after approval, are subject to extensive regulation by governmental authorities in the United States, Europe and elsewhere throughout the world. Both before and after approval of a product, quality control and manufacturing procedures must conform to cGMP. Regulatory authorities, including the FDA, periodically inspect manufacturing facilities to assess compliance with cGMP. Our failure or the failure of contract manufacturers to comply with the laws administered by the FDA, the EMA or other governmental authorities could result in, among other things, any of the following:
 
delay in approving or refusal to approve a product;


62



product recall or seizure;

suspension or withdrawal of an approved product from the market;

delays in, suspension of or prohibition of commencing, clinical trials of products in development;

interruption of production;

operating restrictions;

untitled or warning letters;

injunctions;

fines and other monetary penalties;

the imposition of civil or criminal penalties; 

disruption of importing and exporting activities; and

unanticipated expenditures.
 
We may incur significant liability if it is determined that we are promoting the “off-label” use of any of our products
 
Physicians may prescribe drug products for uses that are not described in the product's labeling and that differ from those approved by the FDA or other applicable regulatory agencies. Off-label uses are common across medical specialties. Although the FDA and other regulatory agencies do not regulate a physician's choice of treatments, the FDA and other regulatory agencies do restrict communications on the subject of off-label use. Companies may not promote drugs for off-label uses. The FDA and other regulatory and enforcement authorities actively enforce laws and regulations prohibiting promotion of off-label uses and the promotion of products for which marketing approval has not been obtained. A company that is found to have promoted off-label uses may be subject to significant liability, including civil and administrative remedies as well as criminal sanctions.

Notwithstanding the regulatory restrictions on off-label promotion, the FDA and other regulatory authorities allow companies to engage in truthful, non-misleading, and non-promotional scientific exchange concerning their products. We engage in medical education activities and communicate with investigators and potential investigators regarding our clinical trials. If the FDA or another regulatory or enforcement authority determines that our communications regarding our marketed products are not in compliance with the relevant regulatory requirements and that we have improperly promoted off-label uses, we may be subject to significant liability, including civil and administrative remedies as well as criminal sanctions.

If we do not comply with federal, state and foreign laws and regulations relating to the health care business, we could face substantial penalties

We and our customers are subject to extensive regulation by the federal government, and the governments of the states and foreign countries in which we may conduct our business. In the United States, the laws that directly or indirectly affect our ability to operate our business include the following:
 
the Federal Anti-Kickback Law, which prohibits persons from knowingly and willfully soliciting, offering, receiving or providing remuneration, directly or indirectly, in cash or in kind, to induce either the referral of an individual or furnishing or arranging for a good or service for which payment may be made under federal health care programs such as Medicare and Medicaid;

other Medicare laws and regulations that prescribe the requirements for coverage and payment for services performed by our customers, including the amount of such payment;

the Federal False Claims Act, which imposes civil and criminal liability on individuals and entities who submit, or cause to be submitted, false or fraudulent claims for payment to the government;


63



the Federal False Statements Act, which prohibits knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing or covering up a material fact or making any materially false statement in connection with delivery of or payment for health care benefits, items or services; and

various state laws that impose similar requirements and liability with respect to state healthcare reimbursement and other programs.
 
If our operations are found to be in violation of any of the laws and regulations described above or any other law or governmental regulation to which we or our customers are or will be subject, we may be subject to civil and criminal penalties, damages, fines, exclusion from the Medicare and Medicaid programs and the curtailment or restructuring of our operations. Similarly, if our customers are found to be non-compliant with applicable laws, they may be subject to sanctions, which could also have a negative impact on us. Any penalties, damages, fines, curtailment or restructuring of our operations would adversely affect our ability to operate our business and our financial results. Any action against us for violation of these laws, even if we successfully defend against it, could cause us to incur significant legal expenses, divert our management's attention from the operation of our business and damage our reputation.

Failure to comply with the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, or FCPA, as well as the anti-bribery laws of the nations in which we conduct business, could subject us to penalties and other adverse consequences

We are subject to the FCPA, which generally prohibits U.S. companies from engaging in bribery or other prohibited payments to foreign officials for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business and requires companies to maintain accurate books and records and internal controls, including at foreign-controlled subsidiaries. In addition, we are subject to other anti-bribery laws of the nations in which we conduct business that apply similar prohibitions as the FCPA. Our employees or other agents may engage in prohibited conduct without our knowledge under our policies and procedures and the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and other anti-bribery laws that we may be subject to for which we may be held responsible. If our employees or other agents are found to have engaged in such practices, we could suffer severe penalties and other consequences that may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
The production of fentanyl hydrochloride, used in IONSYS is highly regulated through an annual allocation quota made by the Drug Enforcement Agency, or DEA, in the United States and our specific allocation by the DEA could significantly limit the development, production or sale of IONSYS

Fentanyl hydrochloride is subject to the DEA’s production and procurement quota scheme where the DEA establishes annually an aggregate quota for how much fentanyl may be produced in total in the United States based on an estimate of the quantity needed to meet legitimate scientific and medicinal needs that is then allocated among individual companies based on applications submitted annually by these individual companies to request an individual production and procurement quotas. These applications generally require substantial evidence and documentation of expected legitimate medical and scientific needs before the DEA makes its decision in allocating annual quotas to those manufacturers. The aggregate production quotas and individual production and procurement quotas may be adjusted from time to time during the year, although the DEA has substantial discretion in whether or not to make such adjustments. The DEA may choose to set the aggregate fentanyl hydrochloride quota lower than the total amount requested by the companies.

While it is possible to petition the DEA for an increase in the annual aggregate quota allocated to us after it is fixed, there is no guarantee that the DEA would act favorably upon such a petition. Our production and procurement quota of fentanyl hydrochloride may not be sufficient to meet commercial demand or clinical development needs. Any delay or refusal by the DEA in establishing the production and/or procurement quota or a reduction in our quota for fentanyl or a failure to increase it over time as we anticipate could delay or stop the development, production or sale of IONSYS or cause us to fail to achieve our expected operating results, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects.



64



Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property
 
If we are unable to maintain our market exclusivity for Angiomax in the United States as a result of our inability to enforce our U.S. patents covering Angiomax, Angiomax could be subject to generic competition earlier than we anticipate. Generic competition for Angiomax would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations

The principal U.S. patents covering Angiomax include the '404 patent, the '727 patent and the '343 patent. The '404 patent was set to expire in March 2010, but the term was extended to December 15, 2014 by the PTO under the Hatch-Waxman Act.  As a result of our study of Angiomax in the pediatric setting, we are entitled to a six-month period of pediatric exclusivity following expiration of the '404 patent. In the second half of 2009, the PTO issued to us the '727 patent and the '343 patent, covering a more consistent and improved Angiomax drug product and the processes by which it is made. The '727 patent and the '343 patent are set to expire in July 2028. In response to Paragraph IV Certification Notice letters we received with respect to abbreviated new drug applications, or ANDAs, filed by a number of parties with the FDA seeking approval to market generic versions of Angiomax, we have filed lawsuits against the ANDA filers alleging patent infringement of the '727 patent and '343 patent.

In September 2011, we settled our patent infringement litigation with Teva. In connection with the Teva settlement we entered into a license agreement with Teva under which we granted Teva a non-exclusive license under the '727 patent and '343 patent to sell a generic bivalirudin for injection product under a Teva ANDA in the United States beginning June 30, 2019 or earlier under certain conditions.

In January 2012, we settled our patent infringement litigation with APP. In connection with the APP settlement, we entered into a license agreement with APP under which we granted APP a non-exclusive license under the '727 patent and '343 patent to sell a generic bivalirudin for injection product under an APP ANDA in the United States beginning on May 1, 2019. In certain limited circumstances, the license to APP could include the right to sell a generic bivalirudin product under our NDA for Angiomax in the United States beginning on May 1, 2019 or, in certain limited circumstances, on June 30, 2019 or on a date prior to May 1, 2019.

We remain in infringement litigation involving the '727 patent and '343 patent with the other ANDA filers, as described in Part II, Item 1, Legal Proceedings, of this quarterly report on Form 10-Q. On July 12, 2013, the Court in our patent infringement litigation with Hospira issued its Markman decision as to the claim construction of the '727 patent and the '343 patent. The Court's decision varied from the other Markman decisions that we have received in our other patent infringement litigations.  On July 22, 2013, we filed a motion for reconsideration of the Court's claim construction ruling on the grounds that the Court (i) impermissibly imported process limitations disclosed in a preferred embodiment into the claims, (ii) improperly transformed product claims into product-by-process claims, (iii) improperly rendered claim language superfluous and violated the doctrine of claim differentiation, and (iv) improperly construed limitations based on validity arguments that have not yet been presented.  A three day bench trial was held in September 2013 and a post-trial briefing was completed in December 2013. On March 31, 2014, the Court issued its trial opinion. With respect to patent validity, the Court held that the ‘727 and ‘343 patents were valid on all grounds. Specifically, the Court found that Hospira had failed to prove that the patents were either anticipated and/or obvious. The Court further held that the patents satisfied the written description requirement, were enabled and were not indefinite. With respect to infringement, based on its July 2013 Markman decision, the Court found that Hospira's ANDAs did not meet the "efficient mixing" claim limitation and thus did not infringe the asserted claims of the '727 and '343 patents. The Court found that the other claim limitations in dispute were present in Hospira's ANDA products. The Court entered a final judgment on April 15, 2014. On May 9, 2014, a Notice of Appeal to the United States Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit was filed with the Delaware Court. If the appeal is not successful, then Angiomax could be subject to generic competition earlier than anticipated, including from Hospira's generic bivalirudin, as well as potentially Teva's and APP's generic bivalirudin products.

There can be no assurance as to the outcome of our infringement litigation. If we are unable to maintain our market exclusivity for Angiomax in the United States as a result of our inability to enforce our U.S. patents covering Angiomax, Angiomax could become subject to generic competition in the United States earlier than May 1, 2019 and as early as June 15, 2015, the date of expiration of the patent term of the '404 patent and the six month pediatric exclusivity. Competition from generic equivalents that would be sold at a price that is less than the price at which we currently sell Angiomax would have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition and operating results.

Following our settlements with Teva and APP, we submitted the settlement documents for each settlement to the U.S. Federal Trade Commission, or the FTC, and the U.S. Department of Justice, or the DOJ. The FTC and the DOJ could seek to challenge our settlements with Teva and APP, or a third party could initiate a private action under antitrust or other laws challenging our settlements with Teva and APP. While we believe our settlements are lawful, we may not prevail in any such challenges or litigation, in which case the other party might obtain injunctive relief, remedial relief, or such other relief as a court may order. In any event,

65



we may incur significant costs in the event of an investigation or in defending any such action and our business and results of operations could be materially impacted if we fail to prevail against any such challenges.
 
If we breach any of the agreements under which we license rights to products or technology from others, we could lose license rights that are material to our business or be subject to claims by our licensors

We license rights to products and technology that are important to our business, and we expect to enter into additional licenses in the future. For instance, we have exclusively licensed patents and patent applications relating to each of our products and products in development. Under these agreements, we are subject to a range of commercialization and development, sublicensing, royalty, patent prosecution and maintenance, insurance and other obligations.
 
Any failure by us to comply with any of these obligations or any other breach by us of our license agreements could give the licensor the right to terminate the license in whole, terminate the exclusive nature of the license or bring a claim against us for damages. Any such termination or claim, particularly relating to our agreements with respect to Angiomax, could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations, liquidity or business. Even if we contest any such termination or claim and are ultimately successful, such dispute could lead to delays in the development or commercialization of potential products and result in time-consuming and expensive litigation or arbitration. In addition, on termination we may be required to license to the licensor any related intellectual property that we developed.
   
If we are unable to obtain or maintain patent protection for the intellectual property relating to our products, the value of our products will be adversely affected

The patent positions of pharmaceutical companies like us are generally uncertain and involve complex legal, scientific and factual issues. We cannot be certain that our patents and patent applications, including our own and those that we have rights through licenses from third parties will adequately protect our intellectual property. Our success protecting our intellectual property depends significantly on our ability to:
 
obtain and maintain U.S. and foreign patents, including defending those patents against adverse claims;

secure patent term extension for the patents covering our approved products;

protect trade secrets;

operate without infringing the proprietary rights of others; and

prevent others from infringing our proprietary rights.
 
We may not have any additional patents issued from any patent applications that we own or license. If additional patents are granted, the claims allowed may not be sufficiently broad to protect our technology. In addition, issued patents that we own or license may be challenged, narrowed, invalidated or circumvented, which could limit our ability to stop competitors from marketing similar products or limit the length of term of patent protection we may have for our products, and we may not be able to obtain patent term extension to prolong the terms of the principal patents covering our approved products. Changes in patent laws or in interpretations of patent laws in the United States and other countries may diminish the value of our intellectual property or narrow the scope of our patent protection.
 
In addition, the U.S. Supreme Court has ruled on several patent cases in recent years, either narrowing the scope of patent protection available in certain circumstances or weakening the rights of patent owners in certain situations. This combination of events has created uncertainty with respect to the value of patents, once obtained, and with regard to our ability to obtain patents in the future. Depending on decisions by the U.S. Congress, the federal courts, and the PTO, the laws and regulations governing patents could change in unpredictable ways that would weaken our ability to obtain new patents or to enforce our existing patents and patents that we might obtain in the future.
 
Our patents also may not afford us protection against competitors with similar technology. Because patent applications in the United States and many foreign jurisdictions are typically not published until eighteen months after filing, or in some cases not at all, and because publications of discoveries in the scientific literature often lag behind actual discoveries, neither we nor our licensors can be certain that others have not filed or maintained patent applications for technology used by us or covered by our pending patent applications without our being aware of these applications.


66



We exclusively license patents and patent applications for each of our products and products in development, for which we own the patents and patent applications, and we license on a non-exclusive basis the acute care generic products from APP which are not covered by any patents or patent applications. The patents covering our approved products and our product candidates are currently set to expire at various dates:
 
Angiomax. The principal U.S. patents covering Angiomax include the '404 patent, the '727 patent and the '343 patent. The '404 patent covers the composition of matter of Angiomax. The '404 patent was set to expire in March 2010, but the term was extended to December 15, 2014 by the PTO under the Hatch-Waxman Act.  As a result of our study of Angiomax in the pediatric setting, we are entitled to a six-month period of pediatric exclusivity following expiration of the '404 patent. 

In the second half of 2009, the PTO issued to us the '727 patent and the '343 patent, covering a more consistent and improved Angiomax drug product and the processes by which it is made. The '727 patent and the '343 patent are set to expire in July 2028 and are also entitled to a six-month period of pediatric exclusivity following expiration of the patents. In response to Paragraph IV Certification Notice letters we received with respect to ANDAs filed with the FDA seeking approval to market generic versions of Angiomax, we have filed lawsuits against the ANDA filers alleging patent infringement of the '727 patent and '343 patent. In September 2011, we settled our patent infringement litigation with Teva. In connection with the settlement, we entered into a license agreement with Teva under which we granted Teva a non-exclusive license under the '727 patent and '343 patent to sell a generic bivalirudin for injection product under a Teva ANDA in the United States beginning June 30, 2019 or earlier under certain conditions. The license agreement also contains a grant by Teva to us of an exclusive (except as to Teva) license under Teva’s bivalirudin patents and right to enforce Teva’s bivalirudin patents. In January 2012, we settled our patent infringement litigation with APP. In connection with the settlement, we entered into a license agreement with APP under which we granted APP a non-exclusive license under the '727 patent and '343 patent to sell a generic bivalirudin for injection product under an APP ANDA in the United States beginning on May 1, 2019. In addition, in certain limited circumstances, the license to APP could include the right to sell a generic bivalirudin product under our NDA for Angiomax in the United States beginning on May 1, 2019 or, in certain limited circumstances, on June 30, 2019 or on a date prior to May 1, 2019. We remain in infringement litigation involving the '727 patent and '343 patent with the other ANDA filers. If we are unable to maintain our market exclusivity for Angiomax in the United States through enforcement of our U.S. patents covering Angiomax, Angiomax could be subject to generic competition earlier than May 1, 2019.
 
In Europe, the principal patent covering Angiomax expires in 2015. This patent covers the composition of matter of Angiomax.

Recothrom . We have exclusively licensed from BMS rights to patents and patent applications covering Recothrom's pharmaceutical formulations and methods of manufacturing for purposes of promoting, marketing and selling Recothrom. The expiration dates of these patents range from 2015 to 2029 in the United States. BMS has also filed and is currently prosecuting a number of patent applications relating to Recothrom in the United States and in foreign countries. As a biologic, we believe Recothrom is entitled to regulatory exclusivity as a “reference product” in the United States expiring in January 2020. The FDA, however, has not issued any regulations or final guidance explaining how it will implement the abbreviated BLA provisions enacted in 2010 under the BPCIA, including the exclusivity provisions for reference products. It is thus possible that the FDA will decide to interpret the provisions in such a way that our products are not considered to be reference products for purposes of the statute or to be entitled to any period of data or marketing exclusivity. Even if our products are considered to be reference products eligible for exclusivity, such exclusivity will not prevent other companies marketing competing versions of Recothrom, including competing recombinant thrombin product, if such companies can complete, and FDA permits the submission of and approves, full BLAs with complete human clinical data packages for such products.

Cleviprex . The principal U.S. patent for Cleviprex is U.S. Patent No. 5,856,346, or the '346 patent. The '346 patent was set to expire in January 2016, but the term was extended to January 2021 by the PTO under the Hatch-Waxman Act. We also have an issued patent, U.S. Patent No. 8,658,676 patent, which covers Cleviprex formulation and is set to expire in October 2031. We have filed for patent term extensions, also known as supplementary protection certificates, in European countries where we have received regulatory approval and expect to file for supplementary protection certificates in other European countries as we receive approvals. In Europe, the principal patent covering Cleviprex was set to expire in November 2014, but the term has been extended to November 2019 in most European countries where Cleviprex has been approved via a supplementary protection certificate. The European patent office has issued to us an allowance for a patent application covering compositions of matter of Cleviprex having certain stability profiles. Upon its issuance, the resulting patent will expire in July 2029. In addition, we have filed and are currently prosecuting a number of patent applications relating to Cleviprex covering compositions of matter and uses in the United States, Europe and other foreign countries.

Ready-to-Use Argatroban . We exclusively licensed from Eagle rights to two U.S. patents covering certain formulations of Argatroban. Our exclusive license is limited to the United States and Canada.  The patents are set to expire in September 2027.  In February 2012, we were notified that Sandoz had submitted an ANDA seeking permission to market its second generic version

67



of ready-to-use Argatroban prior to the expiration of these patents. On March 29, 2012, Eagle, which directed and controlled the enforcement of its intellectual property rights with respect to ready-to-use Argatroban, filed suit against Sandoz in the U.S. District Court for the District of New Jersey for infringement of its ready-to-use Argatroban patents.  In November 2012, Eagle advised us that it entered into a settlement agreement with Sandoz, and as part of the settlement, Eagle agreed to give Sandoz the right to introduce an authorized generic version of ready-to-use Argatroban. Sandoz currently markets two ready-to-use generic formulations of Argatroban.
 
Cangrelor . We have issued patents directed to cangrelor pharmaceutical compositions which expire in 2017 and 2018 if no patent term extension is obtained. We have also filed and are currently prosecuting a number of patent applications related to cangrelor.

Oritavancin . The principal patent for oritavancin in both the United States and Europe is set to expire in November 2015 if no patent term extension is obtained. We have issued patents directed to the process of making oritavancin. These patents are set to expire in 2017 if no patent term extension is obtained. We also have a U.S. patent covering the use of oritavancin in treating certain skin infections that expires in August 2029. We have also filed and are prosecuting a number of patent applications relating to oritavancin and its uses.
 
Fibrocaps . As a result of our acquisition of ProFibrix, we acquired a portfolio of patents and patent applications, including patents licensed from Quadrant Drug Delivery Limited, or Quadrant. One U.S. patent licensed from Quadrant covers the composition of matter of Fibrocaps, and is set to expire in May 2017 if no patent term extension is obtained. ProFibrix has also filed and is prosecuting a number of patent applications related to the use and production of Fibrocaps. As a biologic, we believe Fibrocaps is entitled to receive 12 years of regulatory exclusivity as a "reference product" in the United States and 10 years of regulatory exclusivity in Europe from the date of the initial marketing approval of Fibrocaps, if approved.

IONSYS . As a result of our acquisition of Incline, we acquired a portfolio of patents and patent applications covering the IONSYS device and its uses.  Some of these patents and patent applications were exclusively licensed from ALZA.  The expiration dates of patents covering the IONSYS device and its use range from September 2014 to September 2031 in the United States. In Europe, the expiration date of patents covering the IONSYS device range from May 2016 to September 2021.  We are also currently prosecuting patent applications relating to IONSYS in the United States and in certain foreign countries.

MDCO-216 . We are maintaining a number of U.S. patents with respect to MDCO-216, including patents that claim the use of MDCO-216 in certain disease indications.  One of these U.S. patents is directed to the use of MDCO-216 for the treatment of ACS and is set to expire in October 2024 if no patent term extension is obtained.   We have also filed and are prosecuting a number of patent applications related to the use and production of MDCO-216 in the United States, Europe and other foreign countries.  As a biologic, we believe MDCO-216 is entitled to receive 12 years of regulatory exclusivity as a "reference product" in the United States and 10 years of regulatory exclusivity in Europe from the date of the initial marketing approval of MDCO-216, if approved.

ALN-PCS Patents . We have exclusively licensed from Alnylam patents covering RNAi therapeutics targeting PCSK9 for the treatment of hypercholesterolemia and other human diseases for purposes of developing and commercializing such RNAi therapeutics. Some of these patents are directed to general RNAi technology and expire between 2015 and 2021 both in the United States and in certain foreign countries. Other patents are directed to specific compositions of the PCSK9 product being developed under our license from Alnylam and to methods of treatment using such PCSK9 product and expire in May 2027. In addition, Alnylam has filed and is prosecuting a number of patent applications in the United States and in certain foreign countries.

Carbavance . As a result of our acquisition of Rempex, we acquired a portfolio of patent applications covering the composition of matter of Carbavance and its formulation and use. The principal U.S. patent for Carbavance is set to expire in August 2031. A corresponding patent application is pending in Europe and other foreign countries.  In addition, we are currently prosecuting other patent applications relating to Carbavance’s composition of matter and its use in the United States and in certain foreign countries.
 
We plan to file applications for patent term extension for our products in development upon their approval. If we do not receive patent term extensions for the periods requested by us or at all, our patent protection for our products in development could be limited.
 

68



We are a party to a number of lawsuits that we brought against pharmaceutical companies that have notified us that they have filed ANDAs seeking approval to market generic versions of Angiomax. We cannot predict the outcome of these lawsuits. Involvement in litigation, regardless of its outcome, is time-consuming and expensive and may divert our management's time and attention. During the period in which these matters are pending, the uncertainty of their outcome may cause our stock price to decline. An adverse result in these matters whether appealable or not, will likely cause our stock price to decline. Any final, unappealable, adverse result in these matters will likely have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial conditions and cause our stock price to decline.
 
If upon expiration of our agreement with Lonza Braine, Lonza Braine breaches our agreement and fails to transfer the technology that was used to develop the Chemilog process, we would be unable to employ the Chemilog process to manufacture Angiomax bulk drug substance, which could cause us to experience delays in the manufacturing process and increase our manufacturing costs in the future

Our agreement with Lonza Braine for the supply of Angiomax bulk drug substance requires that Lonza Braine transfer the technology that was used to develop the Chemilog process to a secondary supplier of Angiomax bulk drug substance or to us or an alternate supplier at the expiration of the agreement, which is currently scheduled to occur in September 2016, but is subject to automatic renewals of consecutive three-year periods unless either party provides notice of non-renewal at least one year prior to the expiration of the initial term or any renewal term. If Lonza Braine fails or is unable to transfer successfully this technology, we would be unable to employ the Chemilog process to manufacture our Angiomax bulk drug substance, which could cause us to experience delays in the manufacturing process and increase our manufacturing costs in the future.
 
If we are not able to keep our trade secrets confidential, our technology and information may be used by others to compete against us

We rely significantly upon unpatented proprietary technology, information, processes and know-how. We seek to protect this information by confidentiality agreements and invention assignment agreements with our employees, consultants and other third-party contractors, as well as through other security measures. We may not have adequate remedies for any breach by a party to these confidentiality agreements or invention assignment agreements. In addition, our competitors may learn or independently develop our trade secrets. If our confidential information or trade secrets become publicly known, they may lose their value to us.
 
If we infringe or are alleged to infringe intellectual property rights of third parties, our business may be adversely affected

Our research, development and commercialization activities, as well as any product candidates or products resulting from these activities, may infringe or be claimed to infringe patents or patent applications under which we do not hold licenses or other rights. Third parties may own or control these patents and patent applications in the United States and abroad. These third parties could bring claims against us or our collaborators that would cause us to incur substantial expenses and, if successful against us, could cause us to pay substantial damages. Further, if a patent infringement suit were brought against us or our collaborators, we or they could be forced to stop or delay research, development, manufacturing or sales of the product or product candidate that is the subject of the suit.
 
As a result of patent infringement claims, or in order to avoid potential claims, we or our collaborators may choose or be required to seek a license from the third party and be required to pay license fees or royalties or both. These licenses may not be available on acceptable terms, or at all. Even if we or our collaborators were able to obtain a license, the rights may be nonexclusive, which could result in our competitors gaining access to the same intellectual property. Ultimately, we could be prevented from commercializing a product, or be forced to cease some aspect of our business operations, if, as a result of actual or threatened patent infringement claims, we or our collaborators are unable to enter into licenses on acceptable terms. This could harm our business significantly.
 
There has been substantial litigation and other proceedings regarding patent and other intellectual property rights in the pharmaceutical and biotechnology industries. In addition to infringement claims against us, we may become a party to other patent litigation and other proceedings, including interference proceedings declared by the PTO and opposition proceedings in the European Patent Office, regarding intellectual property rights with respect to our products and technology. Patent litigation and other proceedings may also absorb significant management time. The cost to us of any patent litigation or other proceeding, even if resolved in our favor, could be substantial. Some of our competitors may be able to sustain the costs of such litigation or proceedings more effectively than we can because of their substantially greater financial resources. Uncertainties resulting from the initiation and continuation of patent litigation or other proceedings could have a material adverse effect on our ability to compete in the marketplace. Patent litigation and other proceedings may also absorb significant management time.
 


69



Risks Related to Our Common Stock
 
Fluctuations in our operating results could affect the price of our common stock

Our operating results may vary from period to period based on factors including the amount and timing of sales of and underlying hospital demand for our products, our customers' buying patterns, the timing, expenses and results of clinical trials, announcements regarding clinical trial results and product introductions by us or our competitors, the availability and timing of third-party reimbursement, including in Europe, sales and marketing expenses and the timing of regulatory approvals. If our operating results do not meet the expectations of securities analysts and investors as a result of these or other factors, the trading price of our common stock will likely decrease.

The warrant transactions and the derivative transactions that we entered into in connection with the convertible note hedge and warrant transactions may affect the price of our common stock

In connection with sale of the Notes, we entered into convertible note hedge and warrant transactions with several of the initial purchasers of the Notes, their affiliates and other financial institutions, or the Hedge Counterparties. Upon settlement, the warrants could have a dilutive effect on our earnings per share and the market price of our common stock to the extent that the market price per share of our common stock exceeds the then applicable strike price of the warrants. However, subject to certain conditions, we may elect to settle all of the warrants in cash.

In connection with establishing their hedges of the convertible note hedge and warrant transactions, the Hedge Counterparties or their affiliates entered into various derivative transactions with respect to our common stock. These parties may modify their hedge positions in the future by entering into or unwinding various derivatives with respect to our common stock and/or purchasing or selling our common stock or other securities of ours in secondary market transactions prior to the maturity of the Notes (and are likely to do so during any observation period related to a conversion of the Notes). These activities could cause a decrease or avoid an increase in the market price of our common stock.

Our stock price has been and may in the future be volatile. This volatility may make it difficult for you to sell common stock when you want or at attractive prices
Our common stock has been and in the future may be subject to substantial price volatility. From January 1, 2013 to May 6, 2014 , the last reported sale price of our common stock ranged from a high of $40.39 per share to a low of $24.02 per share. The value of your investment could decline due to the effect upon the market price of our common stock of any of the following factors, many of which are beyond our control:

achievement or rejection of regulatory approvals of our product candidates and our products;

regulatory actions by the FDA or a foreign jurisdiction limiting or revoking the use of our products;
 
changes in securities analysts' estimates of our financial performance;

changes in valuations of similar companies;

variations in our operating results;

acquisitions and strategic partnerships;

announcements of technological innovations or new commercial products by us or our competitors or the filing of ANDAs, NDAs or BLAs for products competitive with ours;

disclosure of results of clinical testing or regulatory proceedings by us or our competitors;

the timing, amount and receipt of revenue from sales of our products and margins on sales of our products;

changes in governmental regulations;

developments in patent rights or other proprietary rights, particularly with respect to our U.S. Angiomax patents;


70



the extent to which Angiomax is commercially successful globally;

our ability to maintain market exclusivity for Angiomax in the United States through the enforcement of the '727 patent and the '343 patent during the period following the expiration of the patent term of the '404 patent on December 15, 2014 and the six month pediatric exclusivity on June 15, 2015 through at least May 1, 2019, the date on which we agreed APP may sell a generic version of Angiomax;

significant new litigation;

developments or issues with our contract manufacturers;

changes in our management; and

general market conditions.
 
We believe that period-to-period comparisons of our financial results will not necessarily be indicative of our future performance. If our revenues in any particular period do not meet expectations, we may not be able to adjust our expenditures in that period, which could cause our operating results to suffer. If our operating results in any future period fall below the expectations of securities analysts or investors, our stock price may fall by a significant amount.

The stock markets in general, and The NASDAQ Global Market and the market for biopharmaceutical companies in particular, have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations recently. These fluctuations often have been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of these companies. These broad market and industry factors may adversely affect the market price of our common stock, regardless of our actual operating performance.
 
Our corporate governance structure, including provisions in our certificate of incorporation and by-laws and Delaware law, may prevent a change in control or management that security holders may consider desirable

The General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware and our certificate of incorporation and by-laws contain provisions that might enable our management to resist a takeover of our company or discourage a third party from attempting to take over our company. These provisions include
 
Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which provides that we may not enter into a business combination with an interested stockholder for a period of three years after the date of the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder, unless the business combination is approved in the manner prescribed in Section 203;

our board of directors has the authority to issue, without a vote or action of stockholders, up to 5,000,000 shares of a new series of preferred stock and to fix the price, rights, preferences and privileges of those shares, each of which could be superior to the rights of holders of our common stock;

our directors are elected to staggered terms, which prevents our entire board of directors from being replaced in any single year;

our directors may be removed only for cause and then only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 75% of the votes which all stockholders would be entitled to cast in any annual election of directors;

the size of our board of directors is determined by resolution of the board of directors;

any vacancy on our board of directors, however occurring, including a vacancy resulting from an enlargement of our board, may only be filled by vote of a majority of our directors then in office, even if less than a quorum;

only our board of directors, the chairman of the board or our president may call special meetings of stockholders;

our by-laws may be amended, altered or repealed by (i) the affirmative vote of a majority of our directors, subject to any limitations set forth in the by-laws, or (ii) the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 75% of the votes which all the stockholders would be entitled to cast in any annual election of directors;

stockholders must provide us with advance notice, and certain information specified in our by-laws, in connection with nominations or proposals by such stockholder for consideration at an annual meeting;

71




stockholders may not take any action by written consent in lieu of a meeting; and

our certificate of incorporation may only be amended or repealed by the affirmative vote of a majority of our directors and the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 75% of the votes which all the stockholders would be entitled to cast in any annual election of directors (and plus any separate class vote that might in the future be required pursuant to the terms of any series of preferred stock that might be outstanding at the time any of these amendments are submitted to stockholders).

These provisions could have the effect of delaying, deferring, or preventing a change in control of us or a change in our management that stockholders may consider favorable or beneficial. These provisions could also discourage proxy contests and make it more difficult for stockholders to elect directors and take other corporate actions. These provisions could also limit the price that investors might be willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock or our other securities.

Our business could be negatively affected as a result of the actions of activist shareholders
 
Proxy contests have been waged against many companies in the biopharmaceutical industry over the last few years. If faced with a proxy contest, we may not be able to successfully defend against the contest, which would be disruptive to our business. Even if we are successful, our business could be adversely affected by a proxy contest because:
 
responding to proxy contests and other actions by activist shareholders may be costly and time-consuming and may disrupt our operations and divert the attention of management and our employees;
 
perceived uncertainties as to our future direction may result in our inability to consummate potential acquisitions, collaborations or in-licensing opportunities and may make it more difficult to attract and retain qualified personnel and business partners; and

if individuals are elected to our board of directors with a specific agenda different from ours, it may adversely affect our ability to effectively and timely implement our strategic plan and create additional value for our stockholders.


Item 5. Other Information

2014 Annual Cash Incentive Program
We have an annual cash incentive program, which is designed to provide cash bonus awards to our employees, including our named executive officers. In March 2014, our board of directors approved the following performance measures under the annual cash incentive program for 2014:
to achieve minimum worldwide net revenue growth rate relative to 2013;
to achieve minimum adjusted net operating profit growth rate relative to 2013;
to manage operating expenses within a certain range of our budget;
to create financial value from transactions;

72



to achieve significant late stage product progression through regulatory processes;
to achieve significant Phase 1-2 product progression;
to improve employee engagement metrics as assessed by our annual survey relative to 2013;
to achieve a minimum adjusted net operating income per employee growth rate relative to 2013;
to implement code of conduct, compliance policies and procedures globally and have no significant compliance issues in 2014; and
to execute our communication plan.

Item 6. Exhibits

Exhibits

See the Exhibit Index on the page immediately preceding the exhibits for a list of exhibits filed as part of this quarterly report on Form 10-Q, which Exhibit Index is incorporated herein by this reference.


73



SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

THE MEDICINES COMPANY
 
Date:
May 12, 2014
 
By:
/s/ Glenn P. Sblendorio
 
 
 
 
Glenn P. Sblendorio
 
 
 
 
President and Chief Financial Officer
 
 
 
 
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)


74



EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit Number
 
Description
 
 
 
10.1*
 
Agreement dated January 15, 2014 with effect from February 4, 2014 between Rempex Pharmaceuticals, Inc. and the Biomedical Advanced Research and Development Authority of the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services
 
 
 
10.2*
 
Sixth Amendment to Second Amended and Restated Distribution Agreement, effective as of February 1, 2014, by and between registrant and Integrated Commercialization Solutions, Inc.
 
 
 
31.1
 
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer Certification pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
 
 
 
31.2
 
Chief Financial Officer Certification pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
 
 
 
32.1
 
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer Certification pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
 
 
 
32.2
 
Chief Financial Officer Certification pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
 
 
 
101
 
The following materials from The Medicines Company Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2014, formatted in XBRL (Extensible Business Reporting Language): (i) the Consolidated Balance Sheet, (ii) the Consolidated Statement of Income, (iii) the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flow, and (iv) Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

*
Confidential treatment requested as to certain portions, which portions have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

75


Exhibit 10.1
Confidential Materials omitted and filed separately with the
Securities and Exchange Commission. Triple asterisks denote omissions.
OMB Approval 0990-0115
 
1.THIS CONTRACT IS A RATED ORDER
PAGEOFPAGES
AWARD/CONTRACT
UNDER DPAS (15 CFR 350)
1
  149
2. CONTRACT (Proc. Inst. Indent.)  NO.
3. EFFECTIVE DATE
HHSO100201400002C
See Block 20C.
5. ISSUED BY
CODE
6. ADMINISTERED BY (If other than Item 6)
CODE
 
Office of Acquisitions Management, Contracts, and Grants (AMCG)
330 Independence Ave., S.W. Room G640
Washington, D.C. 20201
7. NAME AND ADDRESS OF CONTRACTOR (No. street, county, state and ZIP Code)
Rempex Pharmaceuticals, Inc.
11535 Sorrento Valley Road
 San Diego, CA 92121-1309
N/A.
 
NCAGE: 6LCR5 TIN: 27-5026000
ITEM
CODE DUNS No. : 968497680
ADDRESS SHOWN IN:
See Section G .
11. SHIP TO/MARK FORCODE
12. PAYMENT WILL BE MADE BYCODE
  N/A
See Block 5.
See Block 5.
13. AUTHORITY FOR USING OTHER FULL AND OPEN COMPETITION: N/A
  10 U.S.C. 2304(c)( ) 41 U.S.C. 253(c)( )
15A. ITEM NO.
15B. SUPPLIES/SERVICES
15D. AMOUNT
15E. UNIT PRICE
15F. AMOUNT

See Section B.


     
 
 
 
15G. TOTAL AMOUNT OF CONTRACT
16. TABLE OF CONTENTS
()
SEC.
DESCRIPTION
()
SEC.
DESCRIPTION
 
PART I - THE SCHEDULE
 
A
SOLICITATION/CONTRACT FORM
 
I
CONTRACT CLAUSES
57
 
B
SUPPLIES OR SERVICES AND PRICE/COST
PART III - LIST OF DOCUMENTS, EXHIBITS AND OTHER ATTACH.
 
C
DESCRIPTION / SPECS / WORK STATEMENT
 
J
LIST OF ATTACHMENTS
63
 
D
PACKAGING AND MARKING
PART IV - REPRESENTATIONS AND INSTRUCTIONS
 
E
INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE
 
K
REPRESENTATIONS, CERTIFICATIONS
64
 
F
DELIVERIES OR PERFORMANCE
 
 
AND OTHER STATEMENTS OF OFFERORS
 
 
G
CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION DATA
 
L
INSTRS., CONDS., AND NOTICES TO OFFERORS
 
 
H
SPECIAL CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS
 
M
EVALUATION FACTORS FOR AWARD
 
CONTRACTING OFFICER WILL COMPLETE ITEM 17 OR 18 AS APPLICABLE
17.    CONTRACTOR’S NEGOTIATED AGREEMENT ( Contractor is required to sign this document and return _1__  copies to issuing office.) Contractor agrees to furnish and deliver all items or perform all the services set forth or otherwise identified above and on any continuation sheets for the consideration stated herein. The rights and obligations of the parties to this contract shall be subject to and governed by the following documents: (a) this award/contract, (b) the solicitation, if any, and (c) such provisions, representations, certifications, and specifications, as are attached or incorporated by reference herein. (Attachments are listed herein.)
19A. NAME AND TITLE OF SIGNER  (Type or print)
MICHAEL N. DUDLEY, Pharm.D., FCCP, FIDSA  
Senior Vice President and Chief Scientific Officer
19B. NAME OF CONTRACTOR
REMPEX PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.
19C. DATE SIGNED
20C. DATE SIGNED
__ /s/ Michael N. Dudley _________________________________
(Signature of person authorized to sign)
1/15/2014
1/15/2014
NSN 7540-01-152-806926-107 STANDARD FORM 26 (REV. 4-85)






CONTRACT TABLE OF CONTENTS
PART I - THE SCHEDULE
3
SECTION B - SUPPLIES OR SERVICES AND PRICES/COSTS
3
SECTION C - DESCRIPTION/SPECIFICATIONS/WORK STATEMENT     
10
SECTION D - PACKAGING, MARKING AND SHIPPING
11
SECTION E - INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE
11
SECTION F - DELIVERIES OR PERFORMANCE
12
SECTION G - CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION DATA
35
SECTION H - SPECIAL CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS
39
PART II - CONTRACT CLAUSES     
57
SECTION I - CONTRACT CLAUSES
57
PART III - LIST OF DOCUMENTS, EXHIBITS AND OTHER ATTACHMENTS
63
SECTION J - LIST OF ATTACHMENTS
63
PART IV - REPRESENTATIONS AND INSTRUCTIONS
64
SECTION K - REPRESENTATIONS, CERTIFICATIONS, AND OTHER STATEMENTS OF OFFERORS         
64

                                    
                    
            
                        





2




PART I - THE SCHEDULE
SECTION B - SUPPLIES OR SERVICES AND PRICES/COSTS
ARTICLE B.1. BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF SUPPLIES OR SERVICES
This contract is for the advanced development of Carbavance™ ([***]/RPX7009), a carbapenem/beta-lactamase inhibitor combination, for the treatment of complicated urinary tract infections, carbapenem resistant Enterobacteriaceae infections, and hospital/ventilator acquired pneumonia. The Research and Development (R&D) effort will progress in specific stages that cover the base period and seven (7) option periods as specified in this contract. Work performed during the base period and during each option period constitutes an independent, discrete work segment that cannot be subdivided for separate performance.
The Contractor must achieve a defined end-product required in each discrete work segment, as outlined in the Statement of Work (SOW) of this contract, before the Government will consider exercising any of the follow-on options. The Contractor's success in completing the required tasks under each work segment must be demonstrated through the Deliverables specified under Article F of this contract. Those deliverables will support the GO/NO GO Contract Milestones and Decision Gates specified therein. The GO/NO GO Contract Milestones and Decision Gates will constitute the basis for the Government’s decision, at its sole discretion, to exercise any follow-on option segment(s).
The base and option periods under Contract Line Item Numbers (CLINs) 0001 through 0008 are event driven work segments rather than time driven CLINs.  The funds for each independent, discrete work segment, regardless of duration, are separated by CLIN, and shall only be used for the scope of work covered in each discrete work segment. The periods of performance listed under each of the CLINs under Article B.2 and Article B.3 below are estimated time periods.  Those individual time periods may be extended to complete the tasks required under each work segment.
ARTICLE B.2. ESTIMATED COST
1.
This is a cost-sharing contract. The total estimated cost for CLINS 1 and 2 under this contract is $[***]. The total estimated cost of the government’s share for CLINS 1 and 2 is $19,799,741. For further provisions regarding the specific cost-sharing arrangement, see the ADVANCE UNDERSTANDINGS Article in SECTION B of the Contract.
2.
The Contractor shall maintain records of all contract costs (including costs claimed by the Contractor as being its share) and such records shall be subject to FAR clauses 52.215-2 ( Audit and Records-Negotiation) and HHSAR 352.242-74 (Final Decisions on Audit Findings).
3.
Costs contributed by the Contractor shall not be charged to the Government under any other contract, grant, or cooperative agreement (including allocation to other grants, contracts, or cooperative agreements as part of an independent research and development program).  The Contractor shall report the organization's share of the costs expended by category, on the Financial Report, as referenced in the CONTRACT FINANCIAL REPORT Article in SECTION G of this contract. The parties agree that the Cost Principles set forth in FAR Subpart 31.2 and the limitations of Article B.4. below shall not apply to the direct costs of this project that are contributed by the Contractor. In addition, “flow down” requirements of FAR clauses incorporated in this contract shall not apply to subcontracts funded by such direct costs.
4.
It is estimated that the amount currently obligated for CLINs 1 and 2 will cover performance of the contract through August 31, 2016.


3




CLIN
Estimated Period of Performance
Services
Estimated Government Cost
Estimated Contractor Cost Contribution
Total Estimated Cost
0001
February 5, 2014 - September 30, 2014
Base Period
$1,758,724
$[***]
$[***]
0002
February 5, 2014 - August 31, 2016
Option Period 1
$18,041,017
$[***]
$[***]
ARTICLE B. 3. OPTION PRICES
a.
Unless the government exercises its option pursuant to FAR Clause 52.217-9 (Option to Extend the Term of the Contract), contained in ARTICLE I.2, the contract consists only of CLINs 1 and 2.
b.
Pursuant to FAR Clause 52.217-9 (Option to Extend the Term of the Contract), the Government may, by unilateral contract modification, require the Contractor to perform the remaining Option Periods, corresponding to CLINS 3-8, specified in the Statement of Work as defined in SECTION C of this contract. Specific information regarding the time frame for notice requirements is set forth in Article I.2. of this contract. The estimated cost of the contract will be increased as set forth below:

CLIN
Estimated Period of Performance
Services
Estimated Government Cost
Estimated Contractor Cost Contribution
Total Estimated Cost
0003
October 1, 2014 - September 30, 2015
Option Period 2
$17,999,933
$[***]
$[***]
0004
October 1, 2015 - September 30, 2016
Option Period 3
$15,999,848
$[***]
$[***]
0005
October 1, 2016 - July 31, 2018
Option Period 4
$5,159,318
$[***]
$[***]
0006
October 1, 2016 - December 31, 2017
Option Period 5
$12,840,542
$[***]
$[***]
0007
October 1, 2017 - July 31, 2019
Option Period 6
$4,937,278
$[***]
$[***]
0008
January 1, 2018 - July 31, 2019
Option Period 7
$13,043,161
$[***]
$[***]
ARTICLE B. 4. PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO DIRECT COSTS
a.      Items Allowable Under Cost Share
The Government shall reimburse the Contractor the direct cost items below, when determined by the Contracting Officer to be allowable (hereinafter referred to as allowable cost) in accordance with FAR Clause 52.216-7, Allowable Cost and Payment incorporated by reference in Section I, Contract Clauses, of this contract, and FAR Subpart 31.2. All other direct costs are unallowable.
1)
Direct Labor
2)
Subcontracts approved by Contracting Officer’s Authorization.
ARTICLE B.5. ADVANCE UNDERSTANDINGS
a.
Man-in-Plant

4




With seven (7) days advance notice to the Contractor in writing from the Contracting Officer, the Government may place a man-in-plant in the Contractor’s facility, who shall be subject to the Contractor’s policies and procedures regarding security and facility access at all times while in the Contractor’s facility. As determined by federal law, no Government representative shall publish, divulge, disclose, or make known in any manner, or to any extent not authorized by law, any information coming to him in the course of employment or official duties, while stationed in a contractor plant.
b.
Security
A Security Plan may be required for this effort. If the Government determines at any point during the period of performance that a security plan is required, the Government may request a security waiver for the security plan. In the event a security waiver cannot successfully be attained, the Government will notify the Contractor who will subsequently deliver a security plan to the Government conforming with the following paragraphs.
The work to be performed under this contract will involve access to sensitive Government information. Upon contract award, the Program Protection Officer (PPO) will review the Draft Security Plan in detail and submit comments within ten (10) business days to the Contracting Officer (CO) to be forwarded to the Contractor. The Contractor shall review the Draft Security Plan comments, and if changes are required, submit a Final Security Plan to the Contracting Officer within thirty (30) calendar days after receipt of the Program Protection Officer’s (PPO) comments. The Final Security Plan shall include a timeline for compliance of all the required security measures. Upon completion of initiating all security measures, the Contractor shall supply to the Contracting Officer and Contracting Officer’s Representative a letter certifying compliance to the elements outlined in the Final Security Plan. The execution of the work under this contract shall be in accordance with the approved Final Security Plan. As outlined above, the content of the Final Security Plan shall be a continuation of the Draft Security Plan submitted as part of the Contractor’s Technical Proposal. The Contractor shall ensure that the storage, generation, transmission or exchanging of Government sensitive information has the appropriate security controls in place. At a minimum, the Final Security Plan shall address the following items:
Personnel Security Policies and Procedures including, but not limited to: Recruitment of new employees; Interview process; Personnel background checks; Suitability/adjudication policy; Access determination; Rules of behavior/conduct; Termination procedures; Non-disclosure agreements.
Physical Security Policies and Procedures including but not limited to: Internal/external access control; Identification/badge requirements; Facility visitor access; Parking areas and access; Barriers/perimeter fencing; Shipping, receiving and transport (on and off-site); Security lighting; Restricted areas; Signage; Intrusion detection systems; Closed circuit television; Other control measures.
Information Security Policies and Procedures including but not limited to: Identification of sensitive information; Access control/determination; Secured storage infrastructure; Document control; Retention/destruction requirements.
Information Technology Security Policies and Procedures including but not limited to: Intrusion detection and prevention systems; firewalls, Encryption systems; Identification of sensitive information/media; Passwords; Removable media; Laptop policy; Media access control/determination; Secure storage; System document control; System backup; System disaster recovery.
Security Reporting Requirement - Violations of established security protocols shall be reported to the Contracting Officer (CO) and Contracting Officer’s Representative (COR) upon discovery within 24

5




hours of its receipt of any compromise, intrusion, loss or interference of its security processes and procedures. The Contractor shall ensure that all software components that are not required for the operation and maintenance of the database/control system has been removed and/or disabled. The Contractor shall provide to the CO and the COR information appropriate to Information and Information Technology software and service updates and/or workarounds to mitigate all vulnerabilities associated with the data and shall maintain the required level of system security.
The Contractor will investigate violations to determine the cause, extent, loss or compromise of sensitive program information, and corrective actions taken to prevent future violations. The Contracting Officer in coordination with other Government personnel will determine the severity of the violation. Any contractual actions resulting from the violation will be determined by the Contracting Officer.
c.
Subcontracts and Consultants
Prior written consent from the Contracting Officer in the form of Contracting Officer Authorization (COA) is required for: (1) all Government-funded cost-reimbursement subcontracts; and (2) any Government-funded fixed-price subcontract that exceeds $[***].
The Contractor shall provide the notice and information required by FAR Clause 52.244-2, Subcontracts. After receiving written consent of the subcontract by the Contracting Officer, the Contractor shall provide a copy of the signed, executed subcontract and consulting agreement to the Contracting Officer.
Note: Agreements for consulting services are treated as subcontracts for purposes of this Article.
d.     Site Visits, Inspections, and Audits
At the discretion of the Government and independent of activities conducted by the Contractor, with 48 hours notice to the Contractor, the Government reserves the right to conduct site visits and inspections on an as needed basis, including collection of product samples and intermediates held by the Contractor, or subcontractors performing activities funded by the Government hereunder. In case of subcontractor visits and inspections that are independent of activities conducted by the Contractor, the Government shall demonstrate cause for such visit and/or inspection. All costs reasonably incurred by the Contractor and subcontractor for such visit and/or inspection shall be allowed costs. The Contractor shall coordinate these visits and shall have the opportunity to accompany the Government on any such visits. Under time-sensitive or critical situations, the Government reserves the right to suspend the 48 hour notice to the Contractor. The areas included under the site visit could include, but are not limited to: security, regulatory and quality systems, and cGMP/GLP/GCP compliance.
If the Government, the Contractor, or other parties identifies any issues during an audit, the Contractor shall capture the issues, identify potential solutions, and provide a report to the Government for review and acceptance.
·
If issues are identified during the audit, Contractor shall submit a report to the Government detailing the finding and corrective action(s) within 10 business days of the audit.
·
Contracting Officer’s Representative (COR) and CO will review the report and provide a response to the Contractor within 10 business days.
·
Once corrective action is completed, the Contractor will provide a final report to the Government.
QA AUDIT:
The Government reserves the right to participate in QA audits of activities funded by the Government hereunder (including, but not limited to subcontractors performing activities funded by this contract). Upon completion of an audit/site visit, the Contractor shall provide a report to the Government

6




capturing the findings, results and next steps in proceeding with the subcontractor. If action is requested of the subcontractor, detailed concerns for addressing areas of non-conformance to FDA regulations for GLP, GMP, or GCP guidelines, as identified in the audit report, must be provided to the Government for review and acceptance. The Contractor shall provide responses from the subcontractors to address these concerns and plans for corrective action execution.
·
Contractor shall notify CO and COR of upcoming, ongoing, or recent audits/site visits of subcontractors as part of weekly communications
·
Contractor shall notify the COR and CO within 5 business days of report completion.
e.
Invoices - Cost and Personnel Reporting and Variances from the Negotiated Budget
The Contractor agrees to provide a detailed breakdown on invoices of the following cost categories:
a.
Direct Labor - List individuals by name, title/position, hourly/annual rate, level of effort (actual hours or % of effort), breakdown by task performed by personnel, and amount claimed by categories included in the Statement of Work.
b.
Fringe Benefits - Cite rate and amount (If applicable).
c.
Overhead - Cite rate and amount
d.
Materials & Supplies - Include detailed breakdown when total amount is greater than $1,500.
e.
Travel - Identify travelers, dates, destination, purpose of trip, and amount. Cite COA, if appropriate. List separately domestic travel, general scientific meeting travel, and foreign travel.
f.
Consultant Fees - Identify individuals and amounts. Cite appropriate COA.
g.
Subcontracts - Attach Subcontractor invoice(s). Cite appropriate COA.
h.
Equipment - Cite authorization and amount. Cite appropriate COA.
i.
Other Direct Costs - Include detailed breakdown when total amount is greater than $1,500.
j.
G&A - Cite rate and amount.
k.
Total Cost
l.
Fixed Fee
m.
Total Cost/Total Cost Plus Fixed Fee (CPFF)
Monthly invoices must include the cumulative total expenses to date, adjusted (as applicable) to show any amounts suspended by the Government. In order to verify allowability, further breakdown of costs may be requested at the Government’s discretion.
See Attachment #2 for detailed requirements for Invoicing
f.     Confidential Treatment of Sensitive Information
The Contractor shall guarantee strict confidentiality of any information/data of a sensitive nature that is provided to the Contractor by the Government during the performance of the contract. The Government has determined that the information/data that the Contractor will be provided during the performance of the contract is of a sensitive nature.
Disclosure of such information/data that is sensitive in nature, in whole or in part, by the Contractor can only be made after the Contractor receives prior written approval from the Contracting Officer. Whenever the Contractor is uncertain with regard to the proper handling of information/data under the contract, the Contractor shall obtain a written determination from the Contracting Officer. (See also HHSAR clause 352.224-70).

7




Notwithstanding the foregoing, such information/data shall not be deemed of a sensitive nature with respect to the Contractor for purposes of this contract if such information/data: (a) was already known to the Contractor at or prior to the time of its disclosure to the Contractor; (b) was generally available or known, or was otherwise part of the public domain, at the time of its disclosure to the Contractor; (c) became generally available or known, or otherwise became part of the public domain, after its disclosure to, or, with respect to the information/data by, the Contractor through no fault of the Contractor; (d) was disclosed to the Contractor, other than under an obligation of confidentiality or non-use, by a third party who had no obligation to the Government that controls such information/data not to disclose such information/data to others; or (e) was independently discovered or developed by the Contractor, as evidenced by its written records, without the use of information/data belonging to the Government.
Contractor may disclose information/data of a sensitive nature provided by the Government to the extent that such disclosure is: (a) made in response to a valid order of a court of competent jurisdiction or other supra-national, federal, national, regional, state, provincial or local governmental or regulatory body of competent jurisdiction; provided , however , that the Contractor shall first have given notice to the Government and give the Government a reasonable opportunity to quash such order and to obtain a protective order requiring that the information/data of a sensitive nature that is the subject of such order be held in confidence by such court or agency or, if disclosed, be used only for the purposes for which the order was issued; and provided further that if a disclosure order is not quashed or a protective order is not obtained, the information/data disclosed in response to such court or governmental order shall be limited to that information which is legally required to be disclosed in response to such court or governmental order; (b) otherwise required by law, in the opinion of legal counsel to the Contractor as expressed in an opinion letter in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Government, which shall be provided to the Government at least two (2) business days prior to the Contractor’s disclosure of the information/data; or (c) made by the Contractor to the regulatory authorities as required in connection with any filing, application or request for regulatory approval; provided , however , that reasonable measures shall be taken to assure confidential treatment of such information/data.
g.     Sharing of contract deliverables within United States Government (USG)
In an effort to build a robust medical countermeasure pipeline through increased collaboration, ASPR may share technical deliverables set forth in Article F.2 with Government entities responsible for Medical Countermeasure Development.  In accordance with recommendations from the Public Health Emergency Medical Countermeasure Enterprise Review , agreements established in the Integrated Portfolio’s Portfolio Advisory Committee (PAC) Charter, Technology Transfer Agreements (TTA) between the Biomedical Advanced Research and Development Authority (BARDA) and the Defense Threat Reduction Agency and the National Institute of Allergies and Infectious Diseases (NIAID), ASPR may share technical deliverables set forth in Article F.2 with colleagues within the Integrated Portfolio.  This advance understanding does not authorize ASPR to share financial information outside HHS. The Contractor is advised to review the terms of FAR Clause 52.227-14 regarding the Government’s rights to deliverables submitted during performance as well as the Government’s rights to data contained within those deliverables.
h.     Overtime or Incentive Compensation
No overtime (premium) or incentive compensation is authorized under the subject contract.
i.
Indirect Costs
In no event shall the final amount reimbursable for Fringe Benefits exceed a ceiling of [***]% of total salaries and wages. In no event shall the final amount reimbursable for Indirect Costs exceed a ceiling of [***]% of all allowable direct costs (excluding all subcontract costs) and fringe benefits.

8




The Government is not obligated to pay any additional amount should the final indirect cost rates exceed these negotiated ceiling rates. In the event that the final indirect cost rates are less than these negotiated ceiling rates, the Government's obligation shall be reduced to conform to the lower rate.
Any costs over and above this cost ceiling shall not be reimbursed under this contract or any other Government contract, grant, or cooperative agreement.
The Contractor shall complete all work in accordance with the Statement of Work, terms and conditions of this contract.
j.     Cost Sharing
1.
This is a cost-sharing contract. Monies shall be provided for the total cost of performance from the United States Department of Health and Human Services and Rempex Pharmaceuticals, Inc. .
2.
The Government shall provide monies for CLINS 1 and 2 in an amount not to exceed $19,799,741. The Contractor's share for CLINS 1 and 2 is estimated at $[***] of the total estimated cost set forth in Article B.2.
3.
The total amount obligated by the Government for CLINs 1 and 2 shall not exceed the Total Estimated Cost of $19,799,741 and the Government will not be responsible for any Contractor incurred costs that exceed this amount under CLINs 1 and 2 unless a modification to the contract is signed by the Contracting Officer which expressly increases this amount.
SECTION C - DESCRIPTION/SPECIFICATIONS/WORK STATEMENT
ARTICLE C.1. STATEMENT OF WORK
Independently and not as an agent of the Government, the Contractor shall furnish all the necessary services, qualified personnel, material, equipment, and facilities not otherwise provided by the Government as needed to perform the Statement of Work attached to this contract as Attachment 1 (SECTION J-List of Attachments).
ARTICLE C.2. REPORTING REQUIREMENTS
Refer to ARTICLE F.2. for specific instructions regarding Reporting Requirements.
ARTICLE C.3. EARNED VALUE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (EVMS) IMPLEMENTATION REQUIREMENTS
The Contractor and the Government agree that the EVMS implementation requirements that are contained in this contract are limited to the implementation requirements outlined by the 7 Principles of Earned Value Management Tier 2 System Implementation Intent Guide contained as Attachment 8 to the contract. The total amount of this contract reflects the use of the 7 Principles of EVMS Implementation. Any EVMS implementation requirements that are beyond the intent of the 7 Principles of EVMS Implementation shall not proceed until the Contracting Officer sends a written request for a proposal to the Contractor and a bilateral modification is issued to the contract for the purposes of incorporating the additional costs for the performance of these requirements into the contract.
Refer to ARTICLE F.2. for specifics on EVMS deliverables.
ARTICLE C.4. PROJECT MEETING CONFERENCE CALLS
A teleconference call between the Contracting Officer’s Representative and the Contractor’s Program Manager shall occur bi-weekly (every two weeks), or at the discretion of the Government. During this call, the Program

9




Manager or Deputy Program Manager will discuss the activities during the reporting period, any problems that have arisen, and the activities planned for the ensuing reporting period. The Contractor’s Program Manager may choose to include other key personnel on the conference call to give detailed updates on specific projects or this may be requested by the Contracting Officer’s Representative.
Refer to ARTICLE F.2. for specific biweekly project meeting instructions.
ARTICLE C.5.  PROJECT MEETINGS
The Contractor shall participate in Project Meetings to coordinate the performance of the contract, as requested by the Contracting Officer’s Representative.  These meetings may include face-to-face meetings in Washington, D.C. and at work sites of the Contractor and its subcontractors. Such meetings may include, but are not limited to, meetings of the Contractor (and subcontractors invited by the Contractor) to discuss study designs, site visits to the Contractor’s and subcontractor’s facilities, and meetings with the Contractor and HHS and other USG officials to discuss the technical, regulatory, and ethical aspects of the program. The Contractor must provide data, reports, and presentations to groups of outside experts (subject to appropriate protections for Contractor confidential or proprietary data) and USG personnel as required by the Contracting Officer’s Representative in order to facilitate review of contract activities.
Refer to ARTICLE F.2. for specific project meeting instructions.
ARTICLE C.6 SUBJECT INVENTION REPORTING REQUIREMENT
All reports and documentation required by FAR Clause 52.227-11 (Patent Rights-Ownership by the Contractor), including but not limited to: the invention disclosure report, the confirmatory license, and the Government support certification, shall be directed to the Contracting Officer. The final invention statement (see FAR 27.303(b)(2)(ii)) shall be submitted to the Contracting Officer on the expiration date of the contract.
Reports and documentation submitted to the Contracting Officer shall be sent to the Contracting Officer to the address set forth in SECTION G - CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION DATA.
If no invention is disclosed or no activity has occurred on a previously disclosed invention during the applicable reporting period, a negative report shall be submitted to the Contracting Officer at the address listed above.
SECTION D - PACKAGING, MARKING, AND SHIPPING
Delivery of Reports and Deliverables
All deliverables required under this contract shall be packaged, marked and shipped in accordance with Government specifications. At a minimum, all deliverables shall be marked with the contract number and Contractor name. The Contractor shall guarantee that all required materials shall be delivered in immediate usable and acceptable condition. Delivery of physical reports to be furnished shall be addressed to the COR, CO, and CS (as defined in SECTION G - CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION DATA).
Unless otherwise specified by the Contracting Officer, delivery of reports to be furnished to the Government under this contract (including invoices), shall be delivered electronically along with a concurrent email notification to the COR, CO, and CS summarizing the electronic delivery.
If a hardcopy of the deliverable is requested, the Contractor shall submit a hardcopy to the COR, CO, and CS.
SECTION E - INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE
1.
The Contracting Officer (CO) or the CO’s duly authorized representative will perform inspection and acceptance of materials and services deliverables to be provided under this contract.

10




2.
For the purpose of this SECTION, the designated Contracting Officer’s Representative (COR) is the duly authorized representative of the Contracting Officer. The COR will assist in resolving technical issues that arise during performance. The COR however is not authorized to change any contract terms or authorize any changes in the Statement of Work or modify or extend the period of performance, or authorize reimbursement of any costs incurred during performance.
3.
Inspection and acceptance will be performed at:
Biomedical Advanced Research and Development Authority/Office of Acquisition Management, Contracts, and Grants (AMCG)
Office of the Assistant Secretary for Preparedness and Response
U.S. Department of Health and Human Services
330 Independence Avenue, S.W., Room G644
Washington, D.C. 20201
SECTION F - DELIVERIES OR PERFORMANCE
ARTICLE F.1. ESTIMATED PERIOD OF PERFORMANCE
The estimated period of performance for this contract shall be consistent with the dates set forth in funded CLINs set forth ARTICLE B.2. If the Government exercises its option(s) pursuant to the Option Clauses in Article I.2 of the contract, the period of performance shall be increased as shown in the table in Article B.3.
ARTICLE F.2. DELIVERABLES
Successful performance of the final contract shall be deemed to occur upon performance of the work set forth in the Statement of Work attached to this contract as Attachment 1 (SECTION J-List of Attachments), and upon delivery and acceptance, as required by the Statement of Work, by the Contracting Officer, or the duly authorized representative pursuant to SECTION E-Inspection and Acceptance, of the following items listed below under heading 1 “Summary of Contract Deliverables” in accordance with the stated delivery schedule.
The items specified below under heading 1 “Summary of Contract Deliverables”, as described in the Statement of Work which is Attachment 1 to this contract will be required to be delivered by the date(s) specified below and in accordance with any specifications stated in SECTION D- PACKAGING, MARKING AND SHIPPING, of this contract. All reports identified below relate solely to the development activity funded under this contract:  


11




1. Summary of Contract Deliverables

Unless otherwise stated, each deliverable in the table below shall be provided as one (1) electronic copy to the COR, CS, and CO as set forth in SECTION D.


12




CDRL#
Deliverable
Deliverable Description
Reporting Procedures and Due Dates
1
Meetings
 
 
01.1
Post Award Teleconference
The contractor shall complete an initial teleconference after contract award
1.Outline activities for the next 30 days
2.Discuss agenda items for the post-award Kickoff Meeting (01.2)
·Within one week of contract award
·Contractor shall provide agenda and establish a teleconference number at least 3 business days in advance of the teleconference unless notified that BARDA will supply one
·COR edits/approves and instructs contractor to distribute agenda prior to meeting by at least 2 business days
·Contractor provides meeting minutes to COR within 3 business days after the meeting
·COR reviews, comments and approves minutes within 10 business days
01.2
Kickoff Meeting
The Contractor shall complete a Kickoff meeting after contract award
·Within a month of contract award or other date as agreed upon by the contracting officer
·Contractor shall provide itinerary and agenda at least 5 business days in advance of site visit
·COR edits/approves and instructs contractor to distribute agenda prior to meeting by at least 3 business days
·Contractor provides meeting minutes to COR within 5 business days after the meeting
·COR reviews, comments, and approves minutes within 10 business days
01.3
Biweekly Teleconference
The Contractor shall participate in teleconferences every two weeks with BARDA to discuss the performance on the contract. For any actively enrolling clinical studies, a status update shall be provided for the preceding two weeks for each study site and shall include cumulative enrollment; new enrollments; activation or inactivation of study sites
·Contractor provides agenda to COR no later than 3 business days in advance of meeting
·COR edits/approves and instructs contractor to distribute agenda prior to meeting no later than 2 business days in advance of meeting
·Contractor distributes agenda and presentation materials at least 24 hours in advance
·Contractor provides meeting minutes to COR within 3 business days of the meeting
·COR reviews, comments, and approves minutes within 6 business days

13




01.4
Performance Measurement Baseline Review (PMBR)
A PMBR meeting will be held in-person or via teleconference. Presented for discussion will be each of the items listed below and cross-referenced to the IMP, WBS, SOW, and Risk Management Plan
1. Contractor provides baseline proposal
2. Responsibility Assignment Matrix
3. A description of the work scope through control account Work Authorization Documents and/or WBS Dictionary down to the control account level
4. Template for work packages
5. IMS with the inclusion of agreed major milestones and control account plans for all control accounts
6. Baseline revision documentation and program log(s) risk management plan
·A PMBR meeting shall be prepared for and supported by the contractor within 90 days of contract award
·Contractor shall provide a final draft of baseline meeting materials 10 business days prior to meeting
·Contractor provides agenda to COR 5 business days in advance of meeting
·COR approves and distributes agenda no later than 2 business days in advance of meeting
·COR approves edits/approves and instructs contractor to distribute agenda prior to meeting
·Contactor provides minutes within 3 business days of the meeting
·COR reviews, comments, and approves minutes within 10 business days
·BARDA will review documentation and provide written comments and questions to Contractor
·Contractor shall address BARDA’s comments and resubmit PMBR report for BARDA approval within 10 business days
01.5
Quarterly Meetings
The Contractor shall hold recurring teleconference or face-to-face Program Review Meetings approximately every third month either in Washington D.C or at work sites of the Contractor or subcontractors. The meetings will be used to discuss contract progress in relation to the Program Management deliverables described below as well as study designs, technical, regulatory, and ethical aspects of the program
·Contractor shall provide itinerary and agenda at least 7 business days, and presentation materials at least 5 business days in advance of site visit
·COR edits/approves and instructs contractor to distribute agenda prior to meeting by at least 3 business days in advance of meeting
·Contractor provides meeting minutes to COR within 5 business days after the meeting
·COR reviews, comments, and approves minutes within 10 business days
01.6
GO/NO-GO Decision Gate Presentation / In Process Review (IPR)
Contractor shall provide a presentation detailing technical progress made towards completion of GO/NO-GO milestones following a prescribed template provided by BARDA prior to the IPR
·IPR meetings will occur at a minimum prior to the consideration of award of any contract option
·Contractor shall provide presentation materials 10 business days prior to the IPR
·Contractor shall submit written justification of progress towards satisfying Go/No-Go criteria
·After reviewing, BARDA COR and CO will provide a written response
·Contractor will appear at a pre-arranged time and location to present their representation of progress towards completion of GO/NO-GO decision gate milestones before a panel assembled by BARDA to evaluate this progress
01.7
FDA Meetings
The Contractor shall forward the dates and times of any scheduled meeting with the FDA to BARDA and include appropriate BARDA staff among the listing of scheduled attendees of the FDA meetings. BARDA staff shall include up to a maximum of four people (typically COR, CO and up to 2 subject matter experts)
·Contractor shall notify BARDA of upcoming FDA meeting within 2 business days of scheduling Type A, B or C meetings OR within 24 hours of meeting occurrence for ad hoc meetings
·The Contractor shall forward to BARDA any initial Contractor or FDA-issued minutes from any meeting with the FDA within 5 business days of receipt

14




02
Technical Reporting
 
 
02.1 (Monthly)



02.2 (Annual)
Monthly & Annual Technical Progress Reports/Annual Meeting
The Monthly and Annual Technical Progress reports shall address each of the below items and be cross-referenced to the Work Breakdown Structure (WBS), Statement of Work (SOW), Integrated Master Schedule (IMS), Performance Measurement Baseline Review report (PMBR), Earned Value Management (EVM), and Contract Performance Report (CPR)
1.An Executive Summary highlighting the progress, issues and relevant manufacturing, non-clinical, clinical and regulatory activities. The Executive Summary should highlight only critical issues for that reporting period and resolution approach; limited to 2 pages
2.BARDA Contractor Clinical Trials Information Sheet - covering ongoing BARDA-sponsored clinical studies. This form shall provide data on relevant activities during the period covered, by study site, including: cumulative enrollment; new enrollments; screen failures; patients dropped from study; AE and SAEs; activation or inactivation of study sites; investigator appointments or changes; and status of IRB/IEC review/approval/renewal
3.Progress in meeting contract milestones organized by WBS, overall project assessment, problems encountered and recommended solutions. The reports shall detail the planned and actual progress during the period covered, explaining any differences between the two and the corrective steps
4.A three-month rolling forecast of the key planned activities, referencing the WBS/IMS
5.A tracking log of progress on regulatory submissions with the FDA number, description of submission, date of submission, status of submission and next steps
6.Estimated and Actual Expenses
a. This report shall also contain a narrative or table detailing whether there is a significant discrepancy (>[***]%) at this time between the % of work completed and the cumulative costs incurred to date. Monthly and actual expenses should be broken down to the appropriate WBS level. This section of the report should also contain estimates for the Subcontractors’ expenses from the previous month if the Subcontractor did not submit a bill in the previous month. If the subcontractor(s) was not working or did not incur any costs in the previous month, then a statement to this effect should be included in this report for those respective subcontractors If the COR and CO are satisfied that the contractor’s EVM reporting (deliverable 04) is sufficient to convey this information, this section may be waived.
·Monthly Reports shall be submitted on the 20 th  day of the month covering the preceding month or any other date as pre-agreed upon by the COR and CO; Annual Reports submitted on the 30 th  calendar day of the month after each contract anniversary. Monthly progress reports are not required for the months when the Annual Report(s) are due, and Monthly/Annual
Report(s) are not due during a month when the Final Report (final version, not draft) is due (see deliverable 02.4). The COR and CO will review the monthly reports with the Contractor and provide feedback
·Contractor shall provide FINAL versions of reports within 10 business days after receiving BARDA comments/edits

15




02.3 (Draft)

02.4 (Final)
Draft and Final Technical Progress Report
A draft Final Technical Progress Report containing a summation of the work performed and the results obtained over the entire contract. This report shall be in sufficient detail to fully describe the progress achieved under all milestones. Report should contain a timeline of originally planned and baselined activities and milestones overlaid with actual progress attained during the contract. Descriptions and rationale for activities and milestones that were not completed as planned should be provided. The draft report shall be duly marked as ’Draft’

The Final Technical Progress Report incorporating feedback received from BARDA and containing a summation of the work performed and the results obtained for the entire contract PoP. The final report shall document the results of the entire contract. The final report shall be duly marked as ’Final’. A cover letter with the report will contain a summary (not to exceed 200 words) of salient results achieved during the performance of the contract
·The Draft Technical Progress Report shall be submitted 75 calendar days before the end of the PoP and the Final Technical Progress Report on or before the completion date of the PoP
·COR will provide feedback on draft report within 15 calendar days of receipt, which the Contractor shall consider incorporating into the Final Report
02.5 (Draft)

02.6 (Final)
Draft and Final Study Reports, Clinical and Non-Clinical
Contractor shall provide Draft and Final Clinical/Non-Clinical Study Reports to BARDA for review and comment.
·Draft reports are due within 45 calendar days after availability of compiled tables and figures and at least 15 business days prior to submission to FDA
·Subcontractor prepared reports received by the Contractor shall be submitted to the COR and CO for review and comment no later than 5 business days after receipt by Contractor
·The Government will provide written comments to the Draft Report for Clinical / Non-Clinical Study reports within 15 business days after the submission
·Final report due 45 calendar days after receiving comments on the Draft Final Report for Clinical and Non-Clinical Studies; If corrective action is recommended, Contractor must address all concerns raised by BARDA in writing
·Contractor shall consider revising reports to address BARDA’s recommendations prior to FDA submission

16




02.7
Manufacturing Campaign Reports
Contractor shall provide Manufacturing Campaign Reports to BARDA for review and comment prior to submission to FDA

The COR and CO reserve the right to request within the PoP a non-proprietary Manufacturing Campaign Report for distribution within the USG
·Contractor will submit Manufacturing Campaign Reports at least 20 business days prior to FDA submission
·BARDA will provide written comments to the manufacturing campaign report within 15 business days after the submission
·If corrective action is recommended, Contractor must address all concerns raised by BARDA in a written communication to BARDA
·Contractor shall consider revising reports to address BARDA’s concerns and/or recommendations prior to FDA submission
03
Audits
 
 
03.1
BARDA Audit
Contractor shall accommodate periodic or ad hoc site visits by BARDA. If BARDA, the Contractor, or other parties identifies any issues during an audit, the Contractor shall capture the issues, identify potential solutions, and provide a report to BARDA
·If issues are identified during the audit, Contractor shall submit a report to BARDA detailing the finding and corrective action(s) within 10 business days of the audit
·COR and CO will review the report and provide a response to the Contractor with 10 business days
·Once corrective action is completed, the Contractor will provide a final report to BARDA
03.2
FDA Audits
In the event of an FDA inspection which occurs in relation to this contract and for the product, or for any other FDA inspection that has the reasonable potential to impact the performance of this contract, the Contractor shall provide the USG with an exact copy of the FDA Form 483 and the Establishment Inspection Report (EIR) in each case redacted of trade secrets or other confidential or proprietary information of Contractor or third parties that are unrelated to its obligations under or pursuant to this contract. The Contractor shall provide the COR and CO with copies of the plan for addressing areas of non-conformance to FDA regulations for GLP, GMP, or GCP guidelines as identified in the audit report, status updates during the plans execution and a copy of all final responses to the FDA. The Contractor shall also provide redacted copies of any FDA audits received from subcontractors that occur as a result of this contract or for this product. The Contractor shall make arrangements for BARDA representative(s) to be present during the final debrief by the regulatory inspector
·Contractor shall notify CO and COR within 10 business days of a scheduled FDA audit or within 24 hours of an ad hoc site visit/audit if the FDA does not provide advanced notice
·Contractor shall provide redacted copies of any FDA audit report received from subcontractors that occur as a result of this contract or for this product within 5 business days of receiving correspondence from the FDA or third party
·Within 10 business days of audit report, Contractor shall provide CO with a plan for addressing areas of nonconformance, if any are identified

17




03.3
QA Audits
BARDA reserves the right to participate in QA audits performed by the contractor of activities funded by this contract. Upon completion of the audit/site visit the Contractor shall provide a report capturing the findings, results and next steps in proceeding with the subcontractor. If action is requested of the subcontractor, detailed concerns for addressing areas of non-conformance to FDA regulations for GLP, GMP, or GCP guidelines, as identified in the audit report, must be provided to BARDA. The Contractor shall provide responses from the subcontractors to address these concerns and plans for corrective action
·Contractor shall notify CO and COR a minimum of 10 business days in advance of upcoming, audits/site visits of subcontractors
·Contractor shall notify the COR and CO within 5 business days of audit completion.
·COR and CO will review the audit report and provide a response to the Contractor with 10 business days
04
Earned Value Management (EVM) / Contract Performance Report (CPR)
Contractor will provide a monthly Contract Performance Report (CPR) Format 1 at an agreed upon reporting level using the BARDA provided WBS and a Variance Analysis Report (Format 5)

The supplemental monthly Control Account Plan (CAP) report shall contain, at the work package level, time phased budget (budgeted cost of work scheduled), earned value (budgeted cost of work performed), and actual costs of work performed as captured in Contractor’s EVM systems. The Contractor shall provide a rationale in the package of its use of % complete as EVMS methodology or identity if any other EVMS methodology is being used
·Contractor shall provide EVM/CPR as part of the Monthly Progress Report on the last day of the month covering the prior month, beginning after the contract baseline is established through the PMBR (see deliverable 01.3)
·Contractor shall provide top level or key changes in baseline cost as a result of anticipated cost savings or risks
·BARDA may request, on a monthly or ad hoc basis that the Contractor provide raw data at a reporting level or lower level as BARDA deems necessary
·BARDA may raise concerns for Contractor to address; Contractor must address, in writing, all concerns raised by BARDA
05
Risk Management Plan (RMP)
The Contractor shall provide an RMP that outlines the impacts of each risk in relation to the cost, schedule, and performance objectives. The plan shall include risk mitigation strategies. Each risk mitigation strategy will capture how the corrective action will reduce impacts on cost, schedule and performance
·The first Draft is due 10 business days prior to the PMBR (deliverable 01.3) and is to be presented at the meeting; updates to the RMP are due concurrent with Monthly Technical Progress Reports. The contractor may chose to notify the government up to two times every three months if there are no changes from the prior submission, and not submit an update
·BARDA will provide Contractor with a list of concerns in response plan submitted
·Contractor must address, in writing, all concerns raised by BARDA within 15 business days of Contractor’s receipt of BARDA’s concerns

18




06
Integrated Master Schedule (IMS)
The contractor shall provide an IMS that illustrates project tasks, dependencies, durations throughout the period of performance, and milestones (EVM and GO/NO-GO). The IMS must map to the WBS, and provide baseline, and actual or forecast dates for completion of tasks
·The IMS is to be submitted in both PDF and Microsoft Project Form to the COR
·The first Draft of the IMS is due 10 business days prior to the PMBR (deliverable 01.3) and is to be presented at the meeting
·A working version with a proposed baseline based on BARDA input at the PMBR is due 30 calendar days after the PMBR
·The Government will request revisions within 10 business days, at which point the schedule baseline for the period of performance will be set
·Thereafter an updated IMS is due concurrent with Monthly Technical Progress Reports
07
Deviation Notification and Mitigation Strategy
Process for changing IMP and/or IMS activities associated with cost and schedule as baselined at the PMBR. Contractor shall notify BARDA of significant proposed changes the IMS defined as increases in cost above [***]% or schedule slippage of more than [***] days, which would require a PoP extension. Contractor shall provide a high level management strategy for risk mitigation
·Due at least 10 business days prior to the Contractor anticipating the need to implement changes
9
Advanced R&D Products
 
 
9.1
Technical Documents
Upon request, Contractor shall provide CO and COR with deliverables from the following contract funded activities: process Development Reports, Assay Qualification Plan/Report, Assay Validation Plan/Report, Assay Technology Transfer Report, Batch Records, SOPs, Master Production Records, Certificate of Analysis, Clinical Studies Data or Reports. The CO and COR reserve the right to request within the PoP a non-proprietary technical document for distribution within the Government
·Contractor shall provide technical document within 10 business days of CO or COR request. Contractor can request additional time to provide materials on an as needed basis
·If corrective action is recommended, the Contractor must address, in writing, concerns raised in writing by BARDA
9.2
Raw Data or Data Analysis
Contractor shall provide raw data or data analysis to BARDA upon request
·Contractor shall provide data or data analysis to CO and COR within 20 business days of request
9.3
Publications
Any manuscript or scientific meeting abstract containing data generated under this contract must be submitted to BARDA for review prior to submission. Acknowledgment of BARDA funding must be included as noted in contract articles H.9 and H.24
·Contractor must submit all manuscript or scientific meeting abstract to PO and CO prior to submission/presentation by 30 business days for manuscripts and 10 business days for abstracts or posters
·Contractor must address in writing all concerns raised by BARDA in writing
·Final manuscript submissions shall be submitted to BARDA concurrently or no later than one (1) calendar day of its submission

19




9.4
Samples of Therapeutics
Contractor shall provide samples of non-GMP candidate therapeutics and GMP material manufactured with contract funding to include raw material, Bulk Drug Substance (BDS), Final Drug Product (FDP) and/or labeled and packaged treatment courses. The request will state the type of material and the amount desired, and the purpose; provided; however, that the amount and timing for delivery shall be agreed upon in advance in discussion with Contractor. The Contractor will be advised by the CO how samples are to be packaged and where samples are to be shipped. It is acceptable to label material "Not for Clinical Use". BARDA reserves the right to request samples throughout the period of performance. The Government agrees, further: (1) to deliver to the Contractor any and all data generated by or on behalf of the Government in the evaluation of the samples; (2) not to disclose such data to any third party or to the Food and Drug Administration without the express written permission of Contractor; (3) that Contractor will have unlimited rights in such data.; and (4) that the Government will be responsible for tracking the disposition and return of unused supplies.
·Contractor shall make every effort to provide requested sample(s) in a timely manner and Contractor will have sole discretion to prioritize use of compound according needs for activities in the agreed upon SOW.
10
Regulatory Documents
 
 
10.1
FDA Correspondence
The Contractor shall memorialize any correspondence between Contractor and FDA and submit to BARDA
·Contractor shall provide copies of any FDA correspondence within 5 business days of correspondence
10.2
FDA Submissions
The Contractor shall provide BARDA the opportunity to review and comment upon all draft submissions before submission to the FDA. Contractor shall provide BARDA with an electronic copy of the final FDA submission. All documents shall be duly marked as either “Draft” or “Final”
·Contractor shall submit draft FDA submissions to BARDA at least 10 business days prior to FDA submission
·BARDA will provide feedback to Contractor within 5 business days of receipt
·If corrective action is recommended, the Contractor must address, in writing, it’s consideration of all concerns raised by BARDA.
·The Contractor shall consider revising their documents to address BARDA’s concerns and/or recommendations prior to FDA submission.
·Final FDA submissions shall be submitted to BARDA concurrently or no later than 2 calendar days following submission

20




11
Press Releases
Contractor agrees to accurately and factually represent the work conducted under this contract in all press releases
·Contractor shall ensure that the CO has received and approved an advanced copy of any press release concerning this contract not less than 5 business days prior to the issuance of the press release
·If corrective action is required, the Contractor agrees to accurately and factually represent the work conducted under this contract in all press releases
·Any final press releases shall be submitted to BARDA no later than one (1) calendar day prior to its release


21




2. Detailed Description of Select Contract Deliverables
A.
Monthly and Annual Progress Reports
In addition to those reports required by the other terms of this contract, the Contractor shall prepare and submit the following reports in the manner stated below and in accordance with this Article F of this contract, and in the Statement of Work, attached to this contract as Attachment 1 (SECTION J-List of Attachments).
i.
Monthly Progress Report
This report shall include a description of the activities during the reporting period, and the activities planned for the ensuing reporting period. The first reporting period consists of the first full month of performance plus any fractional part of the initial month. Thereafter, the reporting period shall consist of each calendar month.
The Contractor shall submit a Monthly Progress Report according to the dates set forth in the summary table (“Summary of Contract Deliverables”) under this article. The progress report shall conform to the requirements set forth in the DELIVERIES Article in SECTION F of this contract.
The format should include:
·
A cover page that includes the contract number and title; the type of report and period that it covers; the Contractor’s name, address, telephone number, fax number, and e-mail address; and the date of submission;
·
SECTION I - EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
·
SECTION II - PROGRESS
·
SECTION II Part A: OVERALL PROGRESS - A description of overall progress.
·
SECTION II Part B: MANAGEMENT AND ADMINISTRATIVE UPDATE - A description of all meetings, conference calls, etc. that have taken place during the reporting period. Include progress on administration and management issues (e.g., evaluating, and managing subcontractor performance, and personnel changes).
·
SECTION II Part C: TECHNICAL PROGRESS - For each activity related to Gantt chart, document the results of work completed and cost incurred during the period covered in relation to proposed progress, effort and budget. The report shall be in sufficient detail to explain comprehensively the results achieved. The description shall include pertinent data and/or graphs in sufficient detail to explain any significant results achieved and preliminary conclusions resulting from analysis and scientific evaluation of data accumulated to date under the contract. The report shall include a description of problems encountered and proposed corrective action; differences between planned and actual progress, why the differences have occurred and what corrective actions are planned; preliminary conclusions resulting from analysis and scientific evaluation of data accumulated to date under the project.
·
SECTION II Part D: PROPOSED WORK - A summary of work proposed related to Gantt chart for the next reporting period and preprints/reprints of papers and abstracts.
·      SECTION III: Estimated and Actual Expenses.
a. This section of the report shall contain a narrative or table detailing whether there is a significant discrepancy (>[***]%) at this time between the % of work completed and the cumulative costs incurred to date. Monthly and actual expenses should be broken down to the appropriate WBS level.
b. This section of the report should also contain estimates for the Subcontractors’ expenses from the previous month if the Subcontractor did not submit a bill in the previous month. If the subcontractor(s) was not working or did not incur any costs in the previous month, then a statement to this effect should be included in this report for those respective subcontractors.

22




·
SECTION IV: Earned Value Management Reporting: Contractor will provide a monthly Contract Performance Report (CPR) at an agreed upon reporting level (WBS level 3) using the ASPR provided WBS and a Variance Analysis Report. EVMS shall be applied to all CLINs as part of the Integrated Master Project Plan following the Seven Principles of Earned Value Management. In accordance with FAR 52.215-2, Audit and Records-Negotiation, ASPR may request, on a quarterly or ad hoc basis, that the Contractor provide raw data. ASPR may request additional data at a reporting level or at lower levels, as ASPR deems necessary.
A Monthly Progress Report will not be required in the same month that the Annual Progress Report is submitted.
ii.
Annual Progress Report
This report shall include a summation of the results of the entire contract work for the period covered. Monthly Progress Reports shall not be submitted in the same month when an Annual Progress Report is due. Furthermore, an Annual Progress Report will not be required for the period when the Final Report is due.
The first Annual Progress Report shall be submitted in accordance with the date set forth in the table (“Summary of Contract Deliverables”) under ARTICLE F.2. of this contract. The progress report shall conform to the requirements set forth in the DELIVERIES Article in SECTION F of this contract.
Each Annual Progress Report shall include:
·
A Cover page that includes the contract number and title; the type of report and period that it covers; the Contractor's name, address, telephone number, fax number, and email address; and the date of submission;
·
SECTION I: EXECUTIVE SUMMARY - A brief overview of the work completed, and the major accomplishments achieved during the reporting period.
·
SECTION II: PROGRESS
·
SECTION II Part A: OVERALL PROGRESS - A description of overall progress.
·
SECTION II Part B: MANAGEMENT AND ADMINISTRATIVE UPDATE - A high level summary of critical meetings, etc. that have taken place during the reporting period. Include progress on administration and management to critical factors of the project (e.g. regulatory compliance audits and key personnel changes).
·
SECTION II Part C: TECHNICAL PROGRESS - A detailed description of the work performed structured to follow the activities and decision gates outlined at the Integrated Baseline Review and as described in the Integrated Master Plan. The Report should include a description of any problems (technical or financial) that occurred or were identified during the reporting period, and how these problems were resolved.
·
SECTION II Part D: PROPOSED WORK - A summary of work proposed for the next year period to include an updated Gantt Chart.
·
SECTION III: Estimated and Actual Expenses.
a. This section of the report shall contain a narrative or table detailing whether there were discrepancies between estimated and actual expenses over the past year. Actual expenses should be broken down to the appropriate WBS level. This section of the report should also contain estimates for outstanding costs for the previous year which may have been incurred, but not yet billed.
·
SECTION IV: EARNED VALUE MANAGEMENT REPORTING - Contractor will provide a quarterly Contract Performance Report (CPR) at an agreed upon (WBS level 3) reporting level using the ASPR provided WBS and a Variance Analysis Report. EVMS shall be applied to all Cost Sharing CLINs as part of the Integrated Master Project Plan following the Seven Principles of Earned Value Management. In accordance with FAR

23




52.215-2, Audit and Records-Negotiation, ASPR may request, on a quarterly or ad hoc basis, that the Contractor provide raw data. ASPR may request additional data at a reporting level or at lower levels, as ASPR deems necessary.
Contractor also should include the following in the Annual Progress Report:
1.
Copies of manuscripts (published and unpublished), abstracts, and any protocols or methods developed specifically under the contract during the reporting period; and
2.
A summary of any Subject Inventions per the requirements under FAR Clause 52.227-11.
iii.
Draft Final Report and Final Report
These reports are to include a summation of the work performed and results obtained for the entire contract period of performance. This report shall be in sufficient detail to describe comprehensively the results achieved. The Draft Final Report and Final Report shall be submitted in accordance with the DELIVERIES Article in SECTION F of the contract. An Annual Progress Report will not be required for the period when the Final Report is due. The Draft Final Report and the Final Report shall be submitted in accordance with the dates set forth in the table (“Summary of Contract Deliverables”) under ARTICLE F.2. of this contract. The report shall conform to the following format:
1.
Cover page to include the contract number, contract title, performance period covered, Contractor's name and address, telephone number, fax number, email address and submission date.
2.
SECTION I: EXECUTIVE SUMMARY - Summarize the purpose and scope of the contract effort including a summary of the major accomplishments relative to the specific activities set forth in the Statement of Work.
3.
SECTION II: RESULTS - A detailed description of the work performed related to WBS and Gantt chart, the results obtained, and the impact of the results on the scientific and/or public health community including a listing of all manuscripts (published and in preparation) and abstracts presented during the entire period of performance and a summary of all inventions.
Draft Final Report: The Contractor is required to submit the Draft Final Report to the Contracting Officer’s Representative and Contracting Officer. The Contracting Officer’s Representative and Contracting Officer will review the Draft Final Report and provide the Contractor with comments in accordance with the dates set forth in ARTICLE F.2. of this contract.
Final Report: The Contractor will deliver the final version of the Final Report on or before the completion date of the contract. The final version shall include or address the COR’s and CO’s written comments on the draft report. Final Report shall be submitted on or before the completion date of the contract.
iv.      Summary of Salient Results
The Contractor shall submit, with the Final Report, a summary (not to exceed 200 words) of salient results achieved during the performance of the contract.
v.
Audit Reports
Within fifteen (15) business days of an audit related to conformance to FDA regulations and guidance, including adherence to GLP, GMP, GCP guidelines, the Contractor shall provide copies of the audit report (so long as received from the FDA) and a plan for addressing areas of

24




nonconformance to FDA regulations and guidelines for GLP, GMP, or GCP guidelines as identified in the final audit report.
vi.
Other Technical Reports
1.
Draft Report for Clinical and Non-Clinical Studies and Final Report for Clinical and Non-Clinical Studies
·
The clinical trial reports shall follow the format of International Conference on Harmonization document ICH E3 “Guideline for Industry on Structure and Content of Clinical Study Reports” (http://www.pharmacontract.ch/support/su_ich_liste.htm)
·
Draft Final Report for Clinical and Non-Clinical Studies funded by this contract will be submitted to the Contracting Officer’s Representative and Contracting Officer (CO) for review and comment within the time frames set forth in the table (“Summary of Contract Deliverables”) under ARTICLE F.2.
·
Subcontractor prepared reports received by the Contractor shall be submitted to the Contracting Officer’s Representative and Contracting Officer (CO) for review and comment as set forth by the table in this Article. Contractor shall consider revising reports to address ASPR’s recommendations prior to FDA submission.
·
The Government shall provide written comments to the Draft Final Report for Clinical and Non-Clinical Studies in accordance with the dates set forth by the table in this Article.
·
The comprehensive Final Report for Clinical and Non-Clinical Studies will be submitted to the Contracting Officer and the Contracting Officer’s Representative set forth by the table in this Article. The final version shall include or address the COR’s and CO’s comments on the draft report.
2.
Supplemental Technical Documents
Upon request, Contractor shall provide CO and COR with the following contract funded documents as specified below but not limited to: Process Development Reports; Assay Qualification Plan/Report, Assay Validation Plan/Report, Assay Technology Transfer Report, Batch Records, Contractor/Subcontractor Standard Operating Procedures (SOP’s), Master Production Records, Certificate of Analysis, Clinical Studies Data or Reports. The CO and COR reserve the right to request within the Period of Performance a non-proprietary technical document for distribution within the USG. Contractor shall provide technical document within 10 business days of CO or COR request. Contractor can request additional time on an as needed basis. If edits are recommended, the Contractor must address, in writing, concerns raised by ASPR.
B.
Deliverables Arising from FDA Correspondence
i.
FDA Meetings
The Contractor shall forward the dates and times of any meeting with the FDA to ASPR and include appropriate ASPR staff on the final scheduled attendee lists to enable attendance at FDA meetings. ASPR staff shall include up to a maximum of four people.
·
Contractor shall notify ASPR of upcoming FDA meeting within 2 business days of scheduling Type A, B or C meetings, OR within 24 hours of meeting occurrence for ad hoc meetings concerning the Carbavance™ development program, regardless of whether the activities being discussed are BARDA-funded or not.
·
The Contractor shall forward initial Contractor and FDA-issued draft minutes and final minutes of any meeting with the FDA to ASPR within 5 business days of receipt. All documents shall be duly marked as either “Draft” or “Final.”

25




ii.
FDA Submissions
The Contractor shall provide ASPR all documents submitted to the FDA.
Contractor shall provide ASPR with an electronic copy of the final FDA submission. All documents shall be duly marked as either “Draft” or “Final.”
·
Contractor shall submit draft FDA submissions to the ASPR at least 10 business days prior to FDA submission.
·
The ASPR will provide feedback to Contractor within 5 business days of receipt.
·
If corrective action is recommended, the Contractor must address, in writing, its consideration of all concerns raised by BARDA.
·
The Contractor shall consider revising their documents to address BARDA’s concerns and/or recommendations prior to FDA submission.
·
Final FDA submissions shall be submitted to ASPR concurrently or no later than 2 calendar days following their submission to FDA.
iii.
FDA Audits
In the event of an FDA inspection which occurs as a result of this contract and for the product, or for any other FDA inspection that has the reasonable potential to impact the performance of this contract, the Contractor shall provide the USG with an exact copy of the FDA Form 483 and the Establishment Inspection Report (EIR) within five (5) business days after the Contractors receipt of those documents in each case redacted of trade secrets or other confidential or proprietary information of Contractor or third parties that are unrelated to its obligations under or pursuant to this contract. The Contractor shall provide the COR and CO with copies of the plan for addressing areas of non-conformance to FDA regulations for GLP, GMP, or GCP guidelines as identified in the audit report, status updates during the plans execution and a copy of all final responses to the FDA. The Contractor shall also provide redacted copies of any FDA audits received from subcontractors that occur as a result of this contract or for this product. The Contractor shall make arrangements for ASPR representative(s) to be present during the final debrief by the regulatory inspector.
·
Contractor shall notify CO and COR within 10 business days of a scheduled FDA audit or within 24 hours of an ad hoc site visit/audit if the FDA does not provide advanced notice.
·
Contractor shall provide redacted copies of any FDA audit report received from subcontractors that occur as a result of this contract or for this product within 5 business days of receiving correspondence from the FDA, Subcontractor, or third party.
·
Within 10 business days of audit report, Contractor shall provide CO with a plan for addressing areas of nonconformance, if any are identified.
iv.
Manufacturing Campaign Reports
Contractor shall provide Manufacturing Campaign Reports to ASPR for review and comment prior to submission to FDA.
The COR and CO reserve the right to request within the Period of Performance (PoP) a non-proprietary Manufacturing Campaign Report for distribution within the USG.

·
Contractor will submit Manufacturing Campaign Reports at least 20 business days prior to FDA submission.
·
If corrective action is recommended, Contractor must address, in writing, all concerns raised by ASPR.
·
Final FDA submission shall be submitted to ASPR concurrently or no later than 2 business days after submission to the FDA.
 
v.
Other FDA Correspondence

26




The Contractor shall memorialize any material correspondence between Contractor and FDA and submit to ASPR. All documents shall be duly marked as either “Draft” or “Final.” Contractor shall provide written summary of any FDA correspondence within 5 business days of correspondence.
C.
Earned Value Management (EVM) Deliverables

i.
Earned Value Management (EVM) / Contract Performance Report (CPR)

Contractor will provide a monthly CPR at an agreed upon reporting level using WBS and Variance Analysis report formats agreed upon by ASPR.
The supplemental monthly Control Account Plan (CAP) report shall contain, at the work package level, time phased budget (budgeted cost of work scheduled), earned value (budgeted cost of work performed), and actual costs of work performed as captured in Contractor’s EVM systems. The Contractor shall provide a rationale in the package of its use of % complete as EVMS methodology, or identity if any other EVMS methodology is being used.

·
Contractor shall provide EVM/CPR as part of the Monthly Progress Report (this requirement begins only as set forth in the Contract Milestones & Related Deliverables table, see Attachment #10)
·
Contractor shall provide top level or key changes in baseline cost as a result of anticipated cost savings or risks
·
ASPR may request, on a monthly or ad hoc basis that the Contractor provide raw data at a reporting level or lower level as ASPR deems necessary.
·
Contractor must address, in writing, all concerns raised by ASPR.
·
Reporting will commence after the EVM system has been implemented but no later than [***] months after start of base period.
        
ii.
Performance Measurement Baseline Review (PMBR)
PMBR Report shall address each of the items listed below and be cross-referenced to the IMS, WBS, SOW, and Risk Management Plan.

1.
Contractor provides baseline proposal
2.
Responsibility Assignment Matrix
3.
A description of the work scope through control account Work Authorization Documents and/or WBS Dictionary down to the agreed upon control account level.
4.
Template for work packages
5.
Integrated Master Schedule (IMS) with the inclusion of agreed major milestones and control account plans for all control accounts
6.
Baseline revision documentation and program log(s) risk management plan

·
PMBR is due within 90 days of contract award
·
Contractor shall provide final draft of baseline meeting materials 10 business days prior to meeting
·
Contractor provides agenda to COR 2 business days in advance of meeting
·
COR approves (with CO concurrence) and distributes agenda
·
COR approves (with CO concurrence) all meeting material
·
Contactor provides minutes with 3 business days of the meeting
·
COR reviews and approves (with CO concurrence) minutes

27




·
ASPOR will review documentation and provide written comments and questions to Contractor
·
Contractor shall address ASPR’s comments and resubmit PMBR report for ASPR approval within 10 business days.

iii.
Risk Management Plan
 
The Contractor shall provide a Risk Management Plan that outlines the impacts of each risk in relation to the cost, schedule, and performance objectives. The plan shall include risk mitigation strategies. Each risk mitigation strategy will capture how the corrective action will reduce impacts on cost, schedule and performance.
·
Due within 90 days of contract award
·
Contractor provides updated Risk Management Plan in Monthly Progress Report
·
ASPR shall provide Contractor with a written list of concerns in response plan submitted
·
Contractor must address, in writing, all concerns raised by ASPR within 20 business days of Contractor’s receipt of ASPR’s concerns.

iv.
Requirement for Notification of Deviation and Mitigation Strategy
Process for changing IMS activities associated with cost and schedule as baselined at the PMBR. Contractor shall notify ASPR of significant changes the IMS defined as increases in cost above [***]% or schedule slippage of more than [***] days, which would require an extension to the period of performance. Contractor shall provide a high level management strategy for risk mitigation. Notice due as needed.

3. Contract WBS Milestones/Deliverables and Technical Deliverables

Contract Milestones
 
Mstn #
Milestones
Deliverable(s)
Go Criteria
No-Go Criteria
WBS #
Date
1.
[***]
[***]
[***]
[***]
[***]
[***]
2.
[***]
[***]
[***]
[***]
[***]
[***]
3.
[***]
[***]
[***]
[***]
[***]
[***]
4.
[***]
[***]
 
[***]
[***]
[***]
5.
[***]
[***]
[***]
[***]
[***]
[***]
6.
[***]
[***]
[***]
[***]
[***]
[***]
7.
[***]
[***]
[***]
[***]
[***]
[***]
8.
[***]
[***]
[***]
[***]
[***]
[***]


SECTION G - CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION DATA
ARTICLE G.1. CONTRACTING OFFICER
The following Contracting Officer (CO) will represent the Government for the purpose of this contract:
[***], Contracting Officer
DHHS/OS/ASPR/AMCG
330 Independence Avenue, S.W.
Room G644
Washington, D.C. 20201
Email: [***]
Phone: [***]

28





1)
The Contracting Officer is the only individual who can legally commit the Government to the expenditure of public funds. No person other than the Contracting Officer can make any changes to the terms, conditions, general provisions, or other stipulations of this contract.
2)
The Contracting Officer is the only person with the authority to act as agent of the Government under this contract. Only the Contracting Officer has authority to (1) direct or negotiate any changes in the statement of work; (2) modify or extend the period of performance; (3) change the delivery schedule; (4) authorize reimburse to the Contractor of any costs incurred during the performance of this contract; (5) otherwise change any terms and conditions of this contract.
3)
No information other than that which may be contained in an authorized modification to this contract, duly issued by the Contracting Officer, which may be received from any person employed by the US Government, other otherwise, shall be considered grounds for deviation from any stipulation of this contract.
4)
The Government may unilaterally change its CO designation, after which it will notify Contractor in writing of such change.
The following Contract Specialist (CS) assigned to this contract is:
[***]      DHHS/OS/ASPR/AMCG
330 Independence Avenue, S.W.
Room G644
Washington, D.C. 20201
E-mail: [***]
Phone:[***]

ARTICLE G.2. CONTRACTING OFFICER'S REPRESENTATIVE (COR)
The following Contracting Officer's Representative (COR) will represent the Government for the purpose of this contract:
[***]
Contracting Officer’s Representative (COR)
Biomedical Advanced Research and Development Authority (BARDA)
Office of the Assistant Secretary for Preparedness and Response
Department of Health and Human Services
Mailing Address :
330 Independence Avenue, S.W.
Room G644
Washington, D.C. 20201
[***] (Office)
Email: [***]
Alternate COR :
[***]
Branch Chief - Broad Spectrum Antimicrobials
Division of CBRN Countermeasures
Biomedical Advanced Research & Development Authority (BARDA)
Office of Secretary for Preparedness & Response (ASPR)
Department of Health and Human Services
Mailing Address:
330 Independence Avenue, S.W.
Room G644
Washington, D.C. 20201
Office: [***]
Email: [***]

29




The COR is responsible for:
1)
Monitoring the Contractor's technical progress, including the surveillance and assessment of performance and recommending to the Contracting Officer changes in requirements;
2)
Assisting the Contracting Officer in interpreting the statement of work and any other technical performance requirements;
3)
Performing technical evaluation as required;
4)
Performing technical inspections and acceptances required by this contract; and
5)
Assisting in the resolution of technical problems encountered during performance. The Government may unilaterally change its COR designation, after which it will notify Contractor in writing of such change..
ARTICLE G.3. KEY PERSONNEL
Pursuant to the Key Personnel clause incorporated in Section I of this contract, the following individuals are considered to be essential to the work being performed hereunder:

#
NAME
ORGANIZATION
TITLE
1
[***]
Rempex Pharmaceuticals, Inc.
Principal Investigator/Program Manager
2
[***]
Rempex Pharmaceuticals, Inc.
Deputy Principal Investigator and Clinical Lead
3
[***]
Rempex Pharmaceuticals, Inc.
Program Manager
4
[***]
Rempex Pharmaceuticals, Inc.
Non-Clinical Toxicology and CMC (Drug Product) Lead
5
[***]
Rempex Pharmaceuticals, Inc.
CMC (API) Lead
6
[***]
Rempex Pharmaceuticals, Inc.
Non-Clinical Lead
7
[***]
Rempex Pharmaceuticals, Inc.
Regulatory and Quality Management Lead
The key personnel specified in this contract are considered to be essential to work performance. At least thirty (30) business days prior to diverting any of the specified individuals to other programs or contracts, including, where practicable, an instance when an individual must be replaced as a result of leaving the employ of the Contractor, the Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer and shall submit comprehensive justification for the diversion or replacement request (including proposed substitutions for key personnel) to permit evaluation by the Government of the impact on performance under this contract. The Contractor shall not divert or otherwise replace any key personnel without the written consent of the Contracting Officer.
ARTICLE G.4. CONTRACT FINANCIAL REPORT
a. Financial reports on the attached Financial Report of Individual Project/Contract (see Attachments 2 and 3) shall be submitted by the Contractor in accordance with the instructions for completing this form, which accompany the form, in an electronic copy, not later than the 30th business day after the close of the reporting period. The line entries for subdivisions of work and elements of cost (expenditure categories) which shall be reported within the total contract are discussed in paragraph e., below. Subsequent changes and/or additions in the line entries shall be made in writing.
b. Unless otherwise stated in that part of the instructions for completing this form, entitled "PREPARATION INSTRUCTIONS," (see Attachment 4) all columns A through J, shall be completed for each report submitted.
c. The first financial report shall cover the period consisting of the first full three calendar months following the date of the contract, in addition to any fractional part of the initial month. Thereafter, reports will be on a quarterly basis.

30




d. The Contracting Officer may require the Contractor to submit detailed support for costs contained in one or more interim financial reports. This clause does not supersede the record retention requirements in FAR Part 4.7.
e. The listing of expenditure categories to be reported is incorporated within the Attachment entitled, "Financial Report of Individual Project/Contract," attached as Attachment 3 to this contract (SECTION J-LIST OF ATTACHMENTS).
f. The Government may unilaterally revise the “Financial Report of Individual Project/Contract” to reflect the allotment of additional funds.
ARTICLE G.5. INVOICE/FINANCING REQUEST AND CONTRACT FINANCIAL REPORTING
1)
The billing address that should be shown on the invoice is the same as defined in SECTION G of this contract.
2)
The Contractor shall submit an electronic copy of contract monthly invoices/financial reports to the Contracting Officer and Contract Specialist as defined above, in SECTION G of this contract.     
3)
Contractor invoices/financial reports shall conform to the form, format, and content requirements of the instructions for Invoice/Financing requests and Contract Financial Reporting attached as Attachment 2 to this contract (SECTION J-LIST OF ATTACHMENTS) (See also SECTION B) .
4)
Monthly invoices must include the cumulative total expenses to date, adjusted (as applicable) to show any amounts suspended by the Government.
5)
The Contractor agrees to immediately notify the Contracting Officer in writing if there is an anticipated overrun (any amount) or unexpended balance (greater than 10 percent) of the estimated costs for the base segment or any option segment(s) (See estimated costs under SECTION B of the contract) and the reasons for the variance. The requirements of the Limitation of Cost FAR 52.232-20 clause apply.
6)
All invoice submissions shall be in accordance with FAR Clause 52.232-25 in SECTION I of this contract.
ARTICLE G.6. POST AWARD EVALUATION OF CONTRACTOR PERFORMANCE
1. Contractor Performance Evaluations

Interim and final evaluations of Contractor performance will be prepared on this contract in accordance with FAR Subpart 42.15. The final performance evaluation will be prepared at the time of completion of work. In addition to the final evaluation, an interim evaluation shall be submitted annually.

Interim and final evaluations will be provided to the Contractor as soon as practicable after completion of the evaluation. The Contractor will be permitted thirty days to review the document and to submit additional information or a rebutting statement. If agreement cannot be reached between the parties, the matter will be referred to an individual one level above the Contracting Officer whose decision will be final.

Copies of the evaluations, Contractor responses, and review comments, if any, will be retained as part of the contract file, and may be used to support future award decisions.


31




2. Electronic Access to Contractor Performance Evaluations

Contractors that have Internet capability may access evaluations through a secure Web site for review and comment by completing the registration form that can be obtained at the following address:

http://www.cpars.csd.disa.mil/cparsmain.htm

The registration process requires the Contractor to identify an individual that will serve as a primary contact and who will be authorized access to the evaluation for review and comment. In addition, the Contractor will be required to identify an alternate contact that will be responsible for notifying the cognizant contracting official in the event the primary contact is unavailable to process the evaluation within the required 30-day time frame.
ARTICLE G.7. CONTRACT COMMUNICATIONS/CORRESPONDENCE (JULY 1999)
The Contractor shall identify all correspondence, reports, and other data pertinent to this contract by imprinting the contract number from Page 1 of the contract.
ARTICLE G.8. GOVERNMENT PROPERTY
1. In addition to the requirements of the clause, GOVERNMENT PROPERTY, incorporated in SECTION I of this contract, the Contractor shall comply with the provisions of HHS Publication, "HHS Contracting Guide for Control of Government Property," which is incorporated into this contract by reference. This document can be accessed at:

http://www.hhs.gov/hhsmanuals/ (HHS Logistics Management Manual, Appendix Q)

Among other issues, this publication provides a summary of the Contractor's responsibilities regarding purchasing authorizations and inventory and reporting requirements under the contract.
2. Notwithstanding the provisions outlined in the HHS Publication, "HHS Contracting Guide for Control of Government Property," which is incorporated in this contract in paragraph 1. above, the Contractor shall use the form entitled, "Report of Government Owned, Contractor Held Property" for submitting summary reports required under this contract, as directed by the Contracting Officer or his/her designee. This form is included as an attachment in SECTION J of this contract.
3. Title will vest in the Government for equipment purchased as a direct cost.
ARTICLE G.9. EXERCISE OF OPTIONS
Unless the Government exercises its option pursuant to the Option Clause set forth in Section I, Article I.2, the contract consists only of CLIN 0001 and CLIN 0002 of the Statement of Work, Deliverables and Requirements as defined in Sections B and C of the contract. Pursuant to FAR Clause 52.217-9 (Option to Extend the Term of the Contract) set forth in Section I of this contract, the Government may, by unilateral contract modification, require the Contractor to perform the additional CLINs listed in Section B, Article B.3., and as also defined in Sections C and J of this contract. If the Government exercises an option, the amount of the contract shall be increased as set forth in Section B, Article B.3.
SECTION H - SPECIAL CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS
If provisions set forth in this Section are not applicable to the work performed directly by the Contractor, those provisions might still apply to subcontractors performing work under this contract if Government funded. It is the Contractor’s responsibility to monitor their subcontractors to confirm that these provisions are satisfied. Accordingly, those provisions shall be flowed-down as applicable.

32




ARTICLE H.1 CLINICAL AND NON-CLINICAL TERMS OF AWARD
BARDA has a responsibility to obtain documentation concerning mechanisms and procedures that are in place to protect the safety of participants and animals in BARDA funded clinical trials and non-clinical studies. Therefore, the Contractor shall develop a protocol for each clinical trial and non-clinical study funded under this contract and submit all such protocols and protocol amendments to the BARDA Contracting Officer’s Representative (COR) for evaluation and comment. BARDA COR comments will be forwarded to the Contractor within ten (10) business days. The Contractor must address, in writing, all concerns ( e.g. study design, safety, regulatory, ethical, and conflict of interest) noted by the BARDA COR.
If the draft protocols are to be submitted to the FDA, BARDA review shall occur before submission, pursuant to the terms set forth by ARTICLE F.2 of this contract. The Contractor shall consider revising their protocols to address BARDA’s concerns and recommendations prior to FDA submission. The Contractor must provide BARDA with a copy of FDA submissions, within the time frame set forth by ARTICLE F.2 of this contract.
Execution of clinical and non-clinical studies by subcontractors that are funded by BARDA requires written authorization from BARDA. The Government will provide written authorization to the Contractor within 10 business days following either 1) receipt of documentation in which all COR comments have been addressed; or 2) receipt of documentation that the FDA has reviewed and commented on the protocol, if applicable.
BARDA shall have unlimited rights to all protocols, data resulting from execution of these protocols, and final reports funded by BARDA under this contract, per FAR Clause 52.227-14 the Rights in Data as set forth in PART II of this contract. BARDA will acquire limited rights to data developed solely by the Contractor as specified in in Rights in Data Clause in FAR 52.227-14 (Alternate II) as set forth in Part II of the contract. BARDA reserves the right to request that the Contractor provide any contract deliverable in a non-proprietary form to ensure BARDA has the ability to review and distribute the deliverables as BARDA deems necessary pursuant to ARTICLE B.5g of this contract.
Important information regarding performing human subject research is available at http://www3.niaid.nih.gov/healthscience/clinicalstudies/ .
Any updates to technical reports are to be addressed in the Monthly and Annual Progress Reports. The Contractor shall advise the Contracting Officer’s Representative or designee in writing and via electronic communication in a timely manner of any issues potentially affecting contract performance.
1.      Non-Clinical Terms of Award
These Non-Clinical Terms of Award detail an agreement between BARDA and the Contractor; they apply to all grants and contracts that involve non-clinical research.
a.
Safety and Monitoring Issues

i.
PHS Policy on Humane Care and use of Laboratory Animals
Before award and then with the annual progress report, the Contractor must submit to BARDA a copy of the current Institutional Animal Care and Use Committees (IACUC) documentation of continuing review and approval and the Office of Laboratory Animal Welfare (OLAW) federal wide assurance number for the institution or site.
If other institutions are involved in the research (e.g., a multicenter trial or study), each institution’s IACUC must review and approve the protocol. They must also provide

33




BARDA initial and annual documentation of continuing review and approval and federal wide assurance number.
The Contractor must ensure that the application, as well as all protocols, are reviewed by the performing institution’s IACUC.
To help ensure the safety of animals used in BARDA-funded studies, the Contractor must provide BARDA copies of documents related to all major changes in the status of ongoing protocols, including the following:
·
All amendments or changes to the protocol, identified by protocol version number, date, or both and date it is valid.
·
All material changes in IACUC policies and procedures, identified by version number, date, and all required signatories (if applicable).
·
Termination or temporary suspension of the study(ies) for regulatory issues.
·
Termination or temporary suspension of the protocol.
·
Any change that is made in the specific IACUC approval for the indicated study(ies).
·
Any other problems or issues that could affect the scientific integrity of the study(ies), i.e., fraud, misrepresentation, misappropriation of funds, etc.
Contractor must notify BARDA of any of the above changes within five (5) working days from the time the Contractor becomes aware of such changes by email or fax, followed by a letter signed by the institutional business official, detailing notification of the change of status to the local IACUC and a copy of any responses from the IACUC.
If a non-clinical protocol has been reviewed by an institutional biosafety committee (IBC) or the NIH Recombinant DNA Advisory Committee (RAC), the Contractor must provide information about the initial and ongoing review and approval, if any. See the NIH Guidelines for Research Involving Recombinant DNA Molecules.
ii.
Non-Clinical Data and Safety Monitoring Requirements
BARDA strongly recommends continued safety monitoring for all non-clinical studies of investigational drugs, devices, or biologics. FDA expects non-clinical studies to include safety in addition to efficacy. Contractor should consider evaluation of clinical relevant safety markers in the non-clinical studies. In preparation for clinical trials of licensed or not yet licensed products, it is imperative that BARDA-sponsored studies of any type measure the risk and safety parameters that are elicited and provide a safety profile from the studies for future human risk assessment.
A risk is minimal where the probability and magnitude of harm or discomfort anticipated in the proposed research are not greater than those ordinarily encountered in daily life or during the performance of routine physical or psychological examinations or tests. For example, the risk of drawing a small amount of blood from a healthy subject for research purposes is no greater than the risk of doing so as part of a routine physical examination (45 CFR 46.102(i)).

34




BARDA will work with the Contractor on decisions regarding the type and extent of safety data accrual to be employed before the start of efficacy or safety studies.
The Contractor shall inform BARDA of any upcoming site visits and/or audits of CRO facilities funded under this effort. BARDA reserves the right to accompany the Contractor on site visits and/or audits of CRO’s as BARDA deems necessary.
b.
BARDA Review Process before Non-Clinical study Execution Begins
BARDA has a responsibility to ensure that mechanisms and procedures are in place to protect the safety and welfare of animals used in BARDA-funded non-clinical trials. Therefore, before study execution, the Contractor must provide the following (as applicable) for review and comment by BARDA:
·
IACUC approved (signed) non-clinical research protocol identified by version number, date, or both, including details of study design, euthanasia criteria, proposed interventions, and exclusion criteria.
·
Documentation of IACUC approval, including OLAW federal wide number, IACUC registration number, and IACUC name.
·
If a study is contracted through Contract Research Organizations (CROs), work orders and service agreements the Contractor shall assure an integrated safety documentation plan is in place for the study site, pharmacy service records on the dosing material to be used and excipients, and laboratory services (including histopathology).
·
Documentation that the Contractor and all required staff responsible for the conduct of the research have received training in the protection and handling of animals, or that the CRO has the required documentation.
·
Provide justification for whether studies require good laboratory practice (GLP) conditions.
·
Provide justification for whether studies will be classified as non-pivotal or pivotal studies.
Documentation of each of the above items shall be submitted to BARDA for evaluation and comment in conjunction with the protocol. Execution of non-clinical studies by subcontractors funded in part or entirely by BARDA requires written authorization from BARDA in accordance with this section of the contract. BARDA will provide written authorization to the Contractor within 10 business days following either 1) receipt of documentation in which all COR comments on the protocol have been addressed; or 2) receipt of documentation that the FDA has reviewed and commented on the protocol, if applicable.
c.
References
Public Health Service Policy on Humane Care and Use of Laboratory Animals:
http://grants.nih.gov/grants/olaw/InvestigatorsNeed2Know.pdf
USDA Animal Welfare Act:
http://awic.nal.usda.gov/nal_display/index.php?info_center=3&tax_level=3&tax_subject=182&topic_id=1118&level3_id=6735&level4_id=0&level5_id=0&placement_default=0

35




2.      Clinical Terms of Award
These Clinical Terms of Award detail an agreement between BARDA and the Contractor; they apply to all grants and contracts that involve clinical research.
Draft protocols for each clinical study will be submitted to BARDA for evaluation and comment. BARDA comments will be addressed and/or incorporated into the draft protocol prior to submission to the FDA for comment, if required.
BARDA shall have unlimited rights to all protocols, data generated from the execution of these protocols, and final reports, funded by BARDA under this contract, as defined in Rights in Data Clause in FAR 52.227-14. BARDA reserves the right to request that the Contractor provide any contract deliverable in a non-proprietary form without any restrictive legends to ensure BARDA has the ability to review and distribute the deliverables, as BARDA deems necessary.
i.
Safety and Monitoring Issues
a. Institutional Review Board or Independent Ethics Committee Approval
Before award and then with the annual progress report, the Contractor must submit to BARDA a copy of the current IRB-or IEC-approved informed consent document, documentation of continuing review and approval and the OHRP federal wide assurance number for the institution or site.
If other institutions are involved in the research (e.g., a multicenter clinical trial or study), each institution’s IRB or IEC must review and approve the protocol. They must also provide BARDA initial and annual documentation of continuing review and approval, including the current approved informed consent document and federal wide number.
The Contractor must ensure that the application as well as all protocols are reviewed by their IRB or IEC.
To help ensure the safety of participants enrolled in BARDA-funded studies, the Contractor must provide BARDA copies of documents related to all major changes in the status of ongoing protocols, including the following:
·
All amendments or changes to the protocol, identified by protocol version number, date, or both and dates it is valid.
·
All changes in informed consent documents, identified by version number, dates, or both and dates it is valid.
·
Termination or temporary suspension of patient accrual.
·
Termination or temporary suspension of the protocol.
·
Any change in IRB approval.
·
Any other problems or issues that could affect the participants in the studies.
The Contractor must notify ASPR through the COR or CO of any of the above changes within five (5) working days by email or fax, followed by a letter signed by the institutional business official, detailing notification of the change of status to the local IRB and a copy of any responses from the IRB or IEC.

36




If a clinical protocol has been reviewed by an institutional biosafety committee (IBC) or the NIH Recombinant DNA Advisory Committee (RAC), the Contractor must provide information about the initial and ongoing review and approval, if any. See the NIH Guidelines for Research Involving Recombinant DNA Molecules.
b. Data and Safety Monitoring Requirements
BARDA strongly recommends independent safety monitoring for clinical trials of investigational drugs, devices, or biologics; clinical trial of licensed products; and clinical research of any type involving more than minimal risk to volunteers. Independent monitoring can take a variety of forms. Phase III clinical trials must be reviewed by an independent data and safety monitoring board (DSMB); other trials may require DSMB oversight as well. The Contractor shall inform BARDA of any upcoming site visits and/or audits of CRO facilities funded under this effort. BARDA reserves the right to accompany the Contractor on such site visits and/or audits of CROs as BARDA deems necessary. The Contractor shall inform BARDA 30 days in advance of a DSMB board meetings for studies funded under this effort. BARDA reserves the right to participate in the DSMB board meetings on an ad hoc basis as a non-voting observer.
For purposes of guiding the assessment of risk level, a risk is minimal where the probability and magnitude of harm or discomfort anticipated in the proposed research are not greater than those ordinarily encountered in daily life or during the performance of routine physical or psychological examinations or tests. For examples, the risk of drawing a small amount of blood from a healthy individual for research purposes is no greater than the risk of doing so as part of a routine physical examination (45 CFR 46.102I)).
Final decisions regarding the type of monitoring to be used must be made jointly by BARDA and the Contractor before enrollment starts. Discussions with the responsible BARDA COR regarding appropriate safety monitoring and the Contractor’s written response to all concerns raised by BARDA must be received by the Government before patient enrollment begins and may include discussions about the appointment of one of the following.
·
Independent Safety Monitor - a physician or other appropriate expert who is independent of the study and available in real time to review and recommend appropriate action regarding adverse events and other safety issues.
·
Independent Monitoring Committee (IMC) or Safety Monitoring Committee (SMC) - a small group of independent investigators and biostatisticians who review data from a particular study.
·
Data and Safety Monitoring Board - an independent committee charged with reviewing safety and trial progress and providing advice with respect to study continuation, modification, and termination. All phase III clinical trials must be reviewed by a DSMB; other trials may require DSMB oversight as well. Please refer to: NIAID Principles for Use of a Data and Safety Monitoring Board (DSMB) For Oversight of Clinical Trials Policy
When a monitor or monitoring board is organized, a description of it, its charter or operating procedures (including a proposed meeting schedule and plan for review of adverse events), and roster and curriculum vitae from all members must be submitted to BARDA. If concerns are raised, the Contractor must address all concerns raised by BARDA in writing before enrollment begins. The Contractor will also ensure that the monitors and board members report any conflicts of interest and the Contractor will maintain a record of this. The Contractor will share conflict of interest reports with BARDA.

37




Additionally, the Contractor must submit written summaries of all reviews conducted by the monitoring group to the BARDA within thirty (30) days of reviews or meetings.
ii.
BARDA Protocol Review Process Before Patient Enrollment Begins
BARDA has a responsibility to ensure that mechanisms and procedures are in place to protect the safety of participants in BARDA-supported clinical trials. Therefore, before the first patient accrual or participant enrollment in the study, the Contractor must ensure the following (as applicable) are in place at each participating institution, prior to patient accrual or enrollment:
·
IRB- or IEC-approved clinical research protocol identified by version number, date, or both, including details of study design, proposed interventions, patient eligibility, and exclusion criteria.
·
Documentation of IRB or IEC approval, including OHRP federal wide number, IRB or IEC registration number, and IRB and IEC name.
·
IRB- or IEC- approved informed consent document, identified by version number, date, or both and dates it is valid.
·
Plans for the management of side effects.
·
Procedures for assessing and reporting adverse events.
·
Plans for data and safety monitoring (see above) and monitoring of the clinical study site, pharmacy, and laboratory.
·
Documentation that the Contractor and all study staff responsible for the design or conduct of the research have received training in the protection of human subjects.
Documentation to demonstrate that each of the above items are in place shall be submitted to BARDA) for evaluation and comment in conjunction with BARDA’s review of the study protocol, which will occur prior to patient enrollment. Execution of clinical studies requires written authorization from BARDA in accordance with this section of this contract. BARDA will provide written authorization to the Contractor within 10 business days following either 1) receipt of documentation in which all COR comments the protocol have been addressed; or 2) receipt of documentation that the FDA has reviewed and commented on the protocol.
iii.      Investigational New Drug or Investigational Device Exemption Requirements
Consistent with federal regulations, clinical research projects involving the use of investigational therapeutics, vaccines, or other medical interventions (including licensed products and devices for a purpose other than that for which they were licensed) in humans under a research protocol must be performed under a Food and Drug Administration (FDA) investigational new drug (IND) or investigational device exemption (IDE).
Exceptions must be granted in writing by FDA. If the proposed clinical trial will be performed under an IND or IDE, the Contractor must provide BARDA with the name and institution of the IND or IDE sponsor, the date the IND or IDE was filed with FDA, the FDA IND or IDE number, any written comments from FDA, and the written responses to those comments.
Unless FDA notifies Contractor otherwise, The Contractor must wait thirty (30) calendar days from FDA receipt of an initial IND or IDE application before initiating a clinical trial.
The Contractor must notify BARDA if the FDA places the study on clinical hold and provide BARDA any written comments from FDA, written responses to the comments, and documentation in writing that the hold has been lifted.
The Contractor must not use grant or contract funds during an FDA mandated clinical hold to fund clinical studies that are on hold other than costs that are associated with activities related to

38




patients coming off study, monitoring, or winding down the study . The Contractor must not enter into any new financial obligations related to clinical activities for the clinical trial on clinical hold.
iv.
Required Time-Sensitive Notification
Under an IND or IDE, the sponsor must provide FDA safety reports of serious adverse events. Under these Clinical Terms of Award, the Contractor must submit copies to the responsible BARDA representative or the Contracting Officer’s Representative (COR) as follows:
·      Expedited safety report of unexpected or life-threatening experience or death:
A copy of any report of unexpected or life-threatening experience or death associated with the use of an IND drug, which must be reported to FDA by telephone or fax as soon as possible but no later than seven (7) days after the IND sponsor’s receipt of the information, must be submitted to BARDA representative or COR within 24 hours of FDA notification.
·      Expedited safety reports of serious and unexpected adverse experiences:
A copy of any report of unexpected and serious adverse experience associated with use of an IND drug or any finding from tests in laboratory animals that suggests a significant risk for human subjects, which must be reported in writing to FDA as soon as possible but no later than 15 day after the IND sponsor’s receipt of the information, must be submitted to the BARDA representative or COR within 24 hours of FDA notification.
·      IDE reports of unanticipated adverse device effect:
A copy of any reports of unanticipated adverse device effect submitted to FDA must be submitted to BARDA representative or COR within 24 hours of FDA notification.
·      Expedited safety reports:
Sent to BARDA representative or the COR concurrently with the report to FDA.
·      Other adverse events documented during the course of the trial should be included in the annual IND or IDE report and reported to BARDA annually.
In case of problems or issues the Contracting Officer’s Representative will contact the Contractor within ten (10) working days by email or fax, followed within thirty (30) calendar days by an official letter to the Contractor’s Project Manager, with a copy to the institutions’ office of sponsored programs, listing issues and appropriate actions to be discussed.
·      Safety reporting for research not performed under an IND or IDE:
Final decisions regarding ongoing safety reporting requirements for research not performed under an IND or IDE must be made jointly by the BARDA Project Officer or the Contracting Officer’s Representative and the Contractor.
ARTICLE H.2. PROTECTION OF HUMAN SUBJECTS, HHSAR 352.270-4 (January 2006)
(a) The Contractor agrees that the rights and welfare of human subjects involved in research under this contract shall be protected in accordance with 45 CFR Part 46 and with the Contractor's current Assurance of Compliance on file with the Office for Human Research Protections (OHRP), Department of Health and Human Services. The Contractor further agrees to provide certification at least annually that the Institutional Review

39




Board has reviewed and approved the procedures, which involve human subjects in accordance with 45 CFR Part 46 and the Assurance of Compliance.
(b) The Contractor shall bear full responsibility for the performance of all work and services involving the use of human subjects under this contract and shall ensure that work is conducted in a proper manner and as safely as is feasible. The parties hereto agree that the Contractor retains the right to control and direct the performance of all work under this contract. The Contractor shall not deem anything in this contract to constitute the Contractor or any subcontractor, agent or employee of the Contractor, or any other person, organization, institution, or group of any kind whatsoever, as the agent or employee of the Government. The Contractor agrees that it has entered into this contract and will discharge its obligations, duties, and undertakings and the work pursuant thereto, whether requiring professional judgment or otherwise, as an independent contractor without imputing liability on the part of the Government for the acts of the Contractor or its employees.
(c) If at any time during the performance of this contract, the Contracting Officer determines, in consultation with OHRP that the Contractor is not in compliance with any of the requirements and/or standards stated in paragraphs (a) and (b) above, the Contracting Officer may immediately suspend, in whole or in part, work and further payments under this contract until the Contractor corrects the noncompliance. The Contracting Officer may communicate the notice of suspension by telephone with confirmation in writing. If the Contractor fails to complete corrective action within the period of time designated in the Contracting Officer's written notice of suspension, the Contracting Officer may, after consultation with OHRP, terminate this contract in whole or in part, and the Contractor's name may be removed from the list of those contractors with approved Human Subject Assurances.
ARTICLE H.3. HUMAN MATERIALS (ASSURANCE OF OHRP COMPLIANCE)
The acquisition and supply of all human specimen material (including fetal material) used under this contract shall be obtained by the Contractor in full compliance with applicable Federal, State and Local laws and the provisions of the Uniform Anatomical Gift Act in the United States, and no undue inducements, monetary or otherwise, will be offered to any person to influence their donation of human material.
The Contractor shall provide written documentation that all human materials obtained as a result of research involving human subjects conducted under this contract, by collaborating sites, or by subcontractors identified under this contract, were obtained with prior approval by the Office for Human Research Protections (OHRP) of an Assurance to comply with the requirements of 45 CFR 46 to protect human research subjects. This restriction applies to all collaborating sites without OHRP-approved Assurances, whether domestic or foreign, and compliance must be ensured by the Contractor.
Provision by the Contractor to the Contracting Officer of a properly completed "Protection of Human Subjects Assurance Identification/IRB Certification/Declaration of Exemption", Form OMB No. 0990-0263(formerly Optional Form 310), certifying IRB review and approval of the protocol from which the human materials were obtained constitutes the written documentation required. The human subject certification can be met by submission of a self designated form provided that it contains the information required by the "Protection of Human Subjects Assurance Identification/IRB Certification/Declaration of Exemption", Form OMB No. 0990-0263 (formerly Optional Form 310).
ARTICLE H.4. RESEARCH INVOLVING HUMAN FETAL TISSUE
All research involving human fetal tissue shall be conducted in accordance with the Public Health Service Act, 42 U.S.C. 289g-1 and 289g-2. Implementing regulations and guidance for conducting research on human fetal tissue may be found at 45 CFR 46, Subpart B and http://grants1.nih.gov/grants/guide/notice-files/not93-235.html and any subsequent revisions to this NIH Guide to Grants and Contracts ("Guide") Notice.

40




The Contractor shall make available, for audit by the Secretary, HHS, the physician statements and informed consents required by 42 USC 289g-1(b) and (c), or ensure HHS access to those records, if maintained by an entity other than the Contractor.
ARTICLE H.5. NEEDLE EXCHANGE
The Contractor shall not use contract funds to carry out any program of distributing sterile needles or syringes for the hypodermic injection of any illegal drug.
ARTICLE H.6. CARE OF LIVE VERTEBRATE ANIMALS, HHSAR 352.270-5 (October 2009)
(a) Before undertaking performance of any contract involving animal-related activities where the species is regulated by USDA, the Contractor shall register with the Secretary of Agriculture of the United States in accordance with 7 U.S.C. 2136 and 9 CFR sections 2.25 through 2.28. The Contractor shall furnish evidence of the registration to the Contracting Officer.
(b) The Contractor shall acquire vertebrate animals used in research from a dealer licensed by the Secretary of Agriculture under 7 U.S.C. 2133 and 9 CFR Sections 2.1-2.11, or from a source that is exempt from licensing under those sections.
(c) The Contractor agrees that the care, use and intended use of any live vertebrate animals in the performance of this contract shall conform with the Public Health Service (PHS) Policy on Humane Care and Use of Laboratory Animals (PHS Policy), the current Animal Welfare Assurance (Assurance), the Guide for the Care and Use of Laboratory Animals (National Academy Press, Washington, DC) and the pertinent laws and regulations of the United States Department of Agriculture (see 7 U.S.C. 2131 et seq. and 9 CFR Subchapter A, Parts 1-4). In case of conflict between standards, the more stringent standard shall govern.
(d) If at any time during performance of this contract, the Contracting Officer determines, in consultation with the Office of Laboratory Animal Welfare (OLAW), National Institutes of Health (NIH), that the Contractor is not in compliance with any of the requirements and standards stated in paragraphs (a) through (c) above, the Contracting Officer may immediately suspend, in whole or in part, work and further payments under this contract until the Contractor corrects the noncompliance. Notice of the suspension may be communicated by telephone and confirmed in writing. If the Contractor fails to complete corrective action within the period of time designated in the Contracting Officer's written notice of suspension, the Contracting Officer may, in consultation with OLAW, NIH, terminate this contract in whole or in part, and the Contractor's name may be removed from the list of those contractors with approved Assurances.
The Contractor may request registration of its facility and a current listing of licensed dealers from the Regional Office of the Animal and Plant Health Inspection Service (APHIS), USDA, for the region in which its research facility is located. The location of the appropriate APHIS Regional Office, as well as information concerning this program may be obtained by contacting the Animal Care Staff, USDA/APHIS, 4700 River Road, Riverdale, Maryland 20737 (E-mail: ace@aphis.usda.gov; Web site: (http://www.aphis.usda.gov/animal_welfare).
ARTICLE H.7. PROTECTION OF PERSONNEL WHO WORK WITH NONHUMAN PRIMATES
All Contractor personnel who work with nonhuman primates or enter rooms or areas containing nonhuman primates shall comply with the procedures set forth in NIH Policy Manual 3044-2, entitled, "Protection of NIH Personnel Who Work with Nonhuman Primates," located at the following URL:
http://www1.od.nih.gov/oma/manualchapters/intramural/3044-2/
ARTICLE H.8. PUBLICATION AND PUBLICITY
No information related to data obtained under this contract shall be released or publicized without the prior written consent of ASPR. For purposes of this contract "publication" is defined as an issue of printed material

41




offered for distribution or any communication or oral presentation of information, including any manuscript or scientific meeting abstract. Any publication containing data generated under this contract must be submitted for ASPR review no less than thirty (30) calendar days for manuscripts and fifteen (15) calendar days for abstracts before submission for public presentation or publication. Contract support shall be acknowledged in all such publications substantially as follows:
"This project has been funded in whole or in part with Federal funds from the Department of Health and Human Services; Office of the Assistant Secretary for Preparedness and Response; Biomedical Advanced Research and Development Authority, under Contract No. HHSO100201400002 "
ARTICLE H.9. REVIEW OF PRESS RELEASES
Contractor agrees to accurately and factually represent the work conducted under the contract in all press releases. Misrepresenting contract results or releasing information that is injurious to the integrity of ASPR may be construed as improper conduct. Press releases shall be considered to include the public release of information to any medium, excluding peer-reviewed scientific publications. The contractor shall ensure that the COR has received an advance copy of any press release related to the contract not less than five (5) business days prior to the issuance of the press release.
The Contractor shall acknowledge the support of the Department of Health and Human Service, Office of the Assistant Secretary for Preparedness and Response, Biomedical Advanced Research and Development Authority, whenever publicizing the work under this contract in any media by including an acknowledgment substantially as follows:
"This project has been funded in whole or in part with Federal funds from the Department of Health and Human Services; Office of the Assistant Secretary for Preparedness and Response; Biomedical Advanced Research and Development Authority, under Contract No. HHSO100201400002 "
ARTICLE H.10. REPORTING MATTERS INVOLVING FRAUD, WASTE AND ABUSE
Anyone who becomes aware of the existence or apparent existence of fraud, waste and abuse in ASPR funded programs is encouraged to report such matters to the HHS Inspector General's Office in writing or on the Inspector General's Hotline. The toll free number is 1-800-HHS-TIPS (1-800-447-8477). All telephone calls will be handled confidentially. The e-mail address is Htips@os.dhhs.gov and the mailing address is:
Office of Inspector General
Department of Health and Human Services
TIPS HOTLINE
P.O. Box 23489
Washington, D.C. 20026
ARTICLE H.11. PROHIBITION ON CONTRACTOR INVOLVEMENT WITH TERRORIST
ACTIVITIES
The Contractor acknowledges that U.S. Executive Orders and Laws, including but not limited to E.O. 13224 and P.L. 107-56, prohibit transactions with, and the provision of resources and support to, individuals and organizations associated with terrorism. It is the legal responsibility of the Contractor to ensure compliance with these Executive Orders and Laws. This clause must be included in all subcontracts issued under this contract.
ARTICLE H.12. CONFLICT OF INTEREST
The Contractor represents and warrants that, to the best of the Contractor's knowledge and belief, there are no relevant facts or circumstances which could give rise to an organizational conflict of interest, as defined in FAR

42




2.101 and FAR Subpart 9.5, or that the Contractor has disclosed all such relevant information.  Prior to commencement of any work, the Contractor agrees to notify the Contracting Officer promptly that, to the best of its knowledge and belief, no actual or potential conflict of interest exists or to identify to the Contracting Officer any actual or potential conflict of interest the Contractor may have. In emergency situations, however, work may begin but notification shall be made within five (5) working days.  The Contractor agrees that if an actual or potential organizational conflict of interest is identified during performance, the Contractor shall promptly make a full disclosure in writing to the Contracting Officer. This disclosure shall include a description of actions which the Contractor has taken or proposes to take, after consultation with the Contracting Officer, to avoid, mitigate, or neutralize the actual or potential conflict of interest. The Contractor shall continue performance until notified by the Contracting Officer of any contrary action to be taken.  Remedies include termination of this contract for convenience, in whole or in part, if the Contracting Officer deems such termination necessary to avoid an organizational conflict of interest. If the Contractor was aware of a potential organizational conflict of interest prior to award or discovered an actual or potential conflict after award and did not disclose it or misrepresented relevant information to the Contracting Officer, the Government may terminate the contract for default, debar the Contractor from Government contracting, or pursue such other remedies as may be permitted by law or this contract.
ARTICLE H.13. PROHIBITION ON THE USE OF APPROPRIATED FUNDS FOR LOBBYING ACTIVITIES
The Contractor is hereby notified of the restrictions on the use of Department of Health and Human Service's funding for lobbying of Federal, State and Local legislative bodies.
U.S.C. § 1352, prohibits a recipient (and their subcontractors) of a Federal contract, grant, loan, or cooperative agreement from using appropriated funds (other than profits from a federal contract) to pay any person for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of any agency, a Member of Congress, an officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a Member of Congress in connection with any of the following covered Federal actions: the awarding of any Federal contract; the making of any Federal grant; the making of any Federal loan; the entering into of any cooperative agreement; or the modification of any Federal contract, grant, loan, or cooperative agreement. For additional information of prohibitions against lobbying activities, see FAR Subpart 3.8 and FAR Clause 52.203-12.
No contract funds shall be used, other than for normal and recognized executive-legislative relationships, for publicity or propaganda purposes, for the preparation, distribution, or use of any kit, pamphlet, booklet, publication, radio, television, or video presentation designed to support, or defeat legislation pending before the Congress, or any State or Local legislature except in presentation to the Congress, or any State or Local legislative body itself.
No contract funds shall be used to pay the salary or expenses of any contract or grant recipient, or agent acting for such recipient, related to any activity designed to influence legislation or appropriations pending before the Congress, or any State or Local legislature.
ARTICLE H.14. PRIVACY ACT APPLICABILITY
1)      Notification is hereby given that the Contractor and its employees are subject to criminal penalties for violation of the Privacy Act to the same extent as employees of the Government. The Contractor shall assure that each of its employees knows the prescribed rules of conduct and that each is aware that he or she can be subjected to criminal penalty for violation of the Act. A copy of 45 CFR Part 5b, Privacy Act Regulations, may be obtained at http://www.gpoaccess.gov/cfr/index.html
2)
The COR is hereby designated as the official who is responsible for monitoring contractor compliance with the Privacy Act.

43




3)
The Contractor shall follow the Privacy Act guidance as contained in the Privacy Act System of Records number 09-25-0200. This document may be obtained at the following link: http://oma.od.nih.gov/ms/privacy/pa-files/0200.htm
ARTICLE H.15. LABORATORY LICENSE REQUIREMENTS
The Contractor shall comply with all applicable requirements of Section 353 of the Public Health Service Act (Clinical Laboratory Improvement Act as amended). This requirement shall also be included in any subcontract for services that are Government funded under the contract.
ARTICLE H.16. IDENTIFICATION AND DISPOSITION OF DATA
The Contractor will be required to provide certain data generated under this contract to the Department of Health and Human Services (DHHS). DHHS reserves the right to review any other data determined by DHHS to have been generated under this contract. The Contractor shall keep [a copy] of all data required by the Food and Drug Administration (FDA) relevant to this contract for the time specified by the FDA.
Contractor shall provide data or data analysis to Contracting Officer and Contracting Officer Representative within 20 business days of request.
ARTICLE H.17. REQUIREMENTS FOR ADEQUATE ASSURANCE OF PROTECTION OF VERTEBRATE ANIMAL SUBJECTS
The PHS Policy on Humane Care and Use of Laboratory Animals requires that applicant organizations proposing to use vertebrate animals file a written Animal Welfare Assurance with the Office for Laboratory Animal Welfare (OLAW), establishing appropriate policies and procedures to ensure the humane care and use of live vertebrate animals involved in research activities supported by the PHS. The PHS Policy stipulates that an applicant organization, whether domestic or foreign, bears responsibility for the humane care and use of animals in PHS-supported research activities. Also, the PHS policy defines “animal” as “any live, vertebrate animal used, or intended for use, in research, research training, experimentation, biological testing or for related purposes.” This Policy implements and supplements the U.S. Government Principles for the Utilization and Care of Vertebrate Animals Used in Testing, Research, and Training, and requires that institutions use the Guide for the Care and Use of Laboratory Animals as a basis for developing and implementing an institutional animal care and use program. This Policy does not affect applicable State or local laws or regulations that impose more stringent standards for the care and use of laboratory animals. All institutions are required to comply, as applicable, with the Animal Welfare Act as amended (7 USC 2131 et. seq.) and other Federal statutes and regulations relating to animals. These documents are available from the Office of Laboratory Animal Welfare, National Institutes of Health, Bethesda, MD 20892, (301) 496-7163. See http://grants.nih.gov/grants/olaw/olaw.htm .
No PHS supported work for research involving vertebrate animals will be conducted by an organization, unless that organization is operating in accordance with an approved Animal Welfare Assurance and provides verification that the Institutional Animal Care and Use Committee (IACUC) has reviewed and approved the proposed activity in accordance with the PHS policy. Applications may be referred by the PHS back to the institution for further review in the case of apparent or potential violations of the PHS Policy. No award to an individual will be made unless that individual is affiliated with an assured organization that accepts responsibility for compliance with the PHS Policy. Foreign applicant organizations applying for PHS awards for activities involving vertebrate animals are required to comply with PHS Policy or provide evidence that acceptable standards for the humane care and use of animals will be met. Foreign applicant organizations are not required to submit IACUC approval, but should provide information that is satisfactory to the Government to provide assurances for the humane care of such animals.
ARTICLE H.18. APPROVAL OF REQUIRED ASSURANCE BY OLAW
Under governing regulations, federal funds which are administered by ASPR shall not be expended by the Contractor for research involving live vertebrate animals, nor shall live vertebrate animals be involved in research

44




activities by the Contractor under this award unless a satisfactory assurance of compliance with 7 U.S.C. 2316 and 9 CFR Sections 2.25-2.28 is submitted within 30 days of the date of this award date (or submitted/approved before corresponding animal work begins, if unknown at time of award) and approved by the Office of Laboratory Animal Welfare (OLAW). Each performance site (if any) must also assure compliance with 7 U.S.C. 2316 and 9 CFR Sections 2.25-2.28 with the following restriction: Only activities which do not directly involve live vertebrate animals (i.e. are clearly severable and independent from those activities that do involve live vertebrate animals) may be conducted by the Contractor or individual performance sites pending OLAW approval of their respective assurance of compliance with 7 U.S.C. 2316 and 9 CFR Sections 2.25-2.28. No corresponding animal work may take place under this contract without appropriate OLAW assurance.
Additional information regarding OLAW may be obtained via the Internet at http://grants2.nih.gov/grants/olaw/references/phspol.htm
ARTICLE H.19. REGISTRATION WITH THE SELECT AGENT PROGRAM FOR WORK INVOLVING THE POSSESSION, USE, AND/OR TRANSFER OF SELECT BIOLOGICAL AGENTS OR TOXINS
Work involving select biological agents or toxins shall not be conducted under this contract until the Contractor and any affected subcontractor(s) are granted a certificate of registration or are authorized to work with the applicable select agents.
For prime or subcontract awards to domestic institutions who possess, use, and/or transfer Select Agents under this contract, the institution must complete registration with the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC), Department of Health and Human Services (DHHS) or the Animal and Plant Health Inspection Services (APHIS), U.S. Department of Agriculture (USDA), as applicable, before performing work involving Select Agents, in accordance with 42 CFR 73. No Government funds can be used for work involving Select Agents, as defined in 42 CFR 73, if the final registration certificate is denied.
For prime or subcontract awards to foreign institutions who possess, use, and/or transfer Select Agents under this contract, the institution must provide information satisfactory to the Government that a process equivalent to that described in 42 CFR 73 ( http://www.cdc.gov/od/sap/docs/42cfr73.pdf ) for U.S. institutions is in place and will be administered on behalf of all Select Agent work sponsored by these funds before using these funds for any work directly involving the Select Agents. The Contractor must provide information addressing the following key elements appropriate for the foreign institution: safety, security, training, procedures for ensuring that only approved/appropriate individuals have access to the Select Agents, and any applicable laws, regulations and policies equivalent to 42 CFR 73 . The Government will assess the policies and procedures for comparability to the U.S. requirements described in 42 CFR Part 73 . When requested by the contracting officer, the Contractor shall provide key information delineating any laws, regulations, policies, and procedures applicable to the foreign institution for the safe and secure possession, use, and transfer of Select Agents. This includes summaries of safety, security, and training plans, and applicable laws, regulations, and policies. For the purpose of security risk assessments, the Contractor must provide the names of all individuals at the foreign institution who will have access to the Select Agents and procedures for ensuring that only approved and appropriate individuals have access to Select Agents under the contract.
Listings of HHS select agents and toxins, biologic agents and toxins, and overlap agents or toxins as well as information about the registration process, can be obtained on the Select Agent Program Web site at http://www.cdc.gov/od/sap/.
ARTICLE H.20. EPA ENERGY STAR REQUIREMENTS
In compliance with Executive Order 12845 (requiring Agencies to purchase energy efficient computer equipment) all microcomputers, including personal computers, monitors, and printers that are purchased using Government funds in performance of a contract shall be equipped with or meet the energy efficient low-power standby feature as defined by the EPA Energy Star program unless the equipment always meets EPA Energy Star efficiency levels. The microcomputer, as configured with all components, must be Energy Star compliant.
This low-power feature must already be activated when the computer equipment is delivered to the agency and be of equivalent functionality of similar power managed models. If the equipment will be used on a local area network,

45




the vendor must provide equipment that is fully compatible with the network environment. In addition, the equipment will run commercial off-the-shelf software both before and after recovery from its energy conservation mode.
ARTICLE H.21. MANUFACTURING STANDARDS
The Good Manufacturing Practice Regulations (GMP)(21 CFR Parts 210-211) will be the standard to be applied for manufacturing, processing, packaging, storage and delivery of this product.
If at any time during the life of the contract, the Contractor fails to comply with GMP in the manufacturing, processing, packaging, storage, stability and other testing of the manufactured drug substance or product and delivery of this product and such failure results in a material adverse effect on the safety, purity or potency of the product (a material failure) as identified by the FDA, the Contractor shall have thirty (30) calendar days from the time such material failure is identified to cure such material failure. If, within the thirty (30) calendar day period, the Contractor fails to take such an action to the satisfaction of the COR, or fails to provide a remediation plan that is acceptable to the COR, then the contract may be terminated.
ARTICLE H.22. EXPORT CONTROL NOTIFICATION
Contractors are responsible for ensuring compliance with all export control laws and regulations that may be applicable to the export of and foreign access to their proposed technologies. Contractor may consult with the Department of State with any questions regarding the International Traffic in Arms Regulation (ITAR) (22 CRF Parts 120-130) and /or the Department of Commerce regarding the Export Administration Regulations (15 CRF Parts 730-774).
ARTICLE H.23. INSTITUTIONAL RESPONSIBILITY REGARDING CONFLICTING INTERESTS OF INVESTIGATORS
The Contractor shall comply with the requirements of 45 CFR Part 94, Responsible Prospective Contractors, which promotes objectivity in research by establishing standards to ensure that investigators (defined as the principal investigator and any other person who is responsible for the design, conduct, or reporting of research funded under ASPR contracts) will not be biased by any conflicting financial interest.  For the purposes of this part relating to financial interests, "Investigator" includes the Investigator's spouse and dependent children.  45 CFR Part 94 is available at the following Web site: http://ecfr.gpoaccess.gov/cgi/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr;sid=9f130b6d2d48bb73803ca91ce943be3a;rgn=div5;view=text;node=45%3A1.0.1.1.53;idno=45;cc=ecfr
As required by 45 CFR Part 94, the Contractor shall, at a minimum:
a.
Maintain a written, enforceable policy on conflict of interest that complies with 45 CFR Part 94 and inform each investigator of the policy, the investigator's reporting responsibilities, and the applicable regulations. The Contractor must take reasonable steps to ensure that investigators working as collaborators or subcontractors comply with the regulations.
b.
Designate an official(s) to solicit and review financial disclosure statements from each investigator participating in ASPR-funded research. Based on established guidelines consistent with the regulations, the designated official(s) must determine whether a conflict of interest exists, and if so, determine what actions should be taken to manage, reduce, or eliminate such conflict. A conflict of interest exists when the designated official(s) reasonably determines that a Significant Financial Interest could directly and significantly affect the design, conduct, or reporting of the ASPR-funded research. The Contractor may require the management of other conflicting financial interests in addition to those described in this paragraph, as it deems appropriate. Examples of conditions or restrictions that might be imposed to manage actual or potential conflicts of interests are included in 45 CFR Part 94, under Management of Conflicting Interests.
c.
Require all financial disclosures to be updated during the period of the award, either on an annual basis or as new reportable Significant Financial Interests are obtained.

46




d.
Maintain records, identifiable to each award, of all financial disclosures and all actions taken by the Contractor with respect to each conflicting interest for three (3) years after final payment or, where applicable, for the other time periods specified in 48 CFR Part 4, subpart 4.7, Contract Records Retention.
e.
Establish adequate enforcement mechanisms and provide for sanctions where appropriate.
If a conflict of interest is identified, the Contractor shall report to the Contracting Officer the existence of the conflicting interest found. This report shall be made and the conflicting interest managed, reduced, or eliminated, at least on a temporary basis, within sixty (60) days of that identification.
If the failure of an investigator to comply with the conflict of interest policy has biased the design, conduct, or reporting of the ASPR-funded research, the Contractor must promptly notify the Contracting Officer of the corrective action taken or to be taken. The Contracting Officer will take appropriate action or refer the matter to the Contractor for further action which may include directions to the Contractor on how to maintain appropriate objectivity in the funded research.
The Contracting Officer may at any time inquire into the Contractor's procedures and actions regarding conflicts of interests in ASPR-funded research including a review of all records pertinent to compliance with 45 CFR Part 94. The Contracting Officer may require submission of the records or review them on site. On the basis of this review, the Contracting Officer may decide that a particular conflict of interest will bias the objectivity of the ASPR-funded research to such an extent that further corrective action is needed or that the Contractor has not managed, reduced, or eliminated the conflict of interest. The issuance of a Stop Work Order by the Contracting Officer may be necessary until the matter is resolved.
If the Contracting Officer determines that ASPR-funded clinical research, whose purpose is to evaluate the safety or effectiveness of a drug, medical device, or treatment, has been designed, conducted, or reported by an investigator with a conflict of interest that was not disclosed or managed, the Contractor must require disclosure of the conflict of interest in each public presentation of the results of the research.
ARTICLE H.24 NOTIFICATION OF CRITICAL PROGRAMMATIC CONCERNS, RISKS, OR POTENTIAL RISKS
If any action occurs that creates a cause for critical programmatic concern, risk, or potential risk to ASPR or the Contractor and Incident Report shall be delivered to ASPR.
·
Within 48 hours of activity or incident or within 24 hours for a security related activity or incident, Contractor must notify ASPR.
·
Additional updates due to COR and CO within 48 hours of additional developments.
·
Contractor shall submit within 5 business days a Corrective Action Plan (if deemed necessary by either party) to address any potential issues.
If corrective action is deemed necessary, Contractor must address in writing, its consideration of concerns raised by ASPR within five (5) business days.
H.25. IN-PROCESS REVIEW
In Process Reviews (IPR) will be conducted at the discretion of the Government to discuss the progression of the project. The Government reserves the right to revise the milestones and budget pending the development of the project. Deliverables may be required when the IPRs are conducted. The Contractor’s success in completing the required tasks under each work segment must be demonstrated through the Deliverables specified under SECTION F. Those deliverables will inform the Government’s decision, at its sole discretion, to proceed with the work segment, or unilaterally institute changes to the work segment (see FAR 52.243-2 Alt. V), or terminate the work segment for convenience (see FAR 52.249-6).
The Contractor shall provide a presentation following a prescribed template which will be provided by the Government at least 30 days prior to the IPR. The contractor shall provide a draft presentation to the Contracting Officer at least 10 days prior to the IPR.

47




ARTICLE H.26. ASPR AUDITS
Contractor shall accommodate periodic or ad hoc site visits by the Government. If the Government, the Contractor, or other parties identifies any issues during an audit, the Contractor shall capture the issues, identify potential solutions, and provide a report to the Government.
·
If issues are identified during the audit, Contractor shall submit a report to the CO and COR detailing the finding and corrective action(s) within 10 business days of the audit.
·
COR and CO will review the report and provide a response to the Contractor with 10 business days.
·
Once corrective action is completed, the Contractor will provide a final report to the CO and COR.
ARTICLE H.27 SECURITY
If a security plan is required pursuant to ARTICLE B.5, the Contractor shall comply with the following:
Security Reporting Requirement - Violations of established security protocols shall be reported to the Contracting Officer (CO) and Contracting Officer’s Representative (COR) upon discovery within 24 hours of its receipt of any compromise, intrusion, loss or interference of its security processes and procedures. The Contractor shall ensure that all software components that are not required for the operation and maintenance of the database/control system has been removed and/or disabled. The Contractor shall provide to the CO and the COR information appropriate to Information and Information Technology software and service updates and/or workarounds to mitigate all vulnerabilities associated with the data and shall maintain the required level of system security.
The Contractor will investigate violations to determine the cause, extent, loss or compromise of sensitive program information, and corrective actions taken to prevent future violations. The Contracting Officer in coordination with ASPR will determine the severity of the violation. Any contractual actions resulting from the violation will be determined by the Contracting Officer.
ARTICLE H.28. SUBCONTRACTING PROVISIONS
a.      Small Business Subcontracting Plan
1.
The Small Business Subcontracting Plan, dated January 14, 2014 is attached hereto and made a part of this contract.
2.
The failure of any Contractor or subcontractor to comply in good faith with FAR Clause 52.219-8, entitled "Utilization of Small Business Concerns" incorporated in this contract and the attached Subcontracting Plan, will be a material breach of such contract or subcontract and subject to the remedies reserved to the Government under FAR Clause 52.219-16 entitled, "Liquidated Damages-Subcontracting Plan."
b.      Subcontracting Reports
The Contractor shall submit the following Subcontracting reports electronically via the "electronic Subcontracting Reporting System (eSRS) at http://www.esrs.gov .
1.      Individual Subcontract Reports (ISR)
Regardless of the effective date of this contract, the Report shall be due on the following dates for the entire life of this contract:
April 30th
October 30th
Expiration Date of Contract
2.      Summary Subcontract Report (SSR)
Regardless of the effective date of this contract, the Summary Subcontract Report shall be submitted annually on the following date for the entire life of this contract:
October 30th

48




For both the Individual and Summary Subcontract Reports, the Contracting Officer shall be included as a contact for notification purposes.
PART II - CONTRACT CLAUSES
SECTION I - CONTRACT CLAUSES
ARTICLE I.1. FAR 52.252-2, CLAUSES INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
This contract incorporates the following clauses by reference, with the same force and effect as if they were given in full text. Upon request, the Contracting Officer will make their full text available. Also, the full text of a clause may be accessed electronically at: https://www.acquisition.gov/
a.
FEDERAL ACQUISITION REGULATION (FAR) (48 CFR CHAPTER 1) CLAUSES:
U FAR U    CLAUSE NO. U  
U DATE U  
TITLE U  
52.202-1
Jan 2012
Definitions
52.203-3
Apr 1984
Gratuities
52.203-5
Apr 1984
Covenant Against Contingent Fees
52.203-6
Sep 2006
Restrictions on Subcontractor Sales to the Government
52.203-7
Oct 2010
Anti-Kickback Procedures
52.203-8
Jan 1997
Cancellation, Rescission, and Recovery of Funds for Illegal or Improper Activity
52.203-10
Jan 1997
Price or Fee Adjustment for Illegal or Improper Activity
52.203-12
Oct 2010
Limitation on Payments to Influence Certain Federal Transactions (Over $150,000)
52.203-13
Apr 2010
Contractor Code of Business Ethics and Conduct
52.203-14
Dec 2007
Display of Hotline Poster(s)
".....(3)  Any required posters may be obtained as follows:

Poster(s)
Obtain From"

HHS Contractor Code of Ethics and Business Conduct Poster
http://oig.hhs.gov/fraud/report-fraud/OIG_Hotline_Poster.pdf
 
 
 
52.203-17
Sep 2013
Contractor Employee Whistleblower Rights and Requirements to Inform Employees of Whistleblower Rights (Over the Simplified Acquisition Threshold)
52.204-4
May 2011
Printed or Copied Double-Sided on Recycled Paper
52.204-7
Jul 2013
 System for Award Management
52.204-10
Jul 2013
Reporting Executive Compensation and First-Tier Subcontract Awards ($25,000 or more)
52.204-13
Jul 2013
System for Award Management Maintenance
52.209-6
Aug 2013
Protecting the Government's Interests When Subcontracting With Contractors Debarred, Suspended, or Proposed for Debarment

49




52.209-9
Jul 2013
Updates of Publicly Available Information Regarding Responsibility Matters
52.210-1
Apr 2011
Market Research
52.215-2
Oct 2010
Audit and Records - Negotiation
52.215-8
Oct 1997
Order of Precedence - Uniform Contract Format
52.215-10
 Aug 2011
Price Reduction for Defective Cost or Pricing Data (Over $700,000)
52.215-12
 Oct 2010
Subcontractor Cost or Pricing Data (Over $700,000)
52.215-14
Oct 2010
Integrity of Unit Prices
52.215-15
Oct 2010
Pension Adjustments and Asset Reversions
52.215-17
Oct 1997
Waiver of Facilities Capital Cost of Money
52.215-18
Jul 2005
Reversion or Adjustment of Plans for Post-Retirement Benefits (PRB) other than Pensions
52.215-19
Oct 1997
Notification of Ownership Changes
52.215-21
Oct 2010
Requirements for Cost or Pricing Data or Information Other Than Cost or Pricing Data - Modifications
52.215-23
Oct 2009
Limitations on Pass-Through Charges (Over the Simplified Acquisition threshold)
52.216-7
Jun 2013
Allowable Cost and Payment
52.216-12
Apr 1984
Cost Sharing Contract - No Fee
52.219-8
Jul 2013
Utilization of Small Business Concerns
52.219-9
 Jul 2013
Small Business Subcontracting Plan
52.219-16
Jan 1999
Liquidated Damages - Subcontracting Plan
52.222-2
Jul 1990
Payment for Overtime Premiums
52.222-3
Jun 2003
Convict Labor
52.222-21
Feb 1999
Prohibition of Segregated Facilities
52.222-26
Mar 2007
Equal Opportunity
52.222-35
Sep 2010
Equal Opportunity for Special Disabled Veterans, Veterans of the Vietnam Era, and Other Eligible Veterans (Over $100,000)
52.222-36
Oct 2010
Affirmative Action for Workers with Disabilities
52.222-37
Sep 2010
Employment Reports on Special Disabled Veterans, Veterans of the Vietnam Era, and Other Eligible Veterans (Over $100,000)
52.222-40
Dec 2010
Notification of Employee Rights Under the National Labor Relations Act
52.222-50
Feb 2009
Combating Trafficking in Persons Alternate I
52.222-54
Aug 2013
Employment Eligibility Verification
52.223-6
May 2001
Drug-Free Workplace
52.223-18
Aug 2011
Encouraging Contractor Policy to Ban Text Messaging While Driving
52.224-1
April 1984
Privacy Act Notification
52.224-2
April 1984
Privacy Act
52.225-13
Jun 2008
Restrictions on Certain Foreign Purchases
52.227-1
Dec 2007
Authorization and Consent, Alternate I (Apr 1984)
52.227-2
Dec 2007
Notice and Assistance Regarding Patent and Copyright Infringement
52.227-11
Dec 2007
Patent Rights - Ownership by the Contractor (Note: In accordance with FAR 27.303(b)(2), paragraph (e) is modified to include the requirements in FAR 27.303(b)(2)(i) through (iv). The frequency of reporting in (i) is annual.

50




52.227-14
Dec 2007
Rights in Data-General
52.227-14 -Alternate II
Dec 2007
Rights in Data - General, Alternate II.
Completed portion as follows:
Limited Rights Notice (Dec 2007)
(a) These data are submitted with limited rights under Government Contract No. HHSO100201400002. These data may be reproduced and used by the Government with the express limitation that they will not, without written permission of the Contractor, be used for purposes of manufacture nor disclosed outside the Government; except that the Government may disclose these data outside the Government for the following purposes, provided that the Government makes such disclosure subject to prohibition against further use and disclosure:
(i)Use (except for manufacture) by support service
contractors to support the Government’s work under
the referenced contract.
(b) This Notice shall be marked on any reproduction of these data, in whole or in part.
52.227-16
Jun 1987
Additional Data Requirements
52.230-2
May 2012
Cost Accounting Standards
52.230-6
Jun 2010
Administration of Cost Accounting Standards
52.232-9
Apr 1984
Limitation on Withholding of Payments
52.232-17
Oct 2010
Interest
52.232-20
Apr 1984
Limitation of Cost
52.232-23
Jan 1986
Assignment of Claims
52.232-25
Jul 2013
Prompt Payment, Alternate I (Feb 2002)
52.232-33
Jul 2013
Payment by Electronic Funds Transfer-System for Award Management
52.232-39
Jun 2013
Unenforceability of Unauthorized Obligations
52.233-1
Jul 2002
Disputes
52.233-3
Aug 1996
Protest After Award, Alternate I (Jun 1985)
52.233-4
Oct 2004
Applicable Law for Breach of Contract Claim
52.234-4
Jul 2006
Earned Value Management System
52.242-1
Apr 1984
Notice of Intent to Disallow Costs
52.242-3
May 2001
Penalties for Unallowable Costs (Over $700,000)
52.242-4
Jan 1997
Certification of Final Indirect Costs
52.242-13
Jul 1995
Bankruptcy
52.242-15
Aug 1989
Stop Work Order. Alt I (Aug 1984)
52.243-2
Aug 1987
Changes - Cost Reimbursement, Alternate V (Apr 1984)
52.244-2
Oct 2010
Subcontracts, Alternate I (June 2007)
52.244-5
Dec 1996
Competition in Subcontracting
52.244-6
Dec 2013
Subcontracts for Commercial Items
52.245-1
Apr 2012
Government Property (Jun 2007)
52.245-9
Apr 2012
Use and Charges

51




52.246-9
Apr 1984
Inspection of Research and Development (Short Form)
52.246-23
Feb 1997
Limitation of Liability
52.247-63
Jun 2003
Preference for U.S.-Flag Air Carriers
52.249-6
May 2004
Termination (Cost-Reimbursement)
52.249-14
Apr 1984
Excusable Delays
52.253-1
Jan 1991
Computer Generated Forms
b.DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES ACQUISITION REGULATION (HHSAR) (48 CFR CHAPTER 3) CLAUSES:

  U HHSAR U  
  U CLAUSE NO. U  
  U DATE U  
  U TITLE U  
352.201-70
Jan 2006
Paperwork Reduction Act
352.202-1
Jan 2006
Definitions - with Alternate paragraph (h) (Jan 2006)
352.203-70
Jan 2006
Anti-Lobbying
352.216-70
Jan 2006
Additional Cost Principles
352.222-70
Jan 2010
Contractor Cooperation in Equal Employment Opportunity Investigations
352.223-70
Jan 2006
Safety and Health
352.224-70
Jan 2006
Privacy Act
352.227-70
Jan 2006
Publications and Publicity
352.228-7
Dec 1991
Insurance - Liability to Third Persons
352.231-70*
Aug 2012
Salary Rate Limitation
352.233-71
Jan 2006
Litigation and Claims
352.242-70
Jan 2006
Key Personnel
352.242-73
Jan 2006
Withholding of Contract Payments
352.242-74
Apr 1984
Final Decisions on Audit Findings
352.270-4
Jan 2006
Protection of Human Subjects
352.270-6
Jan 2006
Restriction on use of Human Subjects
* The provisions set forth by this clause will only apply if and when any funds are obligated from HHS funding appropriated in the 2014 government fiscal year.
ARTICLE I.2. ADDITIONAL FAR CONTRACT CLAUSES INCLUDED IN FULL TEXT
This contract incorporates the following clauses in full text.
FEDERAL ACQUISITION REGULATION (FAR) (48 CFR CHAPTER 1) CLAUSES:
a.
FAR Clause 52.217-9, Option to Extend the Term of the Contract (Mar 2000)
(a) The Government may extend the term of this contract by written notice to the Contractor within 30 days after the Government has completed its analysis of the deliverables; provided the Government gives the Contractor a preliminary written notice of its intent to extend at least 30 days before the contract expires. The preliminary notice does not commit the Government to an extension.
(b) If the Government exercises this option, the extended contract shall be considered to include this option clause.
(c) The total duration of this contract, including the exercise of any options under this clause, shall not exceed 6 years.

52




b.      FAR Clause 52.219-28, Post-Award Small Business Program Representation (July 2013).
(a) Definitions . As used in this clause-
Long-term contract means a contract of more than five years in duration, including options. However, the term does not include contracts that exceed five years in duration because the period of performance has been extended for a cumulative period not to exceed six months under the clause at 52.217-8, Option to Extend Services, or other appropriate authority.
Small business concern means a concern, including its affiliates, that is independently owned and operated, not dominant in the field of operation in which it is bidding on Government contracts, and qualified as a small business under the criteria in 13 CFR part 121 and the size standard in paragraph (c) of this clause. Such a concern is “not dominant in its field of operation” when it does not exercise a controlling or major influence on a national basis in a kind of business activity in which a number of business concerns are primarily engaged. In determining whether dominance exists, consideration shall be given to all appropriate factors, including volume of business, number of employees, financial resources, competitive status or position, ownership or control of materials, processes, patents, license agreements, facilities, sales territory, and nature of business activity.
(b) If the Contractor represented that it was a small business concern prior to award of this contract, the Contractor shall rerepresent its size status according to paragraph (e) of this clause or, if applicable, paragraph (g) of this clause, upon the occurrence of any of the following:
(1) Within 30 days after execution of a novation agreement or within 30 days after modification of the contract to include this clause, if the novation agreement was executed prior to inclusion of this clause in the contract.
(2) Within 30 days after a merger or acquisition that does not require a novation or within 30 days after modification of the contract to include this clause, if the merger or acquisition occurred prior to inclusion of this clause in the contract.
(3) For long-term contracts-
(i) Within 60 to 120 days prior to the end of the fifth year of the contract; and
(ii) Within 60 to 120 days prior to the date specified in the contract for exercising any option thereafter.
(c) The Contractor shall rerepresent its size status in accordance with the size standard in effect at the time of this rerepresentation that corresponds to the North American Industry Classification System (NAICS) code

53




assigned to this contract. The small business size standard corresponding to this NAICS code can be found at http://www.sba.gov/content/table-small-business-size-standards.
(d) The small business size standard for a Contractor providing a product which it does not manufacture itself, for a contract other than a construction or service contract, is 500 employees.
(e) Except as provided in paragraph (g) of this clause, the Contractor shall make the representation required by paragraph (b) of this clause by validating or updating all its representations in the Representations and Certifications section of the System for Award Management (SAM) and its other data in SAM, as necessary, to ensure that they reflect the Contractor's current status. The Contractor shall notify the contracting office in writing within the timeframes specified in paragraph (b) of this clause that the data have been validated or updated, and provide the date of the validation or update.
(f) If the Contractor represented that it was other than a small business concern prior to award of this contract, the Contractor may, but is not required to, take the actions required by paragraphs (e) or (g) of this clause.
(g) If the Contractor does not have representations and certifications in SAM, or does not have a representation in SAM for the NAICS code applicable to this contract, the Contractor is required to complete the following rerepresentation and submit it to the contracting office, along with the contract number and the date on which the rerepresentation was completed:
The Contractor represents that it [ ] is, [X] is not a small business concern under NAICS Code 541711 assigned to this contract.
PART III - LIST OF DOCUMENTS, EXHIBITS AND OTHER ATTACHMENTS
SECTION J - LIST OF ATTACHMENTS
1. Statement of Work
Statement of Work and WBS by CLIN for BARDA Funded Activities dated December 20, 2013 , 15 pages.
2. Invoice/Financing Request and Contract Financial Reporting Instructions for HHS/ASPR Cost-Reimbursement Type Contracts, 6 pages.
3. Financial Report of Individual Project/Contract, 1 page
4. Instructions for Completing Financial Report of Individual Project/Contract, 3 pages.
5. Research Patient Care Costs, 1 page.
6. Report of Government Owned, Contractor Held Property, 1 page.
7. Earned Value Management (EVM) Data Item Description (DID) Sample, 16 pages.
8. 7 Principles of Earned Value Management System Implementation Guide, 30 pages.

54




9. Form SF-LLL, Disclosure of Lobbying Activities, 2 pages.
10.
Small Business Subcontracting Plan, 10 pages.


PART IV - REPRESENTATIONS AND INSTRUCTIONS
SECTION K - REPRESENTATIONS, CERTIFICATIONS AND OTHER STATEMENTS OF OFFERORS
The following documents are incorporated by reference in this contract:
1)
Representations & Certifications - Status Active on SAM.gov.
2)
Human Subjects Assurance Identification Numbers: To be provided prior to study execution
3)
Animal Welfare Assurance Numbers (OLAW/PHS): To be provided prior to study execution


55




CONTRACT HHSO100201400002C ATTACHMENT NO. 1: STATEMENT OF WORK
DEVELOPMENT OF CARBAVANCE™
Contractual Statement of Work
PREAMBLE
Independently and not as an agency of the Government, Rempex shall be required to furnish all the necessary services, qualified personnel, material, equipment, and facilities, not otherwise provided by the Government, as needed to perform the Statement of Work submitted in response to the BARDA Broad Agency Announcement (BAA) BARDA CBRN BAA-12-100-SOL-00011.
The Government reserves the right to modify the milestones, progress, schedule, budget or deliverables to add or delete deliverables, process or schedules if the need arises. Because of the nature of this research and development (R&D) contract and the complexities inherent in this and prior programs, at designated milestones the Government will evaluate whether work should be redirected, removed, or whether schedule or budget adjustments should be made. The Government reserves the right to change the product, process, schedule or events to add or delete part or all of these elements as the need arises.
Overall Objectives and Scope
The overall objective of this contract is to advance the development of “Carbavance” as a next-generation carbapenem/beta-lactamase inhibitor combination antimicrobial countermeasure for treatment against urgent CDC-defined antimicrobial-resistance threat hospital-acquired pathogens, and biothreat pathogens. The scope of work for this contract includes non-clinical toxicology, non-clinical, clinical and manufacturing development activities that would include the following: [***] The Research and Development (R&D) effort for Carbavance will progress in specific stages that cover the base performance segment (CLIN 0001) as specified in this contract and seven Option periods (CLINs 2-8) . Rempex must complete specific tasks required in the base performance segment (CLINs 1-4).
BASE PERIOD / CLIN 0001
The Contractor shall carry out the following tasks in accordance with the agreed upon integrated master schedule. This performance segment includes program management activities, studies to assess [***] and the direct labor associated with each activity just described.
1.1
Program Management
Confidential Materials omitted and filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. A total of three pages were omitted. [***]
1.2
Non-Clinical Toxicology
1.2.1
[***].
1.3
Non-Clinical
1.3.1
[***]
1.3.2
Non-Clinical Program Management. [***] .
1.5
Regulatory
1.5.1
[***]

1




OPTION PERIOD 1 / CLIN 0002
The Contractor shall carry out the following tasks in accordance with the agreed upon integrated master schedule. This performance segment includes [***] and the direct labor associated with each activity just described.

2.1
Program Management - [***].

2. 2
Non-Clinical Toxicology- [***].

2. 3
Non-Clinical - [***].

2.4      Clinical Studies
2.4.1
[***]

2.5
Regulatory - [***].

2.6
[***] .
OPTION PERIOD 2 / CLIN 0003
The Contractor shall carry out the following tasks in accordance with the agreed upon integrated master schedule. This performance segment includes program management activities, studies to assess [***] and the direct labor associated with each activity just described.
3.1
Program Management - [***].
3.2
Non-Clinical Toxicology
3.2.1
[***].
3.3
Non-Clinical
3.3.1
[***].
3.3.2
Non-Clinical Program Management. [***]
3.4
Clinical Studies - [***].
3.5
Regulatory
[***].
OPTION PERIOD 3 / CLIN 0004
The Contractor shall carry out the following tasks in accordance with the agreed upon integrated master schedule. This performance segment includes program management activities, studies to assess [***] and the direct labor associated with each activity just described.
4.1
Program Management - [***].
4.2
Non-Clinical Toxicology
4.2.1
[***].

2




4.3
Non-Clinical
4.3.1
[***].
4.3.2
Non-Clinical Program Management. [***].
4.3
Clinical Studies
4.3.1
[***].
4.4
Regulatory
4.4.1
[***].
4.5
[***] .
OPTION PERIOD 4 / CLIN 0005
The Contractor shall carry out the following tasks in accordance with the agreed upon integrated master schedule. This performance segment includes program management activities, studies to [***] and the direct labor associated with each activity just described.
5.1
Program Management - [***].
5.2
Non-Clinical Toxicology - [***].
5.3
Non-Clinical
[***].
5.3.2
Non-Clinical Program Management. [***].
5.4
Clinical Studies - [***].
5.5
Regulatory
5.5.1
[***].
5.6
[***] .
OPTION PERIOD 5 / CLIN 0006
The Contractor shall carry out the following tasks in accordance with the agreed upon integrated master schedule. This performance segment includes [***].
6.1
Program Management - [***].
6.2
Non-Clinical Toxicology - [***].
6.3
Non-Clinical - [***].
6.4      Clinical Studies
[***].

3




6.5
Regulatory - [***].
6.6
[***] .
OPTION PERIOD 6 / CLIN 0007
The Contractor shall carry out the following tasks in accordance with the agreed upon integrated master schedule. This performance segment includes program management activities, studies to assess [***] and the direct labor associated with each activity just described.
7.1
Program Management - [***].
7.2
Non-Clinical Toxicology - [***].
7.3
Non-Clinical
[***].
7.4
Clinical Studies - [***].
7.5
Regulatory
7.5.1
[***]
7.6      [***].
OPTION PERIOD 7 / CLIN 0008
The Contractor shall carry out the following tasks in accordance with the agreed upon integrated master schedule. This performance segment includes [***].
8.1
Program Management - [***].
8.2
Non-Clinical Toxicology - [***].
8.3
Non-Clinical - [***].
8.4      Clinical Studies
8.4.1
Clinical Program Management.. [***]
8.4.2
[***].
8.5
Regulatory - [***].
8.6
[***] .


4




Attachment 2
INVOICE/FINANCING REQUEST AND CONTRACT FINANCIAL REPORTING
INSTRUCTIONS FOR HHS/ASPR COST-REIMBURSEMENT CONTRACTS
Format : Payment requests shall be submitted on the Contractor’s self-generated form in the manner and format prescribed herein and as illustrated in the Sample Invoice/Financing Request. Standard Form 1034, Public Voucher for Purchases and Services Other Than Personal, may be used in lieu of the Contractor’s self-generated form provided it contains all of the information shown on the Sample Invoice/Financing Request. DO NOT include a cover letter with the payment request.
Number of Copies : Payment requests shall be submitted in the quantity specified in the Invoice Submission Instructions in Section G of the Contract Schedule.
Frequency : Payment requests shall not be submitted more frequently than once every two weeks in accordance with the Allowable Cost and Payment Clause incorporated into this contract. Small business concerns may submit invoices/financing requests more frequently than every two weeks when authorized by the Contracting Officer.
Cost Incurrence Period : Costs incurred must be within the contract performance period or covered by precontract cost provisions.
Billing of Costs Incurred : If billed costs include (1) costs of a prior billing period, but not previously billed, or (2) costs incurred during the contract period and claimed after the contract period has expired, the Contractor shall site the amount(s) and month(s) in which it incurred such costs.
Contractor's Fiscal Year : Payment requests shall be prepared in such a manner that the Government can identify costs claimed with the Contractor's fiscal year.
Currency : All BARDA contracts are expressed in United States dollars. When the Government pays in a currency other than United States dollars, billings shall be expressed, and payment by the Government shall be made, in that other currency at amounts coincident with actual costs incurred. Currency fluctuations may not be a basis of gain or loss to the Contractor. Notwithstanding the above, the total of all invoices paid under this contract may not exceed the United States dollars authorized.
Costs Requiring Prior Approval : Costs requiring the Contracting Officer's approval, including those set forth in an Advance Understanding in the contract, shall be identified and reference the Contracting Officer's Authorization (COA) Number. In addition, the Contractor shall show any cost set forth in an Advance Understanding as a separate line item on the payment request.
Invoice/Financing Request Identification : Each payment request shall be identified as either:
(a) Interim Invoice/Contract Financing Request : These are interim payment requests submitted during the contract performance period.
(b) Completion Invoice : The completion invoice shall be submitted promptly upon completion of the work, but no later than one year from the contract completion date, or within 120 days after settlement of the final indirect cost rates covering the year in which the contract is physically complete (whichever date is later). The Contractor shall submit the completion invoice when all costs have been assigned to the contract and it completes all performance provisions.
(c) Final Invoice : A final invoice may be required after the amounts owed have been settled between the Government and the Contractor (e.g., resolution of all suspensions and audit exceptions).

1




Preparation and Itemization of the Invoice/Financing Request: The Contractor shall furnish the information set forth in the instructions below. The instructions are keyed to the entries on the Sample Invoice/Financing Request.
(a) Designated Billing Office Name and Address : Enter the designated billing office name and address, as identified in the Invoice Submission Instructions in Section G of the Contract Schedule.
(b) Contractor's Name, Address, Point of Contact, VIN, and DUNS or DUNS+4 Number : Show the Contractor's name and address exactly as they appear in the contract, along with the name, title, phone number, and e-mail address of the person to notify in the event of an improper invoice or, in the case of payment by method other than Electronic Funds Transfer, to whom payment is to be sent. Provide the Contractor’s Vendor Identification Number (VIN), and Data Universal Numbering System (DUNS) number or DUNS+4. The DUNS number must identify the Contractor’s name and address exactly as stated on the face page of the contract. When an approved assignment has been made by the Contractor, or a different payee has been designated, provide the same information for the payee as is required for the Contractor (i.e., name, address, point of contact, VIN, and DUNS).
(c) Invoice/Financing Request Number : Insert the appropriate serial number of the payment request.
(d) Date Invoice/Financing Request Prepared : Insert the date the payment request is prepared.
(e) Contract Number and Order Number (if applicable) : Insert the contract number and order number (if applicable).
(f) Effective Date : Insert the effective date of the contract or if billing under an order, the effective date of the order.
(g) Total Estimated Cost of Contract/Order : Insert the total estimated cost of the contract, exclusive of fixed fee. If billing under an order, insert the total estimated cost of the order, exclusive of fixed-fee. For incrementally funded contracts/orders, enter the amount currently obligated and available for payment.
(h) Total Fixed-Fee : Insert the total fixed-fee (where applicable) or the portion of the fixed-fee applicable to a particular invoice as defined in the contract.
(i) Two-Way/Three-Way Match : Identify whether payment is to be made using a two-way or three-way match. To determine required payment method, refer to the Invoice Submission Instructions in Section G of the Contract Schedule.
(j) Office of Acquisitions : Insert the name of the Office of Acquisitions, as identified in the Invoice Submission Instructions in Section G of the Contract Schedule.
(k) Central Point of Distribution : Insert the Central Point of Distribution, as identified in the Invoice Submission Instructions in Section G of the Contract Schedule.
(l) Billing Period : Insert the beginning and ending dates (month, day, and year) of the period in which costs were incurred and for which reimbursement is claimed.
(m) Amount Billed - Current Period : Insert the amount claimed for the current billing period by major cost element, including any adjustments and fixed-fee. If the Contract Schedule contains separately priced line items, identify the contract line item(s) on the payment request and include a separate breakdown (by major cost element) for each line item.
(n) Amount Billed - Cumulative : Insert the cumulative amounts claimed by major cost element, including any adjustments and fixed-fee. If the Contract Schedule contains separately priced line items, identify the contract line item(s) on the payment request and include a separate breakdown (by major cost element) for each line item.

2




(o) Direct Costs : Insert the major cost elements. For each element, consider the application of the paragraph entitled "Costs Requiring Prior Approval" on page 1 of these instructions.
(1) Direct Labor : Include salaries and wages paid (or accrued) for direct performance of the contract. List individuals by name, title/position, hourly/annual rate, level of effort (actual hours or % of effort), breakdown by task performed by personnel, and amount claimed.
(2) Fringe Benefits : List any fringe benefits applicable to direct labor and billed as a direct cost. Do not include in this category fringe benefits that are included in indirect costs.
(3) Accountable Personal Property : Include any property having a unit acquisition cost of $5,000 or more, with a life expectancy of more than two years, and sensitive property regardless of cost (see the HHS Contractor's Guide for Control of Government Property)(e.g. personal computers). Note this is not permitted for reimbursement without pre-authorization from the CO.
On a separate sheet of paper attached to the payment request, list each item for which reimbursement is requested. Include reference to the following (as applicable):
- item number for the specific piece of equipment listed in the Property Schedule, and - COA number, if the equipment is not covered by the Property Schedule.
The Contracting Officer may require the Contractor to provide further itemization of property having specific limitations set forth in the contract.
(4) Materials and Supplies : Include all consumable material and supplies regardless of amount. Detailed line-item breakdown (e.g. receipts, quotes, etc.) is required.
(5) Premium Pay : List remuneration in excess of the basic hourly rate.
(6) Consultant Fee : List fees paid to consultants. Identify consultant by name or category as set forth in the contract or COA, as well as the effort (i.e., number of hours, days, etc.) and rate billed.
(7) Travel : Include domestic and foreign travel. Foreign travel is travel outside of Canada, the United States and its territories and possessions. However, for an organization located outside Canada, the United States and its territories and possessions, foreign travel means travel outside that country. Foreign travel must be billed separately from domestic travel.
(8) Subcontract Costs : List subcontractor(s) by name and amount billed. Provide subcontract invoices/receipts as backup documentation. If subcontract is of the cost-reimbursement variety, detailed breakdown will be required. Regardless, include backup documentation (e.g. subcontractor invoices, quotes, etc.).
(9) Other : Include all other direct costs not fitting into an aforementioned category. If over $1,000, list cost elements and dollar amounts separately. If the contract contains restrictions on any cost element, that cost element must be listed separately.
(p) Cost of Money (COM) : Cite the COM factor and base in effect during the time the cost was incurred and for which reimbursement is claimed, if applicable.
(q) Indirect Costs : Identify the indirect cost base (IDC), indirect cost rate, and amount billed for each indirect cost category.
(r) Fixed-Fee : Cite the formula or method of computation for fixed-fee, if applicable. The fixed-fee must be claimed as provided for by the contract.

3




(s) Total Amounts Claimed : Insert the total amounts claimed for the current and cumulative periods.
(t) Adjustments : Include amounts conceded by the Contractor, outstanding suspensions, and/or disapprovals subject to appeal.
(u) Grand Totals
(v) Certification of Salary Rate Limitation : If required by the contract (see Invoice Submission Instructions in Section G of the Contract Schedule), the Contractor shall include the following certification at the bottom of the payment request:
“I hereby certify that the salaries billed in this payment request are in compliance with the Salary Rate Limitation Provisions in Section H of the contract.”
**Note the Contracting Officer may require the Contractor to submit detailed support for costs claimed on payment requests. Every cost must be determined to be allocable, reasonable, and allowable per FAR Part 31.

FINANCIAL REPORTING INSTRUCTIONS:
These instructions are keyed to the Columns on the sample invoice/financing request.
Column A - Expenditure Category : Enter the expenditure categories required by the contract.
Column B - Cumulative Percentage of Effort/Hrs. - Negotiated : Enter the percentage of effort or number of hours agreed to for each employee or labor category listed in Column A.
Column C - Cumulative Percentage of Effort/Hrs. - Actual : Enter the percentage of effort or number of hours worked by each employee or labor category listed in Column A.
Column D - Amount Billed - Current : Enter amounts billed during the current period.
Column E - Amount Billed - Cumulative : Enter the cumulative amounts to date.
Column F - Cost at Completion : Enter data only when the Contractor estimates that a particular expenditure category will vary from the amount negotiated. Realistic estimates are essential.
Column G - Contract Amount : Enter the costs agreed to for all expenditure categories listed in Column A.
Column H - Variance (Over or Under) : Show the difference between the estimated costs at completion (Column F) and negotiated costs (Column G) when entries have been made in Column F. This column need not be filled in when Column F is blank. When a line item varies by plus or minus 10 percent, i.e., the percentage arrived at by dividing Column F by Column G, an explanation of the variance should be submitted. In the case of an overrun (net negative variance), this submission shall not be deemed as notice under the Limitation of Cost (Funds) Clause of the contract.
Modifications : Any modification in the amount negotiated for an item since the preceding report should be listed in the appropriate cost category.
Expenditures Not Negotiated : An expenditure for an item for which no amount was negotiated (e.g., at the discretion of the Contractor in performance of its contract) should be listed in the appropriate cost category and all columns filled in, except for G. Column H will of course show a 100 percent variance and will be explained along with those identified under H above.

SAMPLE INVOICE/PAYMENT REQUEST AND CONTRACT FINANCIAL REPORT

4




(a) Designated Billing Office Name and Address:
DHHS/OS/ASPR/AMCG
Attn: Contracting Officer
330 Independence Ave., S.W.
Room G644
Washington, D.C. 20201
(b) Contractor’s Name, Address, Point of Contact, VIN, and
DUNS or DUNS+4 Number:
ABC CORPORATION
100 Main Street
Anywhere, USA Zip Code
Name, Title, Phone Number, and E-mail Address of
person to notify in the event of an improper invoice or, in
the case of payment by method other than Electronic
Funds Transfer, to whom payment is to be sent.
VIN:
DUNS or DUNS+4:
(c) Invoice/Financing Request No.:
(d) Date Invoice Prepared:
(e) Contract No. and Order No. (if applicable): ___________________
(f) Effective Date:
(g) Total Estimated Cost of Contract/Order:
(h) Total Fixed-Fee (if applicable):
(i) □ Two-Way Match:
     □ Three-Way Match:
(j) Office of Acquisitions:
(k) Central Point of Distribution:
(l) This invoice/financing request represents reimbursable costs for the period from _____to_____
Expenditure Category*
A
Cumulative Percentage of Effort/Hrs.
Amount Billed
Cost at
Completion
F
Contract
Amount
G
Variance
H

Negotiated
B

Actual
C
(m)
Current
D
(n) Cumulative
E
(o) Direct Costs:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(1) Direct Labor
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(2) Fringe Benefits
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(3) Accountable Property
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(4) Materials & Supplies
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(5) Premium Pay
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(6) Consultant Fees
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(7) Travel
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(8) Subcontracts
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(9) Other
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total Direct Costs
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(p) Cost of Money
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(q) Indirect Costs
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(r) Fixed Fee
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(s) Total Amount Claimed
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(t) Adjustments
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(u) Grand Totals
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
I certify that all payments are for appropriate purposes and in accordance with the contract.
___________________________ ____________________
(Name of Official) (Title)

* Attach details as specified in the contract


5




Attachment 3
FINANCIAL REPORT OF INDIVIDUAL
PROJECT/CONTRACT
Note: Complete this Form in Accordance with
Accompanying Instructions.
Project Task:
Contract No.:
Date of Report:
0990-0134
0990-0131
Reporting Period:
Contractor Name and Address:
Expenditure Category
Percentage of
Effort/Hours
Cumulative Incurred Cost at End of Prior Period
Incurred Cost--Current Period
Cumulative Cost to Date (D + E)
Estimate Cost to Complete
Estimated Cost at Completion (F + G)
Negotiated Contract Amount
Variance (Over or Under) (I - H)
Negotiated
Actual
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 








Attachment 4
INSTRUCTIONS FOR COMPLETING
“FINANCIAL REPORT OF INDIVIDUAL PROJECT/CONTRACT”
GENERAL INFORMATION
Purpose. This Quarterly Financial Report is designed to: (1) provide a management tool for use by be BARDA in monitoring the application of financial and personnel resources to the BARDA contracts; (2) provide contractors with financial and personnel management data which is usable in their management processes; (3) promptly indicate potential areas of contract underruns or overruns by making possible comparisons of actual performance and projections with prior estimates on individual elements of cost and personnel; and (4) obtain contractor’s analyses of cause and effect of significant variations between actual and prior estimates of financial and personnel performance.
REPORTING REQUIREMENTS
Scope. The specific cost and personnel elements to be reported shall be established by mutual agreement prior to award. The Government may require the contractor to provide detailed documentation to support any element(s) on one or more financial reports.
Number of Copies and Mailing Address. An original and two (2) copies of the report(s) shall be sent to the contracting officer at the address shown on the face page of the contract, no later than 30 working days after the end of the period reported. However, the contract may provide for one of the copies to be sent directly to the Contracting Officer’s Technical Representative.
REPORTING STATISTICS
A modification which extends the period of performance of an existing contract will not require reporting on a separate quarterly report, except where it is determined by the contracting officer that separate reporting is necessary. Furthermore, when incrementally funded contracts are involved, each separate allotment is not considered a separate contract entity (only a funding action). Therefore, the statistics under incrementally funded contracts should be reported cumulatively from the inception of the contract through completion.
Definitions and Instructions for Completing the Quarterly Report. For the purpose of establishing expenditure categories in Column A, the following definitions and instructions will be utilized. Each contract will specify the categories to be reported.
(1)
Key Personnel. Include key personnel regardless of annual salary rates. All such individuals should be listed by names and job titles on a separate line including those whose salary is not directly charged to the contract but whose effort is directly associated with the contract. The listing must be kept up to date.
(2)
Personnel--Other. List as one amount unless otherwise required by the contract.
(3)
Fringe Benefits. Include allowances and services provided by the contractor to employees as compensation in addition to regular salaries and wages. If a fringe benefit rate(s) has been established, identify the base, rate, and amount billed for each category. If a rate has not been established, the various fringe benefit costs may be required to be shown separately. Fringe benefits which are included in the indirect cost rate should not be shown here.
(4)
Accountable Personal Property. Include nonexpendable personal property with an acquisition cost of $1,000 or more and with an expected useful life of two or more years, and sensitive items regardless of cost. Form HHS 565, “Report of Accountable Property,” must accompany the contractor’s public voucher (SF 1034/SF 1035) or this report if not previously submitted. See “Contractor’s Guide for Control of Government Property.”

1




(5)
Supplies. Include the cost of supplies and material and equipment charged directly to the contract, but excludes the cost of nonexpendable equipment as defined in (4) above.
(6)
Inpatient Care. Include costs associated with a subject while occupying a bed in a patient care setting. It normally includes both routine and ancillary costs.
(7)
Outpatient Care. Include costs associated with a subject while not occupying a bed. It normally includes ancillary costs only.
(8)
Travel. Include all direct costs of travel, including transportation, subsistence and miscellaneous expenses. Travel for staff and consultants shall be shown separately. Identify foreign and domestic travel separately. If required by the contract, the following information shall be submitted: (i) Name of traveler and purpose of trip; (ii) Place of departure, destination and return, including time and dates; and (iii) Total cost of trip.
(9)
Consultant Fee. Include fees paid to consultant(s). Identify each consultant with effort expended, billing rate, and amount billed.
(10)
Premium Pay. Include the amount of salaries and wages over and above the basic rate of pay.
(11)
Subcontracts. List each subcontract by name and amount billed.
(12)
Other Costs. Include any expenditure categories for which the Government does not require individual line item reporting. It may include some of the above categories.
(13)
Overhead/Indirect Costs. Identify the cost base, indirect cost rate, and amount billed for each indirect cost category.
(14)
General and Administrative Expense. Cite the rate and the base. In the case of nonprofit organizations, this item will usually be included in the indirect cost.
(15)
Fee. Cite the fee earned, if any.
(16)
Total Costs to the Government.
PREPARATION INSTRUCTIONS
These instructions are keyed to the Columns on the Quarterly Report.
Column A--Expenditure Category. Enter the expenditure categories required by the contract.
Column B--Percentage of Effort/Hours Negotiated. Enter the percentage of effort or number of hours agreed to during contract negotiations for each labor category listed in Column A.
Column C--Percentage of Effort/Hours-Actual. Enter the cumulative percentage of effort or number of hours worked by each employee or group of employees listed in Column A.
Column D--Cumulative Incurred Cost at End of Prior Period. Enter the cumulative incurred costs up to the end of the prior reporting period. This column will be blank at the time of the submission of the initial report.
Column E--Incurred Cost-Current Period. Enter the costs which were incurred during the current period.
Column F--Cumulative Incurred Cost to Date. Enter the combined total of Columns D and E.

2




Column G--Estimated Cost to Complete. Make entries only when the contractor estimates that a particular expenditure category will vary from the amount negotiated. Realistic estimates are essential.
Column H--Estimated Costs at Completion. Complete only if an entry is made in Column G.
Column I--Negotiated Contract Amount. Enter in this column the costs agreed to during contract negotiations for all expenditure categories listed in Column A.
Column J--Variance (Over or Under). Complete only if an entry is made in Column H. When entries have been made in Column H, this column should show the difference between the estimated costs at completion (Column H) and negotiated costs (Column I). When a line item varies by plus or minus 10 percent, i.e., the percentage arrived at by dividing Column J by Column I, an explanation of the variance should be submitted. In the case of an overrun (net negative variance), this submission shall not be deemed as notice under the Limitation of Cost (Funds) Clause of the contract.
Modifications. List any modification in the amount negotiated for an item since the preceding report in the appropriate cost category.
Expenditures Not Negotiated. List any expenditure for an item for which no amount was negotiated (e.g., at the discretion of the contractor in performance of its contract) in the appropriate cost category and complete all columns except for I. Column J will of course show a 100 percent variance and will be explained along with those identified under J above.





3




Attachment 5
Research Patient Care Costs
(a) Research patient care costs are the costs of routine and ancillary services provided to patients participating in research programs described in this contract.
(b) Research patient care costs shall be computed in a manner consistent with the principles and procedures used by the Medicare Program for determining the part of Medicare reimbursement based on reasonable costs. The Diagnostic Related Group (DRG) prospective reimbursement method used to determine the remaining portion of Medicare reimbursement shall not be used to determine research patient care costs. Research patient care rates or amounts shall be established by the Secretary of HHS or his/her duly authorized representative.
(c) Prior to submitting an invoice for research patient care costs under this contract, the contractor must make every reasonable effort to obtain third party payment, where third party payors (including Government agencies) are authorized or are under a legal obligation to pay all or a portion of the charges incurred under this contract for research patient care.
(d) The contractor must maintain adequate procedures to identify those research patients participating in this contract who are eligible for third party reimbursement.
(e) Only those charges not recoverable from third party payors or patients and which are consistent with the terms and conditions of the contract are chargeable to this contract.






ATTACHMENT 6
REPORT OF GOVERNMENT OWNED, CONTRACTOR HELD PROPERTY
Contracting Site -Contract number -
Inventory Sheet
DHHS TAG*
S/N
TYPE
MAKE
MODEL
LOCATION
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
*Until or unless ASPR affixes an HHS generated ID, the contractor shall track and monitor all equipment, materials, and supplies purchased under this contract in a manner which affords a clear distinction from other contractor property.





- 1 -



DATA ITEM DESCRIPTION
TITLE: CONTRACT PERFORMANCE REPORT (CPR)
 
NUMBER: DI-MGMT-81466A
APPROVAL DATE: 20050330
AMSC NUMBER: D7549
LIMITATION:
DTIC APPLICABLE:
GIDEP APPLICABLE:
PREPARING ACTIVITY: OUSD(AT&L)ARA/AM(SO)
 
APPLICABLE FORMS: DD Forms are available and shall be used to submit required formats as follows:
CPR Format
DD Form Number
Sample Format No.
Work Breakdown Structure
2734/1
1
Organizational Categories
2734/2
2
Baseline
2734/3
3
Staffing
2734/4
4
Explanations and Problem Analyses
2734/5
5
USE/RELATIONSHIP: This report consists of five formats containing data for measuring contractors’ cost and schedule performance on Department of Defense (DoD) acquisition contracts. Format 1 (Sample Format 1) provides data to measure cost and schedule performance by product-oriented Work Breakdown Structure (WBS) elements, the hardware, software, and services the Government is buying. Format 2 (Sample Format 2) provides the same data by the contractor’s organization (functional or Integrated Product Team (IPT) structure). Format 3 (Sample Format 3) provides the budget baseline plan against which performance is measured. Format 4 (Sample Format 4) provides staffing forecasts for correlation with the budget plan and cost estimates. Format 5 (Sample Format 5) is a narrative report used to explain significant cost and schedule variances and other identified contract problems and topics.
CPR data shall be used by DoD system managers to: (1) integrate cost and schedule performance data with technical performance measures, (2) identify the magnitude and impact of actual and potential problem areas causing significant cost and schedule variances, and (3) provide valid, timely program status information to higher management.
The CPR is a management report. It provides timely, reliable summary-level data with which to assess current and projected contract performance. The CPR’s primary value to the Government is its ability to reflect current contract status and reasonably project future program performance. It is important that the CPR be as accurate as possible so it may be used for its intended purpose, which is to facilitate informed, timely decisions. It will be used by the DoD component staff, including program managers, engineers, cost estimators, and financial management personnel, to confirm, quantify, and track known or emerging contract problems and serve as a basis for communicating with the contractor. The CPR data shall accurately reflect how work is being planned, performed, and measured and shall be consistent with the actual contract status.
a.      This Data Item Description (DID) contains the format and content preparation instructions for the data product generated by the specific and discrete task requirements as delineated in the contract.
b.      This DID shall be used in conjunction with the Integrated Master Schedule (IMS) DID, DI-MGMT-81650. This DID may be used in conjunction with the Contract Funds Status Report (CFSR) DID, DI-MGMT-81468, the Contract Work Breakdown Structure (CWBS) DID, DI-MGMT-81334A, the Cost Data Summary Report DID, DI-FNCL-81565A, and the Functional Cost-Hour and Progress Curve Report DID, DI-FNCL-81566A. The same WBS shall be utilized for the Integrated Master Plan (IMP), IMS, CPR, and Contractor Cost Data Report (CCDR) as applicable.

- 2 -



c.      The CPR shall be used to obtain cost and schedule performance information on contracts requiring compliance with the American National Standards Institute/Electronic Industries Alliance Standard 748 (ANSI/EIA-748), Earned Value Management Systems (EVMS) (current version in effect at time of contract award). Refer to the Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) or Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement (DFARS) clause on contract. The CPR data elements shall reflect the output of the contractor’s ANSI/EIA-748 compliant integrated management system.
d.      The CPR shall be required no less frequently than monthly. All formats shall be submitted to the procuring activity no later than 12 working days following the contractor’s accounting period cutoff date. This requirement may be tailored through contract negotiations to allow submission as late as 17 working days, provided that the contractor and Government agree that program complexity and integration of subcontractor and vendor performance data warrant additional time and will yield more accurate performance. Reports may reflect data either as of the end of the calendar month or as of the contractor’s accounting period cutoff date, provided it is consistent with the IMS. Formats 2, 3, and 4 may be submitted on a less frequent basis in some cases. Refer to the Earned Value Management Implementation Guide (EVMIG) for guidance on tailoring reporting. (Note: Contractors may elect to attach subcontractor Format 5 reporting and cross reference this analysis in the Format 5 reporting submitted to the Government to gain time efficiencies and meet submission dates.)
e.      Unless otherwise provided in the contract, data reported in the CPR shall pertain to all authorized contract work, including both priced and unpriced effort. Refer to the EVMIG for guidance on tailoring reporting.
f.      Submission of Format 1 using a product-oriented WBS in accordance with the WBS Handbook, MIL-HDBK-881, and the CWBS DID, DI-MGMT-81334A, is mandatory. (Note: For contracts that require CCDRs, the CWBS shall be developed, approved, and maintained in accordance with DoD 5000.4-M-1, Cost and Software Data Reporting Manual, and the CWBS DID.) Certain aspects of the report are subject to negotiation between the Government and the contractor, such as:
f.1      The level of detail to be reported in Format 1 normally will be at level three of the CWBS, but lower levels may be specified for high-cost or high-risk items. The Government and the contractor shall periodically review and adjust as necessary CWBS reporting levels on Format 1 to ensure they continue to provide appropriate visibility without requiring excessive information. If there is a significant problem at a lower level, detailed reporting for that CWBS element may be required until the problem is resolved.
f.2      Formats 1 and 5 are mandatory in all cases. Formats 2, 3, and 4 are optional in some cases. Refer to the EVMIG for guidance on tailoring reporting.
f.3      Variance analysis thresholds which, if exceeded, require problem analysis and narrative explanations in Format 5. If the contract does not specify variance analysis thresholds, the contractor shall provide appropriate variance analyses. (See 2.6.3 below.) Variance analysis thresholds shall be reviewed periodically and adjusted as necessary to ensure they continue to provide appropriate visibility.
f.4      If the organizational categories for Format 4 are different from Format 2, the Government may request that different organizational categories be used for reporting staffing in Format 4 instead of those used in Format 2. If so, the Government and the contractor shall negotiate the Format 4 categories. If required, the Format 2 categories shall reflect the contractor’s internal organization being used to execute the contract.
g.      Subject to f., the CPR Contract Data Requirements List (CDRL) is subject to tailoring. Requiring more information in the CPR CDRL than specified in this DID is contrary to DoD policy. All negotiated reporting provisions shall be specified in the contract. Refer to the EVMIG for guidance on tailoring reporting.
REQUIREMENTS:
1.      Format . Use the relevant DD Forms as listed above. All formats shall be submitted electronically in accordance with the following requirements. All formats shall be in a readable digital format (e.g., pdf files are not

- 3 -



acceptable). The American National Standards Institute (ANSI) X12 standard (839 transaction set), the United Nations Electronic Data Interchange for Administration, Commerce and Transport (UN/EDIFACT) standard (PROCST message), or the XML equivalent shall be used to submit data electronically to the procuring activity. Contractor formats may be substituted whenever they contain all of the required data elements at the specified reporting levels and are compliant with the X12 standard, XML schema, or equivalent. On-line access to the data may be provided to augment formal CPR submission. (Note: Until the ANSI X12/XML standards are redefined to incorporate the changes to the forms, the new data elements shall be reported in Format 5.)
2.      Content . The CPR shall contain the following:
2.1      Heading Information - Formats 1 - 5 . Preparation instructions for Heading Information (Blocks 1 through 4) apply to Formats 1 through 5.
2.1.1      Contractor . Enter in Block 1.a the contractor’s name and division (if applicable). Enter in Block 1.b the facility location and mailing address of the reporting contractor.
2.1.2      Contract . Enter the contract name in Block 2.a, the contract number (and the applicable Contract Line Item Number(s) (CLIN(s)) in Block 2.b, the contract type in Block 2.c, and the contract share ratio (if applicable) in Block 2.d.
2.1.3      Program . Enter in Block 3.a the program name, number, acronym, type, model, and series, or other designation of the prime item(s) purchased under the contract. Indicate the program phase (development, production, etc.) in Block 3.b. Indicate whether the contractor’s EVMS has been accepted by the Government and the date of the acceptance.
2.1.4      Report Period . Enter the beginning date in Block 4.a and the ending date in Block 4.b of the period covered by the report.
2.1.5      Security Classification . Enter the appropriate security classification at the top and bottom of each page.
2.1.6      Dollars in          . If reported dollar amounts are in thousands, millions, or billions, enter the factor at the top of each page.
2.2      Format 1 - Work Breakdown Structure .
2.2.1      Contract Data .
2.2.1.1      Quantity . Enter in Block 5.a the number of principal items to be procured on this contract.
2.2.1.2      Negotiated Cost . Enter in Block 5.b the dollar value (excluding fee or profit) on which contractual agreement has been reached as of the cutoff date of the report. For an incentive contract, enter the definitized contract target cost. Amounts for changes shall not be included in this item until they have been priced and incorporated in the contract through contract change order or supplemental agreement. For a cost plus fixed fee, award fee, or incentive fee contract, enter the estimated cost negotiated. Changes to the estimated cost shall consist only of estimated amounts for changes in the contract scope of work, not for cost growth (“overrun”) above the original estimated cost.
2.2.1.3      Estimated Cost of Authorized, Unpriced Work . Enter in Block 5.c the amount (excluding fee or profit) estimated for that work for which written authorization has been received, but for which definitized contract prices have not been incorporated in the contract through contract change order or supplemental agreement.
2.2.1.4      Target Profit/Fee . Enter in Block 5.d the fee or percentage of profit that shall apply if the negotiated cost of the contract is met. (See 2.2.1.2 above.)

- 4 -



2.2.1.5      Target Price . Enter in Block 5.e the target price (negotiated contract cost plus profit/fee) applicable to the definitized contract effort.
2.2.1.6      Estimated Price . Based on the most likely estimate of cost at completion for all authorized contract work and the appropriate profit/fee, incentive, and cost sharing provisions, enter in Block 5.f the estimated final contract price (total estimated cost to the Government). This number shall be based on the most likely management EAC in Block 6.c.1 and normally will change whenever the management estimate or the contract is revised.
2.2.1.7      Contract Ceiling . Enter in Block 5.g the contract ceiling price applicable to the definitized effort.
2.2.1.8      Estimated Contract Ceiling . Enter in Block 5.h the estimated ceiling price applicable to all authorized contract effort including both definitized and undefinitized effort.
2.2.1.9      Over Target Baseline/Over Target Schedule . Enter in Block 5.i the date the last over target baseline or over target schedule was implemented (if applicable).
2.2.2      Estimated Cost at Completion . These blocks shall present the contractor’s range of estimated costs at completion. The range of estimates is intended to allow contractor management flexibility to express possible cost outcomes. Contractors shall provide the most accurate Estimates at Completion (EACs) possible through program-level assessments of factors that may affect the cost, schedule, or technical outcome of the contract. Such program-level assessments shall include consideration of known or anticipated risk areas, and planned risk reductions or cost containment measures. EACs shall be reported without regard to contract ceiling.
2.2.2.1      Management Estimate at Completion - Best Case . Enter in Block 6.a.1 the contractor’s best case EAC. The best case estimate is the one that results in the lowest cost to the Government. This estimate shall be based on the outcome of the most favorable set of circumstances. If this estimate is different from the most likely EAC (Block 6.c.1), the assumptions, conditions, and methodology underlying this estimate shall be explained briefly in Format 5. This estimate is for informational purposes only; it is not an official company estimate. There is no requirement for the contractor to prepare and maintain backup data beyond the explanation provided in Format 5.
2.2.2.2      Management Estimate at Completion - Worst Case . Enter in Block 6.b.1 the contractor’s worst case EAC. The worst case estimate is the one that results in the highest cost to the Government. This estimate shall be based on the outcome of the least favorable set of circumstances. If this estimate is different from the most likely EAC (Block 6.c.1), the assumptions, conditions, and methodology underlying this estimate shall be explained briefly in Format 5. This estimate is for informational purposes only; it is not an official company estimate. There is no requirement for the contractor to prepare and maintain backup data beyond the explanation provided in Format 5.
2.2.2.3      Management Estimate at Completion - Most Likely . Enter in Block 6.c.1 the contractor’s most likely EAC. This estimate is the contractor’s official contract EAC and, as such, takes precedence over the estimates presented in Column (15) of Formats 1 and 2 and Blocks 6.a.1 and 6.b.1. This EAC is the value that the contractor’s management believes is the most likely outcome based on a knowledgeable estimate of all authorized work, known risks, and probable future conditions. This value need not agree with the total of Column (15) (Block 8.e). However, any difference shall be explained in Format 5 in such terms as risk, use of Management Reserve (MR), or higher management knowledge of current or future contract conditions. The assumptions, conditions, and methodology underlying this estimate shall be explained briefly in Format 5. This EAC need not agree with EACs contained in the contractor’s internal data, but must be reconcilable to them. The most likely EAC shall also be reconcilable to the contractor’s latest statement of funds required as reported in the CFSR, or its equivalent, if this report is a contractual requirement.
2.2.2.4      Contract Budget Base . Enter in Block 6.c.2 the total of negotiated cost (Block 5.b) and estimated cost of authorized, unpriced work (Block 5.c).
2.2.2.5      Variance . Enter in Block 6.c.3 the Contract Budget Base (Block 6.c.2) minus the most likely estimate at complete (Block 6.c.1). This value shall be explained in Format 5 according to applicable contractual requirements.

- 5 -



2.2.3      Authorized Contractor Representative . Enter in Block 7.a the name of the authorized person (program manager or designee) signing the report. Enter that person’s title in Block 7.b. The authorized person shall sign in Block 7.c. Enter the date signed in Block 7.d. Electronic signatures are encouraged.
2.2.4      Performance Data .
2.2.4.1      Column (1) - Work Breakdown Structure Element . Enter in Column (1) of Block 8.a the noun description of the CWBS items for which cost information is being reported. CWBS elements and levels reported shall be those specified in the contract. (See f.1 above.)
2.2.4.2      Cost of Money . Enter in Columns (2) through (16) of Block 8.b the Facilities Capital Cost of Money applicable to the contract.
2.2.4.3      General and Administrative . Enter in Columns (2) through (16) of Block 8.c the appropriate General and Administrative (G&A) costs. If G&A costs have not been included in the CWBS costs reported in Block 8.a above, G&A shall be shown as an add entry in Block 8.a. If G&A costs have been included in the CWBS costs reported in Block 8.a above, G&A shall be shown as a non-add entry in Block 8.c with an appropriate notation to that effect. For contracts that require CCDRs, contractors may also have to submit separate costs without G&A for the CWBS elements reported in Block 8.a on an exception basis if the Government specifies such a requirement in the CDRL. If a G&A classification is not used, no entry shall be made other than an appropriate notation to that effect.
2.2.4.4      Undistributed Budget . Enter the amount of budget applicable to contract effort that has not yet been identified to CWBS elements at or below the reporting level. For example, if contract changes were authorized late in the reporting period, they should have received a total budget; however, assignment of work and allocation of budgets to individual CWBS elements may not have been accomplished as of the contractor’s accounting period cutoff date. Budgets that can be identified to CWBS elements at or below the specified reporting level shall be included in the total budgets shown for the CWBS elements in Block 8.a and shall not be shown as Undistributed Budget (UB). Enter in Column (15) of Block 8.d the EAC for the scope of work represented by the UB in Column (14) of Block 8.d. Enter in Column (16) of Block 8.d the variance, if any, and fully explain it in Format 5. The reason(s) for UB shall be fully explained in Format 5.
2.2.4.4.1      Use of Undistributed Budget . UB is used to accommodate temporary situations where time constraints prevent adequate budget planning or where contract effort can only be defined in very general terms. UB shall not be used as a substitute for adequate contract planning. Formal budgets shall be allocated to contract effort and responsible organizations at the earliest possible time, preferably within the next reporting period.
2.2.4.5      Subtotal (Performance Measurement Baseline) . In Columns (2) through (16) of Blocks 8.a through 8.e, enter the sum of the costs and budgets for direct, indirect, cost of money, and G&A. This subtotal represents the dollars in the allocated budget (less MR), which is the Performance Measurement Baseline (PMB) against which performance is measured.
2.2.4.6      Management Reserve . MR is an amount of the overall contract budget withheld for management control purposes and is held for program unknowns (realized risks on authorized work scope). Reserve is held for future needs and shall not be used to offset cumulative cost variances. It shall not be eliminated from contract prices by the Government during subsequent negotiations nor used to absorb the cost of contract changes. In Column (14) of Block 8.f enter the total amount of budget identified as MR as of the end of the current reporting period. The amounts shown as MR in Formats 1, 2, and 3 should agree. Amounts of MR applied to CWBS elements during the reporting period shall be listed in Block 6.b of Format 3 and explained in Format 5.
2.2.4.6.1      Negative Management Reserve . Negative entries shall not be made in Management Reserve (Column (14) of Block 8.f). There is no such thing as “negative MR.” If the contract is budgeted in excess of the Contract Budget Base (the negotiated contract cost plus the estimated cost for authorized, unpriced work), the provisions applicable to formal reprogramming and the instructions in paragraphs 2.2.5.1, 2.2.6.6, 2.2.6.7, and 2.4.1.7 apply.

- 6 -



2.2.4.7      Total . Enter the sum of all direct, indirect, cost of money, and G&A costs, and UB and MR (if applicable) in Columns (2) through (14) of Block 8.g. The Total lines of Format 1 (Block 8.g) and Format 2 (Block 5.g) should agree. The total of Column (14), Block 8.g, should equal the Total Allocated Budget shown in Block 5.f on Format 3.
2.2.5      Reconciliation to Contract Budget Base .
2.2.5.1      Formal Reprogramming . In exceptional cases, the contractor may establish performance measurement budgets that exceed the Contract Budget Base. Acceptance of the new baseline in excess of the Contract Budget Base will be predicated on Government approval. This process is called formal reprogramming. The contractor and the Government shall agree on how the results of a formal reprogramming will be reported in the CPR before the formal reprogramming is initiated. This agreement and any other pertinent details on the reporting of the formal reprogramming shall be included in Format 5. Blocks 9.a and 9.b are used to reconcile the higher performance measurement budgets, also called an “over target baseline,” to the Contract Budget Base. (See 2.2.6.6, 2.2.6.7, 2.4.1.7, and 2.6.5 below for more information on reporting over target baselines (Formal Reprogramming).)
2.2.5.2      Variance Adjustment . In a formal reprogramming (over target baseline), the contractor may: (1) apply the additional budget to completed work, thereby eliminating some or all of the existing cost or schedule variances, (2) apply the additional budget to remaining work, (3) apply some of the additional budget to completed work and some to remaining work, and/or (4) apply some of the additional budget to MR. If the contractor uses a portion of the additional budget to eliminate variances applicable to completed work, the total adjustments made to the cost and schedule variances shall be shown in Columns (10) and (11) of Block 9.a. The total cost variance adjustment entered in Column (11) of Block 9.a should be the sum of the individual cost variance adjustments shown in Column (12) of Block 8.g.
2.2.5.3      Total Contract Variance . In Columns (10) and (11) of Block 9.b, enter the sum of the cost and schedule variances shown on the Total line (Block 8.g) and on the Variance Adjustment line (Block 9.a). In Column (14) enter the Contract Budget Base from Block 6.c.2. In Column (15) enter the management EAC from Block 6.c.1. In Column (16) of Block 9.b enter the difference between Columns (14) and (15) of Block 9.b.
2.2.6      Columns (2) Through (16) . When compliance with the ANSI/EIA-748 (current version in effect at time of contract award) is contractually required, the data in Columns (2) through (16) shall reflect the output of the contractor’s ANSI/EIA-748 compliant integrated management system.
2.2.6.1      Column (2) and Column (7) - Budgeted Cost - Work Scheduled . For the time period indicated, enter the Budgeted Cost for Work Scheduled (BCWS) in these columns.
2.2.6.2      Column (3) and Column (8) - Budgeted Cost - Work Performed . For the time period indicated, enter the Budgeted Cost for Work Performed (BCWP) in these columns.
2.2.6.3      Column (4) and Column (9) - Actual Cost - Work Performed . For the time period indicated, enter the Actual Cost of Work Performed (ACWP) without regard to ceiling. In all cases, costs and budgets shall be reported on a comparable basis.
2.2.6.4      Column (5) and Column (10) - Variance - Schedule (i.e., accomplishment) . For the time period indicated, these columns reflect the differences between BCWS and BCWP. For the current period column, Column (5) (schedule variance) is derived by subtracting Column (2) (BCWS) from Column (3) (BCWP). For the cumulative to date column, Column (10) (schedule variance) is derived by subtracting Column (7) (BCWS) from Column (8) (BCWP). A positive number in Column (5) and Column (10) indicates a favorable variance. A negative number (indicated by parentheses) indicates an unfavorable variance. Significant variances as specified in the contract shall be fully explained in Format 5. If the contract does not specify variance analysis thresholds, the contractor shall provide appropriate variance analyses. (See 2.6.3 below.)

- 7 -



2.2.6.5      Column (6) and Column (11) - Variance - Cost . For the time period indicated, these columns reflect the difference between BCWP and ACWP. For the current period column, Column (6) (cost variance) is derived by subtracting Column (4) (ACWP) from Column (3) (BCWP). For the cumulative to date column, Column (11) (cost variance) is derived by subtracting Column (9) (ACWP) from Column (8) (BCWP). A positive value indicates a favorable variance. A negative value (indicated by parentheses) indicates an unfavorable variance. Significant variances as specified in the contract shall be fully explained in Format 5. If the contract does not specify variance analysis thresholds, the contractor shall provide appropriate variance analyses. (See 2.6.3 below.)
2.2.6.6      Column (12a) and Column (12b) Reprogramming Adjustments - Cost Variance and Schedule Variance . Formal reprogramming (over target baseline) results in budget allocations in excess of the Contract Budget Base and, in some instances, adjustments to previously reported variances. If previously reported variances are being adjusted, the adjustment applicable to each reporting line item affected shall be entered in Column (12a) if for a cost variance and Column (12b) if for a schedule variance. The total of Column (12a) and Column (12b) should equal the amount shown on the Variance Adjustment line (Block 9.a) in Column (10) and Column (11).
2.2.6.7      Column (13) Reprogramming Adjustments - Budget . Enter the total amounts added to the budget for each reporting line item as the result of formal reprogramming (over target baseline). The amounts shown shall consist of the sum of the budgets used to adjust cost variances (Column (12)) plus the additional budget added to the CWBS element for remaining work. Enter the amount of budget added to MR in the space provided on the Management Reserve line (Block 8.f of Column (13)). The total of Column (13) should equal the budget amount by which the Total Allocated Budget exceeds the Contract Budget Base as shown in Block 5.g of Format 3. An explanation of the reprogramming shall be provided in Format 5.
2.2.6.7.1      Formal Reprogramming Reporting . Columns (12) and (13) are intended for use only in situations involving formal reprogramming (over target baseline). Internal replanning actions within the Contract Budget Base do not require entries in these columns. Where contractors are submitting CPR data directly from automated systems, the addition of Columns (12) and (13) as shown may not be practical due to computer reprogramming problems or space limitations. In such cases, the information shall be provided in Format 5. Contractors shall not be required to abandon or modify existing automated reporting systems to include Columns (12) and (13) if significant costs will be associated with such change. Nor shall contractors be required to prepare the report manually solely to include this information.
2.2.6.7.2.      Formal Reprogramming Timeliness . Formal reprogramming (over target baseline) can be a significant undertaking that may require more than a month to implement. To preclude a disruption of management visibility caused by a reporting hiatus, formal reprogramming shall be implemented expeditiously. If a reporting hiatus is needed, the contractor and the Government shall agree on the date and duration of the hiatus before the formal reprogramming is initiated.
2.2.6.8      Column (14) - At Completion - Budgeted . Enter the budgeted cost at completion for the items listed in Column (1). This entry shall consist of the sum of the original budgets plus or minus budget changes resulting from contract changes, internal replanning, and application of MR. The total (Block 8.g) should equal the Total Allocated Budget shown in Block 5.f on Format 3.
2.2.6.9      Column (15) - At Completion - Estimated . Enter the latest revised estimate of cost at completion including estimated overrun/underrun for all authorized work. If the subtotal (Block 8.e) does not agree with the most likely management EAC (Block 6.c.1), the difference shall be explained in Format 5. (See 2.2.2.3 above.)
2.2.6.10      Column (16) - At Completion - Variance . Enter the difference between the Budgeted - At Completion (Column (14)) and the Estimated - At Completion (Column (15)) by subtracting Column (15) from Column (14). A negative value (indicated by parentheses) reflects an unfavorable variance. Significant variances as specified in the contract shall be fully explained in Format 5. If the contract does not specify variance analysis thresholds, the contractor shall provide appropriate variance analyses. (See 2.6.3 below.)
2.3      Format 2 - Organizational Categories .

- 8 -



2.3.1      Performance Data .
2.3.1.1      Column (1) - Organizational Category . In Block 5.a list the organizational categories that reflect the contractor’s internal management structure. This format shall be used to collect organizational cost information at the total contract level for organizational elements rather than for individual CWBS elements. This column shall also identify each major subcontractor as defined in the contract. The individual subcontractor line shall reconcile with the cost to the prime (includes subcontractor fee, MR, UB, G&A, cost of money, etc.) or shall track directly with the subcontractor submittal consistent with the company/program documented process for subcontract integration. The process for subcontract integration shall be explained in Format 5. This column shall also identify each major subcontractor and each major vendor separately as an add item. (Note: The separation of subcontractor efforts is for reporting purposes and not intended to impact how contracts are managed.) Except for material included in the add item for each major subcontractor or major vendor, the column shall also identify material separately as an add item. The level of detail to be reported normally will be limited to the organizational level immediately under the operating head of the facility. The contractor may report this information according to its own internal management structure. If the contractor is organized by product teams, this format may not be needed because it may resemble Format 1.
2.3.1.2      Cost of Money . Enter in Columns (2) through (16) of Block 5.b the Facilities Capital Cost of Money applicable to the contract.
2.3.1.3      General and Administrative . Enter in Columns (2) through (16) of Block 5.c the appropriate G&A costs. If G&A costs have not been included in the CWBS costs reported in Block 5.a above, G&A shall be shown as an add entry in Block 5.a. If G&A costs have been included in the CWBS costs reported in Block 5.a above, G&A shall be shown as a non-add entry in Block 5.c with an appropriate notation to that effect. If a G&A classification is not used, no entry shall be made other than an appropriate notation to that effect. (See 2.2.4.3 above.)
2.3.1.4      Undistributed Budget . Enter in Column (14) of Block 5.d the budget applicable to contract effort that cannot be planned in sufficient detail to be assigned to a responsible organizational area at the reporting level. The amount shown on this format may exceed the amount shown as UB on Format 1 if budget is identified to a task at or below the CWBS reporting level but organizational identification has not been made; or may be less than the amount on Format 1 where budgets have been assigned to organizations but not to CWBS elements. Enter in Column (15) of Block 5.d the EAC for the scope of work represented by the UB in Column (14) of Block 5.d. Enter in Column (16) of Block 5.d the variance, if any, and fully explain it in Format 5. (See 2.2.4.4 above.)
2.3.1.5      Subtotal (Performance Measurement Baseline) . Enter the sum of the direct, indirect, cost of money, and G&A costs and budgets in Columns (2) through (16) of Blocks 5.a through 5.e. (See 2.2.4.5 above.)
2.3.1.6      Management Reserve . In Column (14) of Block 5.f enter the amount of budget identified as MR. The Management Reserve entry should agree with the amounts shown in Formats 1 and 3. (See 2.2.4.6 above.)
2.3.1.7      Total . Enter the sum of all direct, indirect, cost of money, and G&A costs and budgets, UB, and MR (if applicable) in Columns (2) through (14) of Block 5.g. The totals on this page should equal the Total line on Format 1. The total of Column (14) should equal the Total Allocated Budget shown in Block 5.f on Format 3.
2.3.2      Columns (2) Through (16) . The instructions applicable to these columns are the same as the instructions for corresponding columns on Format 1. (See 2.2.6 and 2.2.6.1 through 2.2.6.10 above.)
2.4      Format 3 - Baseline .
2.4.1      Contract Data .
2.4.1.1      Original Negotiated Cost . Enter in Block 5.a the dollar value (excluding fee or profit) negotiated in the original contract. For a cost plus fixed fee, incentive, or award fee contract, enter the estimated cost negotiated. For an incentive contract, enter the definitized contract target cost.

- 9 -



2.4.1.2      Negotiated Contract Changes . Enter in Block 5.b the cumulative cost (excluding fee or profit) applicable to definitized contract changes that have occurred since the beginning of the contract.
2.4.1.3      Current Negotiated Cost . Enter in Block 5.c the sum of Blocks 5.a and 5.b. The amount shown should equal the current dollar value (excluding fee or profit) on which contractual agreement has been reached and should be the same as the amount in Negotiated Cost (Block 5.b) on Format 1.
2.4.1.4      Estimated Cost of Authorized, Unpriced Work . Enter in Block 5.d the estimated cost (excluding fee or profit) for contract changes for which authorization has been received from the contracting officer, but for which contract prices have not been incorporated in the contract, as shown in Block 5.c of Format 1.
2.4.1.5      Contract Budget Base . Enter in Block 5.e the sum of Blocks 5.c and 5.d.
2.4.1.6      Total Allocated Budget . Enter in Block 5.f the sum of all budgets allocated to the performance of the contractual effort. The amount shown shall include all MR and UB. This amount should be the same as that shown on the Total line in Column (14) on Format 1 (Block 8.g) and Format 2 (Block 5.g).
2.4.1.7      Difference . Enter in Block 5.g the difference between Blocks 5.e and 5.f. In most cases, the amounts shown in Blocks 5.e and 5.f will be identical. If the amount shown in Block 5.f exceeds that shown in Block 5.e, it usually is an indication of a formal reprogramming (over target baseline). The difference shall be explained in Format 5 at the time the negative value appears and subsequently for any changes in the difference between Contract Budget Base and the Total Allocated Budget.
2.4.1.8      Contract Start Date . Enter in Block 5.h the date the contractor was authorized to start work on the contract, regardless of the date of contract definitization. (Note: Long-lead procurement efforts authorized under prior contracts are not to be considered.)
2.4.1.9      Contract Definitization Date . Enter in Block 5.i the date the contract was definitized.
2.4.1.10      Planned Completion Date . Enter in Block 5.j the completion date to which the budgets allocated in the PMB have been planned. This date represents the planned completion of all significant effort on the contract. The cost associated with the schedule from which this date is taken is the Total Allocated Budget (Block 5.f of Format 3).
2.4.1.10.1      Performance Measurement Schedule Inconsistent With Contractual Schedule . In exceptional cases, the contractor may determine that the existing contract schedule cannot be achieved and no longer represents a reasonable basis for management control. With Government approval, the contractor may rephase its performance measurement schedule to new dates that exceed the contractual milestones, a condition known as “over target schedule.” These new dates are for performance measurement purposes only and do not represent an agreement to modify the contract terms and conditions.
2.4.1.10.2      Over Target Schedule Agreement . The Government and the contractor shall agree on the new performance measurement schedule prior to reporting it in the CPR. The contractor shall provide pertinent information in Format 5 on any schedule milestones that are inconsistent with contractual milestones, beginning the month the schedule is implemented and each month thereafter.
2.4.1.10.3      Indicators of a Performance Measurement Schedule Inconsistent With the Contractual Schedule . Formal reprogramming or internal replanning may result in performance measurement milestones that are inconsistent with the contractual milestones (Over Target Schedule). A difference between the planned completion date (Block 5.j) and the contract completion date (Block 5.k) usually indicates that some or all of the performance measurement milestones are inconsistent with the contractual milestones.
2.4.1.11      Contract Completion Date . Enter in Block 5.k the contract scheduled completion date in accordance with the latest contract modification. The cost associated with the schedule from which this date is taken is the Contract Budget Base (Block 5.e of Format 3).

- 10 -



2.4.1.12      Estimated Completion Date . Enter in Block 5.l the contractor’s latest revised estimated completion date. This date represents the estimated completion of all significant effort on the contract. The cost associated with the schedule from which this date is taken is the “most likely” management EAC (Block 6.c.1 of Format 1).
2.4.2      Performance Data .
2.4.2.1      Column (1) - Performance Measurement Baseline (Beginning of Period) . Enter in Block 6.a the time-phased PMB (including G&A) that existed at the beginning of the current reporting period. Most of the entries on this line (e.g., for Columns (4) through (9)) are taken directly from the PMB (End of Period) line on the previous report. For example, the number in Column (4) on the PMB (End of Period) line from the last report becomes the number in Column (3) on the PMB (Beginning of Period) line on this report. The number in Column (5) (End of Period) last report becomes Column (4) (Beginning of Period) on this report, etc. (if each of the two columns covers the same length of time).
2.4.2.2      Baseline Changes . In Block 6.b, list all significant baseline changes that have occurred during the reporting period. This listing shall include the contract changes and supplemental agreements authorized during the reporting period, allocations from MR and UB, and any significant rephasing of budgets. All significant authorized baseline changes shall be listed whether priced or unpriced.
2.4.2.3      Performance Measurement Baseline (End of Period) . Enter in Block 6.c the time-phased PMB as it exists at the end of the reporting period. The difference between this line and the PMB (Beginning of Period) represents the effects of all significant changes, including the authorized changes, allocations of MR made during the period, and changes to time phasing due to internal replanning or formal reprogramming. The reasons for these changes shall be explained in Format 5.
2.4.2.4      Management Reserve . Enter in Block 7 the total amount of MR remaining as of the end of the reporting period. This value should agree with the amounts shown as MR in Formats 1 and 2.
2.4.2.5      Total . Enter in Column (16) of Block 8 the sum of Column (16) of Block 6.c (PMB (End of Period)) and Column (16) of Block 7 (Management Reserve). This amount should be the same as that shown on the Total line (Block 8.g) in Column (14) on Format 1.
2.4.3      Column (2) - BCWS - Cumulative To Date . On the PMB (Beginning of Period) line (Block 6.a), enter the cumulative BCWS as of the first day of the reporting period. This should be the same number reported as BCWS - Cumulative To Date on the Total line (Column (7) of Block 8.g) of Format 1 of the previous CPR. On the PMB (End of Period) line (Block 6.c), enter the cumulative BCWS as of the last day of the reporting period. This should be the same number reported as BCWS - Cumulative to Date on the Total line (Column (7) of Block 8.g) of Format 1 for this CPR.
2.4.4      Column (3) - BCWS For Report Period . On the PMB (Beginning of Period) line (Block 6.a), enter the BCWS planned for the reporting period. This should be the number in Column (4) on the PMB (End of Period) line (Block 6.c) on the previous CPR.
2.4.5      Columns (4) Through (14) . Enter the names of each month for the contract period of performance in the headings of each of the Columns (4) through (9), and the names of the appropriate periods in the headings of each of the Columns (10) through (14) of Block 6. Columns beyond (14) may be added when necessary or desirable. In the PMB (Beginning of Period) line (Block 6.a), enter the BCWS projection reported in Format 3 of the previous CPR as PMB (End of Period) (Block 6.c). In the PMB (End of Period) line (Block 6.c) of this report, enter the projected BCWS by month for the next six months and for periodic increments (monthly, quarterly, or annually) thereafter for the remainder of the contract. The time phasing of each item listed in Column (1) of Block 6.b need not be shown in Columns (4) through (14). It is useful to show the time phasing of any baseline changes. (Note: For the purposes of illustration, Sample Format 3 has Columns (4) through (14) for reporting BCWS. The actual number of columns will vary from contract to contract.)

- 11 -



2.4.6      Column (15) - Undistributed Budget . On the PMB (Beginning of Period) line (Block 6.a), enter the number from Column (15) on the PMB (End of Period) line (Block 6.c) from the previous CPR. On the PMB (End of Period) line, enter the UB shown in Column (14) of Block 8.d on Format 1 of this report.
2.4.7      Column (16) - Total Budget . On the PMB (Beginning of Period) line (Block 6.a) enter the number from Column (16) on the PMB (End of Period) line (Block 6.c) from the previous CPR. In the section where baseline changes that occurred during the period are listed (Column (1) of Block 6.b), enter the amount of each of the changes listed. On the PMB (End of Period) line (Block 6.c), enter the sum of the amounts in the preceding columns on this line. On the Management Reserve line (Block 7), enter the amount of MR available at the end of the period. On the Total line (Block 8) enter the sum of the amounts in this column on the PMB (End of Period) line and the Management Reserve line. (Note: This should equal the amount in Block 5.f on this format and also the amount of the Total line in Column (14), Block 8.g, of Format 1.)
2.5      Format 4 - Staffing .
2.5.1      Performance Data . For those organizational categories shown in Column (1) of Block 5, equivalent months shall be indicated for the current reporting period (Column (2)), cumulative through the current period (Column (3)), forecast to completion (Columns (4) through (14)), and at completion (Column (15)). Direct equivalent months shall be shown for each organizational category for the contract. An equivalent month is defined as the effort equal to that of one person for one month. Values shall be reported in whole numbers. (Note: Partial months, .5 and above, shall be rounded to 1; below .5 to 0.) When the Government and the contractor agree, staffing may be reported in equivalent days or hours.
2.5.1.1      Column (1) - Organizational Category . In Block 5, list the organizational categories that reflect the contractor’s internal management structure. Format 4 categories may differ from those reported in Format 2. If the Government needs different categories in Formats 2 and 4, the Format 4 categories shall be addressed during negotiations. (See f.4 above.)
2.5.1.2      Total Direct . In Block 6, Columns (2) through (15), enter the sum of all direct equivalent months for the organizational categories shown in Column (1).
2.5.2      Column (2) - Actual - Current Period . Enter the actual equivalent months incurred during the current reporting period.
2.5.3      Column (3) - Actual End of Current Period (Cumulative) . Enter the actual equivalent months incurred to date (cumulative) as of the end of the reporting period.
2.5.4      Columns (4) Through (14) - Forecast (Non-Cumulative) . Enter the names of each month for the contract period of performance in the headings of each of the Columns (4) through (9), and the names of the appropriate periods in the headings of each of the Columns (10) through (14) of Block 5. Enter a staffing forecast by month for the next six months and for periodic increments (monthly, quarterly, or annually) thereafter for the remainder of the contract. The staffing forecast shall be updated as part of the formal EAC process followed by the contractor. The staffing forecast shall reflect the same staffing estimate used as the basis for the EAC in Column (15) on both Format 1 and Format 2. (Note: For the purposes of illustration, Sample Format 4 has Columns (4) through (14) for reporting staffing forecast. The actual number of columns will vary from contract to contract.)
2.5.5      Column (15) - Forecast at Completion . Enter the estimate of equivalent months necessary for the total contract in Column (15) by organizational category. This estimate shall be consistent with the “most likely” management EAC shown in Column (15) of Block 8.e of Format 1. Any significant change in the total number of equivalent months at completion of the contract (i.e., Column (15) Total) shall be explained in Format 5.
2.6      Format 5 - Explanations and Problem Analyses .

- 12 -



2.6.1      General . Format 5, Explanations and Problem Analyses, is a narrative report prepared to amplify and explain data in the other CPR formats. Format 5 shall normally address the following: (1) contractually required cost, schedule, and EAC variance analyses, (2) MR changes and usage, (3) UB contents, (4) differences between the best case, worst case, and most likely management EAC, if any, (5) the difference between the most likely management EAC and the estimate in Block 8.e of Column (15), if any, (6) significant differences between beginning of period PMB time phasing and end of period PMB time phasing in Format 3, (7) performance measurement milestones that are inconsistent with contractual milestones (Over Target Schedule), (8) formal reprogramming (over target baseline) implementation details, and (9) significant staffing estimate changes in Format 4. Any other topic relevant to contract cost, schedule, or technical performance may be addressed in this format. The date(s) of the Integrated Baseline Review(s) may also be addressed in this format. Contractors may elect to attach subcontractor Format 5 reporting and cross reference this analysis in the Format 5 reporting submitted to the Government to gain time efficiencies and meet submission dates.
2.6.2      Total Contract . Provide a summary analysis that identifies significant problems affecting performance. Indicate corrective actions required, including Government action where applicable. Significant changes since the previous report shall be highlighted. Discuss any other issues affecting successful attainment of contract cost, schedule, or technical objectives that the contractor deems significant or noteworthy. This section is brief, normally one page.
2.6.3      Cost and Schedule Variances . Explain all variances that exceed specified variance thresholds. Explanations of variances shall clearly identify the nature of the problem, significant reasons for cost or schedule variance, effect on the immediate task, impact on the total contract, and the corrective action taken or planned. Explanations of cost variances shall identify amounts attributable to rate changes separately from amounts applicable to hours worked; amounts attributable to material price changes separately from amounts applicable to material usage; and amounts attributable to overhead rate changes separately from amounts applicable to overhead base changes or changes in the overhead allocation basis. To reduce the volume of variance analysis explanations, the contractor may refer to a prior CPR’s variance analysis explanations if the explanation for the current CPR’s variance has not changed significantly. Explanations of schedule variances and the impact on the contract shall be performed in parallel with the schedule analysis called out by the IMS DID. Accordingly, there is a requirement in b. above for the IMS DID, DI-MGMT-81650, to be used in conjunction with this DID. (See 2.2.6.4 and 2.2.6.5 above.)
2.6.3.1      Setting Variance Analysis Thresholds . In Format 5, the Government will require only that amount of variance analysis that satisfies its management information needs. Excessive variance analysis is burdensome and costly, and detracts from the CPR’s usefulness, while too little information is equally undesirable.
2.6.4      Other Analyses . In addition to variance explanations, the following analyses are mandatory:
2.6.4.1.      Management Estimate at Completion . If the best or worst case management EACs differ from the most likely estimate (Column (1) of Block 6 of Format 1), a brief explanation of the difference shall be provided. Also, if the most likely management EAC differs from the total entered in Column (15) of Format 1 or 2, the difference shall be explained. The explanations shall focus on such areas as a knowledgeable, realistic risk assessment; projected use of MR; estimate for UB; and higher management’s knowledge of current or future contract conditions. The assumptions, conditions, and methodology underlying all management EACs shall be explained. (See 2.2.2 to 2.2.2.3, 2.2.2.5, 2.2.6.9, and 2.2.6.10 above.)
2.6.4.2      Undistributed Budget . Identify the effort to which the UB applies. Also, explain any variance between the UB and the estimate for UB in Formats 1 and 2. (See 2.2.4.4 and 2.3.1.4 above.)
2.6.4.3      Management Reserve Changes . Identify the sources and uses of MR changes during the reporting period. Identify the CWBS and organizational elements to which MR is applied, and the reasons for its application. (See 2.2.4.6 above.)

- 13 -



2.6.4.4      Baseline Changes . Explain reasons for significant shifts in time phasing of the PMB shown on Format 3. (See 2.4.2.3 above.)
2.6.4.5      Staffing Level Changes . Explain significant changes in the total staffing EAC shown on Format 4. Also, explain reasons for significant shifts in time phasing of planned staffing. (See 2.5.5 above.)
2.6.5      Formal Reprogramming (Over Target Baseline) . If the difference shown in Block 5.g on Format 3 becomes a negative value or changes in value, provide information on the following:
2.6.5.1      Authorization . Procuring activity authorization for the baseline change that resulted in negative value or change.
2.6.5.2      Reason . A discussion of the reason(s) for the change.
2.6.5.3      CPR Reporting . A discussion of how the change affected CPR reporting (i.e., amount allocated to MR, adjustments to cost or schedule variances, etc.). (See 2.4.1.7, 2.2.5.1, and 2.2.6.7 above.)
2.6.5.4      Schedule . Indicate whether the contract schedule was retained for performance measurement or was replaced with a schedule that exceeds the contractual schedule (Over Target Schedule).
2.6.6      Over Target Schedule . If a performance measurement schedule exceeding the contractual schedule (Over Target Schedule) has been implemented, provide a discussion of the pertinent information, such as authorization, reasons, and significant dates. (See 2.4.1.10.1 above.)
END OF DI-MGMT-81466A


- 14 -



7 Principles of EVM Tier 2 System Implementation Intent Guide

Department of Health & Human Services
HHS
Office of the Assistant Secretary for Preparedness and Readiness
ASPR
Biomedical Advanced Research and Development Authority
BARDA
7 Principles of Earned Value
Management
Tier 2
System Implementation
Intent Guide
21 December 2011









TABLE OF CONTENTS
OVERVIEW                                            1
EVM IMPLEMENTATION TIERS                                    2
SEVEN PRINCIPLES OF EVM                                    3
Principle 1: Plan all Work Scope                                3
Principle 2: Break Work into Finite Pieces and Define Person/Organization Responsible for Work    3
Principle 3a: Integrate Scope, Schedule and Budget into a Performance Measurement Baseline    4
Principle 3b: Control Changes to the Baseline                            4
Principle 4: Use Actual Costs Incurred and Recorded in Accomplishing the Work Performed        5
Principle 5: Objectively Assess Accomplishments at the Work Performance Level            5
Principle 6a: Analyze Significant Variances From the Plan                    6
Principle 6b: Prepare an Estimate at Completion Based on Performance to Date and Work to be Performed                                            7
Principle 7: Use EVMS Information in the Company’s Management Processes            7
APPENDICES                                            8
APPENDIX 1: Glossary of Terms                                8
Appendix 2 Supplemental EVM Implementation Guideline                 15
Documentation needed for the Performance Measurement Baseline Review (PMBR)         15
Appendix 3 Sample EVM                                 17





OVERVIEW
Earned Value Management (EVM) is a program management tool, technique, and discipline that facilitates systematic planning for and monitoring of, high value, complex projects. It integrates a project’s scope of work with the related budget and schedule to permit detailed assessment of overall performance during the life of the project.
Several government-wide guidance documents govern the definition and use of EVM systems. Guidelines outlining the qualities and characteristics of an EVM system are set forth in the American National Standards Institute/Electronic Industries Alliance (ANSI/EIA) Standard-748 (most current version). More detailed and specific guidance and direction is contained in OMB Circular A-11, Preparation, Submission and Execution of the Budget, specifically in Part 7 of that Circular A-11, Planning, Budgeting, Acquisition, and Management of Capital Assets, and its supplement, the Capital Programming Guide. Based on this collective OMB guidance, EVMS is intended to be used on those parts of acquisitions that will involve developmental effort. This would include not only those acquisitions designated by the agency as major systems but also those acquisitions that include significant developmental, modification, or upgrade during the operational or steady-state phase of a program.
The FAR rule on EVMS became effective on July 5, 2006. Its purpose is to implement EVMS policy in accordance with OMB Circular A-11. Because the new FAR coverage applies throughout the executive branch and to agencies with disparate definitions of and processes and procedures for major systems acquisitions, the FAR Council decided against a “one-size-fits all” approach and left several significant aspects of the detailed implementation up to the discretion of each covered agency.
The FAR and Health and Human Services Acquisition Regulations (HHSAR) language for EVMS will be utilized for all construction or Information Technology (IT) projects. Since most of the acquisitions at the Biomedical Advanced Research and Development Agency (BARDA) are unique in that most acquisitions are not Information Technology projects or construction projects, BARDA is developing EVM language that incorporates the 7 Principles of Earned Value Management. These principles allow flexibility to an EVM system structure but still meet the spirit of the ANSI/EIA Standard-748. It also incorporates discipline in implementation and operations and also provides the same reporting data outlined by OMB.
The Seven Principles of Earned Value Management are as follows:
1.
Plan all work scope to completion
2.
Break down the program work scope into finite pieces that can be assigned to a responsible person or organization for control of technical, schedule and cost objectives
3.
Integrate program work scope, schedule, and cost objectives into a performance measurement baseline plan against which accomplishments can be measured. Control changes to the baseline.
4.
Use actual costs incurred and recorded in accomplishing the work performed.
5.
Objectively assess accomplishments at the work performance level.
6.
Analyze significant variances from the plan, forecast impacts, and prepare an estimate at completion based on performance to date and work to be performed.
7.
Use earned value information in the company’s management processes.

EVM IMPLEMENTATION TIERS
BARDA will be implementing a tiered approach to EVM based on the type of acquisition, size of the acquisition and the technical readiness level. There are three tiers and they are as follows:




TIER 1
For all construction contracts and IT contracts the ANSI/EIA-748 Standard for Earned Value Management Systems will apply and all relevant FAR/HHSAR clauses pertaining to EVMS will be incorporated in the contract. The National Defense Industrial Association (NDIA) Program Management Systems Committee (PMSC) ANSI/EIA-748 Standard for Earned Value Management Systems Intent Guide should be used as guidance.
TIER 2
For countermeasure research and development contracts that have a total acquisition costs greater than or equal to $25 million and have a Technical Readiness Level (TRL) of less than 7 will apply EVM principles for tracking cost, schedule and technical performance that comply with the 7 Principles of EVM Implementation.
TIER 3
For countermeasure research and development contracts that have total acquisition costs less than $25 million but greater than $10 million will apply EVM principles for tracking cost, schedule and technical performance that are consistent with the 7 Principles of EVM Implementation.
This Guide is an explanation of the intent of what is expected for a Tier 2 system implementation of the 7 Principles of EVM.

SEVEN PRINCIPLES OF EVM
Principle 1: Plan all Work Scope
In a performance measurement system implementation the Statement of Work (SOW) should reflect all work that is to be performed. In a 7 Principles implementation a Work Breakdown Structure (WBS) shall be developed to include all elements of the SOW. The level of the WBS may not be as detailed as in a Tier 1 implementation. It would be developed at a higher level, such as level three or four, however, the government may expand specific technical legs to lower than level four and it may retract some non-technical legs to higher than 3. It is beneficial and required to develop a WBS dictionary that explains what work is going to be performed in each WBS in detail. This will ensure that the contractor has identified all work scope and left no major work undefined. It is recommended that the work packages descriptions are clear and detailed so that there is an understanding of the work that is to be performed in the work packages. For the 7 Principles implementation programs it would be acceptable for the WBS Dictionary be expanded to include information that would normally be kept on a Work Authorization Document, such as charge numbers associated with the work, period of performance, the manager who is responsible for the work, and budget associated with the WBS. The additional “WAD info” would only be added to the lowest level (i.e. level 3 or 4) of the WBS. The roll up level WBS would only include scope. By doing this documentation is limited to one document instead of two.
By developing a WBS and a WBS Dictionary/Work Authorization Document the work scope has been defined but the documentation is greatly reduced and the costs associated with developing and updating the documentation is reduced. The intent of the combination document is not to reduce the level of information provided to the government but to reduce the amount of documents that need to be produced. An example of a WBS dictionary and Work Authorization document and what is expected on the document(s) is provided.
Principle 2: Break Work into Finite Pieces and Define Person/Organization Responsible for Work
In a 7 Principles Tier 2 implementation it is recommended that the work be broken into finite pieces in the schedule tool. It is recommended to plan the work by the lowest level WBS. The lowest level WBS (level 3 or 4) should be the control account and the activities would act as the work packages. For Tier 2 programs that are of larger value (greater than $25M) the expectation is that the control account will be at least at level 4 and potentially level 5.




Most of the normal functions accomplished when scheduling will be required on a 7 Principles Tier 2 implementation. These normal functions include, network scheduling, horizontal and vertical traceability, forecasting schedule start and completion dates, and running critical path analysis. As part of vertical traceability it is expected that all contract milestones will be listed on the schedule.
The schedule should include but is not limited to include the following fields:
WBS number
Control Account number
Work package number
Task name
Duration
Baseline Start and Finish Dates
Actual Start and Finish Dates
Forecast Start and Finish Dates
Predecessor/Successors
Activity Percent Complete
All the work scheduled at the lowest level WBS should be identified by a single responsible manager. This manager, known as a Control Account Manager should be identified in the schedule tool and/or in a cost tool. In a 7 Principles implementation, only individuals at the lowest level WBS need be identified and there is no requirement for the costs to roll up by organization, although if it is not cost intensive or tool restricted then developing the OBS is recommended. In many cases, BARDA will provide the top three levels of the WBS for the contractor to use.
Principle 3a: Integrate Scope, Schedule and Budget into a Performance Measurement Baseline
This principle integrates the work scope, the schedule and the budget into a performance measurement baseline. Since we discussed work scope and schedule the focus of this principle is the incorporation of the budget in a time-phased manner. The budget must be integrated with the scope of work and the schedule into a Performance Measurement Baseline (PMB). The budget is made up of both direct and indirect dollars. An accepted way of incorporating the budget and integrating with the scope and schedule is to resource load the Microsoft Project (or other scheduling tool) schedule. This is done by loading the individual people and their loaded rate into the tool. This budget data will be input at the work package level with a rate that includes the indirect costs. The budget will have to have the capability to be rolled up to the control account level and will need to be reported in a way that provides the responsible manager (Control Account Manager) with information needed to manage the program. Resource loading of the schedule is not the only way to incorporate the budget. As long as the budget in the budget/EV tool is linked to the schedule activities and it is flexible to change when schedule baseline dates change, then loading the budget in the Budget/EV tool is an acceptable way to integrate the cost and schedule baselines. The budget information will be displayed on the time-phased Control Account Plan reports. These reports should have the flexibility to report the dollars both in total dollars, as well as, direct and indirect broken out separately. Also the report is generally required as a deliverable on most contracts and must have the capability to include earned value or Budgeted Cost of Work Performed (BCWP) and actual costs or Actual Costs of Work Performed (ACWP).
Budgeting of subcontractor effort will vary depending on whether or not the subcontractor is a cost plus or fixed price subcontract. If it is cost plus then the expectation is that there will be monthly billing of costs from the




subcontractor to the prime contractor and therefore budget must be planned in accordance with the work completed and billed. If it is fixed price then the budget should be planned with work execution or milestones completed and budget should only be planned in those months where work is expected to be completed.
It is recommended that management reserve and undistributed budget be utilized in the budgeting process. Undistributed budget is budget that has not yet been distributed to a control account and it requires additional time to plan the work and distribute the budget to a control account. It is a temporary holding account and budget should only stay in Undistributed Budget for one or two months. If the work scope is easily identified to all the control accounts then the use of Undistributed Budget may not be necessary.
Management Reserve is budget that is set aside, normally by the Program Manager, to be used to budget future but currently unknown tasks. It is associated with risk issues and is to be used to mitigate risk. It is not part of the Performance Measurement Baseline and it should not be used for out of scope work and to cover overruns.
Principle 3b: Control Changes to the Baseline
A properly controlled PMB is crucial to effective program management. The timely and accurate incorporation of contractual changes ensures that the information generated from the execution of the baseline plan provides an accurate picture of progress and facilitates correct management actions and decisions. The accurate and timely incorporation of authorized and negotiated changes into the PMB ensures that valid performance measurement information is generated for the new scope being executed. Near term new scope effort should be planned and have budget in control accounts. Far term new scope effort that cannot be reasonably planned in the near term can either be put in planning packages in the control account or left in Undistributed Budget if the control account has not been identified. The timely and accurate incorporation of authorized and negotiated changes into the PMB ensures that valid performance measurement information is generated for the new scope being executed. Budget revisions are made when work is added to the contract and are traceable from authorized contract target costs to the control account budgets or from management reserve. Management reserve may be used for future work when additional in-scope work has been identified.
Retroactive changes to the baseline may mask variance trends and prevent the use of performance data to project estimates of cost and schedule at completion. Controlling retroactive adjustments, which should only be made in the current period, if possible, is imperative because they could arbitrarily eliminate existing cost and schedule variances.
The use of program budget logs should be used to track and log all budget changes. The ability to track budget values for both the internal and external changes will help in the maintenance of the performance measurement baseline from program start to completion. Contractor is expected to utilize baseline change documentation facilitating the change. It should provide the rationale/justification, approval process, work scope additions or deletions, dollars, changes to schedules, estimate at completion, etc. It should also include contractual change documents for external changes, such as a contract modification, letter to proceed, not to exceed letter, change order, etc., that transmit and authorize the change or addition to work, budget, and schedule. Other documents that should change if a change of scope has been authorized is: Statement of Work, WBS (changes if applicable); WBS Dictionary (additions or deletions to scope); work authorization documents authorizing new scope, schedule and budget; schedules.
Principle 4: Use Actual Costs Incurred and Recorded in Accomplishing the Work Performed
Some of the new acquisitions at BARDA will be required to be compliant with the Cost Accounting Standards. For 7 Principles implementation contractors must utilize a work order/job order/task code charge number structure that uniquely identifies costs at the control account level. This will allow for accumulation and summarization of costs to higher levels of the work breakdown structure. Actual costs are accumulated in the formal accounting system in a manner consistent with the way the related work is planned and budgeted. Actual costs reported in the performance reports agrees with the costs recorded in the accounting system or can be explained as timing differences. The contractor will have to be able to incorporate and reconcile to the accounting system actual costs on their Contract Performance Reports (CPR) to the customer.




Depending on the amount of material and subcontractors on the program, it may be necessary for reporting purposes, to include accruals, or estimated actuals, for these costs. Since material and subcontractor invoices are not paid and recorded in the accounting system for up to several months after the work has been planned, performance data will be skewed. Accruing or estimating actual costs based on receipt (for material) and expended hours for subcontractors will alleviate this issue. The use of accrual/estimated actuals should be reviewed on a case by case basis depending on the size of program, the amount of material or subcontractor budget and costs. If the material and subcontract effort on the project is minimal (represents less than 5% of the project budget) then the time and effort needed to manage the accruals would outweigh the benefit of having the costs accrued since the performance data would only be minimally affected. Although actual costs are generally reported to the USG in total dollars the system must be able to differentiate and report direct costs and indirect costs if requested.
If the subcontractor has a fixed price contract the prime contractor, then the prime contractor must report actual costs in accordance with the work that is accomplished. This is acheived by recording the actual costs equal to the work that was performed in the EVM system and on the CPR. If the subcontractor is a cost plus contract its imperative the costs the prime reports is in accordance with the costs incurred in that month. This is necessary to ensure that the data reported is not skewed. With this premise, fixed price subcontractors cost variances should not exist or be reported on the CPR whereas the cost reported for cost plus subcontractors should be based on what was incurred and not what has been invoiced to date, which may be months behind.
Principle 5: Objectively Assess Accomplishments at the Work Performance Level
In order to meet this Principle, the scheduling of the scope of work in work packages or activities need to incorporate measurable units or milestones in order to objectively assess accomplishments or obtain what we call “earned value”. These units or milestones are given a value based on labor resources needed to accomplish the work (which becomes the Budgeted Cost of Work Scheduled or BCWS). When they are accomplished (known as Budgeted Cost of Work Performed or BCWP) they receive the value associated with the budget which measures progress.
Schedule status to measure progress needs to be on at least on a monthly basis although it is preferred on a bi-weekly basis. As part of the status process progress dates, such as actual start/complete and forecast start/complete need to be updated.
Since Microsoft Project seems to be the schedule tool of choice by most contractors, there are four types of earned value methodologies utilized by Microsoft Project of which two assess progress by the completion of milestones and they are the 50/50 and 0/100 methodologies. In both cases, progress is reported for completion milestones and in the 50/50 methodology fifty percent of the value of the work package/activity is credited for starting the work. The other two earned value methodologies are assessed percent complete (also know as Supervisor’s Estimate) and level of effort (LOE). All four methodologies are legitimate earn value measurement techniques but the assessed percent complete based or supervisor’s estimates are highly discouraged. The reason is that it is highly subjective and is not based on any quantifiable criteria. BARDA will not accept these earned value methodologies unless approved as an exception on a case by case basis. If percent complete on work packages is used with objective measurable activities, the contractor must show distinct relationship between the budget planned at the work package level and the value earned at the activity level. If this is done properly then the measurement will be objective and the schedule variance will be clearly understood and easy to explain. If this is not done properly then schedule activities are not aligned with the budget in the performance measurement baseline and schedule variances will not be easy to understand. If the latter is the case, BARDA will not accept that as an acceptable earned value methodology.
There are built in weaknesses with the 0/100 and 50/50 methodologies also. If the responsible manager is being asked to plan their work in monthly increments in order to utilize the 0/100 methodology then they may be asked to break the work up in pieces that don’t make logical sense or represent the natural ending of the work. Also the 50/50 methodology, which is usually used for a two month work package, will provide skewed monthly data if the resources in the work package are not loaded equally for each month. It will give an artificial positive or negative schedule variance the first month and vice versa the next month.




Additional earned value methodologies, such as the weighted milestone methodology and percent complete with milestone gates may be utilized. The weighted milestone method allows value to be earned based on the resource value in each month, which eliminates artificial schedule variances.
For all discrete measurable work packages or control accounts, there must be an activity in each month to measure. Gaps, in which there is nothing to measure in a month or months is not acceptable.
For subcontractors that have a fixed price contract with the prime contractor, the expectation is that there will be no cost variance. The ACWP reported on the CPR will equal the BCWP earned, regardless of the payment schedule with subcontractor.
Principle 6a: Analyze Significant Variances From the Plan
The purpose of this principle is to ensure that the earned value data is analyzed by the contractor and reported to the customer. The 7 Principles programs should be able to calculate the cost variance (BCWP minus Actual Cost of Work Performed (ACWP) and the schedule variance (BCWP minus BCWS) at least on a cumulative basis. It is recommended that variances be calculated on a current month basis also. The EVM system should also provide both monthly and cumulative Cost Performance Index (BCWP divided by ACWP) and Schedule Performance Index (BCWP divided by the BCWS). This data should be provided at the control account level and at the roll up levels and it needs to be in a format for Control Account Managers and program management to be able to utilize in managing the work.
It is also recommended that the To-Complete Performance Index (TCPI) be included in the Control Account Manager performance report. The TCPI is a valuable index that calculates the cost performance the control account needs to perform at in order to complete the work within the current reported EAC. When the TCPI is compared against the cumulative CPI it gives a good indication whether or not the current EAC is reasonable. For example, if a cumulative CPI is .85 and the TCPI calculates to equal 1.15 that is the performance factor that work would need to perform at in order to meet the current EAC. If the cumulative CPI is .85 then it can be determined that the current EAC might not be reasonable. It allows management and Project Controls the opportunity to question the Control Account Manager as to the validity of the current EAC. As a rule in thumb if the deviation between the CPI and the TCPI is greater than .2 then the CAM should reassess the control account EAC.
These reports, which should be provided monthly, should also include the current Budget at Completion (BAC) and the current Estimate at Completion (EAC). In addition, it would be a plus if the CAM could see a report with their time-phased spread of hours and dollars for their budget plan (BCWS), work accomplished (BCWP) and actual costs (ACWP).
For all variances that exceed the contractual variance threshold will include a description of what caused the variance, impact to the control account and the program, and a corrective action.
Principle 6b: Prepare an Estimate at Completion Based on Performance to Date and Work to be Performed
Providing an updated EAC is a prime concern of the customer and the contractor. Therefore a robust EAC process should be in place whether the program is ANSI compliant or not.
Based on the performance to date the Estimates at Completion can be updated on a monthly basis by the Control Account Manager in the scheduling tool during the status process or in the cost/EVM tool at the end of the month’s process prior to submittal of the EVM report. The EAC is an element of the performance measurement system that needs to accurately reflect the contractor’s best estimate of what it will cost to complete the project.
Program management should be able to validate control account manager’s EACs by looking at performance indices, such as the To-Complete Performance Index, as well as independent statistical EACs.




Principle 7: Use EVMS Information in the Company’s Management Processes
One of the key areas that concerns government Program Management Offices (PMO) is the level of importance that contractor’s place on EVM as a management tool. During a site visit, such as conducting an Integrated Baseline Review, the PMO gauges what the interest, knowledge, and most importantly, the usage of the performance measurement data in managing the program. They want to know that the managers on the program, including the program manager, have received some earned value training. The level of involvement and use of the EVM data to manage their schedule, cost and technical issues is ascertained by questions. The PMO can also tell by how robust the EACs are and if the variance narratives are being written with impacts to the program and corrective actions being monitored by the contractor. It is important that the contractor’s management team, including the Program Manager, utilize the data from the performance measurement system as a management tool. They should be knowledgeable and understand the data. They should know what is causing the variances and ensure that the variance narratives are written properly and answer what the issues, impacts and corrective actions are. They should be able to demonstrate that they use the information to assist them in the management decision process. They should hold their Control Account Managers accountable to use the data and write clear proper variance analysis report (VAR). If the Control Account Manager does not write a proper VAR then Project Controls needs to help instruct them how to do it. It is recommended that prior to the Earned Value report be sent to the government that the Program Manager has a meeting with the Control Account Managers and Project Control and review the data and ensure that the variance analysis is complete and that the Program Manager agrees with it. This review is also used to ensure that the EACs are acceptable to the Program Manager, who is ultimately responsible for the program EAC. This is an efficient and quick way to make any adjustments to the earned value report since all the key personnel are in one room. If the data appears to be unreliable then the PM needs to hold Project Controls accountable to ensure that they are using discipline in changing baselines, assessing process properly, and capturing actual costs to ensure that the data that is reported is accurate.
APPENDICES
The following appendices provide further support in understanding the meaning and intent of properly implementing the 7 Principles of EVM.
Appendix 1 is a glossary of the terms used in the Intent Guide.
Appendix 2 is supplemental guidance on EVM implementation. It provides some guidelines on what is expected in the implementation, required documents needed for the Performance Measurement Baseline Review, expected EVM implementation costs, EVM engines functionality needs, explains what is expected in the monthly EVM facilitation, discusses what EVM consultants need to know, and what the expected costs of EVM to BARDA.
Appendix 3 are examples of some of the EVM documents that are needed in an EVM system. There are three documents and they mostly apply to Tier 2 EVM implementations. These documents are samples and are not a reflection of the specific way the document must look. It’s included to provide contractors with an understanding of the type of information that is expected on these forms.
APPENDIX 1: Glossary of Terms
Actual Cost of Work
The costs actually applied and recorded in accomplishing
Performed (ACWP)
the work performed within a specified period.
Actual Direct Cost
Those costs identified specifically with a contract, based upon the contractor’s cost identification and accumulation system as accepted by the cognizant DCAA representatives. (See Direct Costs).
Advance Agreement (AA)
An agreement between the contractor and the Contract Administration Office concerning the application of an approved earned value management system to contracts within the affected facility.




Authorized Work
That effort which has been authorized and is on contract, or that for which authorized contract costs have not been agreed to but for which written authorization has been received.
Baseline
(See Performance Measurement Baseline).
Budget at Completion (BAC)
The sum of all budgets (BCWS) allocated to the contract. Synonymous with the term Performance Measurement Baseline.
Budgeted Cost for Work
The sum of the budgets for completed Work Packages and
Performed (BCWP)
completed portions of open Work Packages, plus the appropriate portion of the budgets for level of effort and apportioned effort (Also see Earned Value).
Budgeted Cost for Work
The sum of the budgets for completed Work Packages,
Scheduled (BCWP)
planning packages, etc., scheduled to be accomplished (including in-process Work Packages), plus the amount of level of effort and apportioned effort scheduled to be accomplished within a given time period.
Change Order (CO)
A formal authorization by the Procuring Contracting Officer for a change of scope to an existing contract
Contract Modification
A written and binding authorization to proceed created after change proposal negotiations.
Contract Budget Base (CBB)
The negotiated contract cost plus the estimated cost of authorized unpriced work, where:
(1) Negotiated Contract Cost is that cost on which contractual agreement has been reached. For an incentive contract, it is the definitized contract target cost plus/minus the value of changes which have been priced and incorporated into the contract through contract change order or supplemental agreement. For fixed-fee contracts, it is the negotiated estimated cost. Changes to the estimated cost will consist only of the formal contract modifications or change orders or change in the contract statement of work, not for cost growth, and
(2) Estimated cost of authorized, unpriced work is the estimated cost (excluding fee or profit) for that work for which written authorization has been received, but for which definitized contract prices have not been incorporated into the contract through supplemental agreement.
Control Account
A management control point at which actual costs can be accumulated and compared to budgeted cost for work performed. A control account is a natural control point for cost/schedule planning and control since it represents the work assigned to one responsible organizational element on one contract work breakdown structure (CWBS) element.
Control Account Manager (CAM)
A member of a functional organization responsible for task performance detailed in a Control Account and for managing the resources authorized to accomplish the tasks.




Control Account Plan (CAP)
A CAP report is a timephased report which reflects all the
Report
work and effort to be performed in a control account. The CAP report will reflect the hours and dollars by element of cost (labor, subcontract, ODC, etc).
Contract Performance Report (CPR)
The monthly report submitted to the customer showing the current, cumulative and at completion status, the performance measurement baseline, manpower loading, and a narrative explanation of significant program variances.
Contract Target Cost
The dollar value (excluding fee or profit) negotiated in the original contract plus the cumulative cost (excluding fee or profit) applicable to all definitized changes to the contract. It consists of the estimated cost negotiated for a cost plus fixed fee contract and the definitized target cost for an incentive contract. The contract target cost does not include the value of authorized/un-negotiated work, and is thus equal to the contract budget base only when all authorized work has been negotiated/definitized.
Cost Performance Index (CPI)
An efficiency rating reflecting a project’s budget performance - either over or under. Measured as a ratio of the budgeted value of work accomplished versus the actual costs expended for a given project time period. The formula for CPI is BCWP/ACWP.
Discrete Effort
Program effort that has a measurable output, product or service.
Direct Costs
Those costs (labor, material, etc.) that can be reasonably and consistently related directly to service performed on a unit of work, and are charged directly to the contract, without distribution to an overhead unit.
Earned Value
See Budgeted Cost for Work Performed (BCWP)
Earned Value Management
A project management system utilized for measuring project
System (EVMS)
progress in an objective manner. Combines measurements of scope, schedule, and cost in a single integrated system.
Estimate at Completion (EAC)
A value (expressed in dollars and/or hours) developed to represent a realistic appraisal of the final cost of tasks when accomplished. It’s the sum of direct & indirect costs to date plus the estimate of costs for all authorized Work remaining. The EAC = ACWP + the Estimate-to-Complete.
Estimate to Completion (ETC)
A value (expressed in dollar and/or hours) developed to represent a realistic appraisal of the cost of the work still required to be accomplished in completing a task.
Indirect Costs
Represents those costs, because they are incurred for common or joint objectives, are not readily subject to treatment as direct costs. (See overhead).




Integrated Baseline Review (IBR)
An Integrated Baseline Review (IBR) also known as Performance Measurement Baseline Review (PMBR) is a formal review led by the Government Program Manager and Technical Support Staff. An IBR is conducted jointly with the Government and their Contractor counterparts.
The purpose of an IBR is to: verify the technical content of the Performance Measurement Baseline (PMB); assess the accuracy of the related resources (budgets) and schedules; identify potential risks.
Integrated Master Plan (IMP)
The overall program plan including the work definition, technical approach, performance criteria, and completion criteria.
Integrated Master Schedule (IMS)
The IMS expands the IMP to the work planning level. It defines the tasks, their durations, milestones, milestone dates which relate to the IMP completion criteria, and interdependencies required to complete the program. The IMP and IMS are used to track and execute the program.
Integrated Product Team (IPT)
A grouping of project personnel along project objective lines rather than along organizational lines. Integrated Product Teams are work teams that represent a transition from a functional organization structure to a multifunctional project objective arrangement.
Internal Replanning
Replanning actions performed by the program for remaining effort within the recognized total allocated budget.
Level of Effort (LOE)
Work that does not result in a final product, e. g., liaison, coordination, follow-up, or other support activities, and which cannot be effectively associated with a definable end product process result. It is measured only in terms of resources actually consumed within a given time period.
Management Reserve (MR)
An amount of the total Contract Budget Base (CBB) withheld for management control purposes rather than designated for the accomplishment of a specific task or set of tasks. It is not a part of the Performance Measurement Baseline.
Negotiated Contract Target Cost
The estimated cost negotiated in a Cost Plus Award Fee (CPAF), Cost Plus Fixed Fee (CPFF), Cost Plus Incentive Fee (CPIF) or Fixed Price Incentive Fee (FPIF) contract.
Original Budget
The budget established at, or near, the time the contract was signed, based on the negotiated contract cost.
Overhead
Indirect labor and material, supplies and services costs and other charges, which cannot be consistently identified with individual programs.
Other Direct Costs
A group of accounting elements which can be isolated to specific tasks, other than labor and material. Included in ODC are such items as travel, computer time, and services
Performance Measurement
The time-phased budget plan against which contract




Baseline (PMB)
performance is measured. It is formed by the budgets assigned to scheduled Control Accounts and the allocation of overhead costs. For future effort, not planned to the Control Account level, the performance measurement baseline also includes budgets assigned to higher level WBS elements, and undistributed budgets. It equals the total assigned budget less management reserve.
Performing Organization
A defined unit within the program organization structure, which applies the resources to performs the authorized scope of work.
Planning Package
A logical aggregation of far term work within a Control Account that can be identified and budgeted but not yet defined into Work Packages.
Reprogramming
Replanning of the effort remaining in the contract, resulting in a new budget allocation which exceeds the contract budget base. The resulting baseline is called an Over Target Baseline (OTB).
Responsible Organization
A defined unit within program’s organization structure that is assigned responsibility for accomplishing specific tasks.
Risk Register
Is a tool commonly used in project planning and organizational risk assessments. It is often referred to as a Risk Log. It is used for identifying, analyzing and managing risks.
Schedule Performance Index (SPI)
An efficiency rating reflecting how quickly or slowly project work is progressing. Measured as a ratio of work accomplished versus work planned for a given period of time. The formula for SPI is BCWP/BCWS.
Significant Variances
Those differences between planned and actual cost and schedule performance which require further review, analysis, or action. Appropriate thresholds are established as to the magnitude of variances which will require variance analysis.
Statistical Estimate at Completion
Is a single point estimate that can be quickly prepared and used to test the reasonableness of the current cost estimates and budget and to indicate when a comprehensive EAC should be prepared
Time-Phased S/P/A Report
Provides the timphased budget, performance (earned value) and actual costs at a specific level. It may be at the reporting level, control account, and/or work package level. In all cases the report will also provide the data at the total project level.
To-Complete Performance
An efficiency rating that provides a projection of the
Index (TCPI)
anticipated performance required to achieve the EAC. TCPI indicates the future required cost efficiency needed to achieve a target EAC (Estimate At Complete). Any significant difference between TCPI and the CPI needed to meet the EAC should be accounted for by management in their forecast of the final cost.
Total Allocated Budget (TAB)
The sum of all budgets allocated to the contract. Total allocated budget consists of the performance measurement baseline and all management reserve. The total allocated budget will reconcile directly to the




Contract Budget Base (CBB). Any differences will be documented as to quantity and cause.
Undistributed Budget (UB)
Budget applicable to contract effort which has not yet been identified to WBS elements at or below the lowest level of reporting to the Government.
Variance Analysis Report (VAR)
The internal report completed by the Control Account Manager and submitted, through the Intermediate Manager, to the program manager for those Control Accounts which have variances in excess of established thresholds.
Variances
(See Significant Variances).
Work Authorization Document
A form used to formally authorize and budget work to the
(WAD)
Control Account Manager. This document must include, as a minimum, the Control Account number, Statement of Work, scheduled start and finish dates, budget, and the identity of the CAM. It must be approved by Intermediate Manager, and be agreed to by the Control Account Manager.
Work Breakdown Structure (WBS)
A product-oriented, family-tree composed of hardware, software, services, data and facilities which results from system engineering efforts. A work breakdown structure displays and defines the product(s) to be developed and/ or produced and relates the elements of work to be accomplished to each other and to the end product.
(1)    Program WBS. The work breakdown structure that covers the acquisition of a specific defense material item and is related to contractual effort. A program work breakdown structure includes all applicable elements consisting of at least the first three levels of the work breakdown structure and extended by the program manager and /or contractor(s). A program work breakdown structure has uniform element terminology, definition, and placement in the family tree structure.
(2)    Contract WBS (CWBS) The complete WBS for a contract, developed and used by a contractor within the guidelines of MIL-Handbook 881 (latest revision) or NASA WBS Handbook (insert reference) or other customer guidelines and according to the contract work statement. It includes the approved work breakdown structure for reporting purposes and its discretionary extension to the lower levels by the contractor, in accordance with MIL-Handbook 881 and the contract work statement. It includes all the elements for the products (hardware, software, data, or services) which are the responsibility of the contractor.
Work Packages
Detailed short-span jobs, or material items, identified by the contractor for accomplishing work required to complete the contract. A Work Package has the following characteristics.
1.    It represents units of work at levels where work is performed.




2.    It is clearly distinguishable from all other work packages.
3.    It is assignable to a single organizational element.
4.    It has scheduled start and finish dates and, as applicable, interim milestones, all of which are representative of physical accomplishment.
5.    It has a budget or assigned value expressed in terms of dollars, man-hours or other measurable units.
6.    Its duration is limited to a relatively short span of time or it is subdivided by discrete value milestones to facilitate the objective measurement of work performed.
7.    It is integrated with detailed engineering, manufacturing, or other schedules.
Work Package Budgets
Resources which are formally assigned by the CAM to accomplish a Work Package, expressed in dollars and/or hours.

Appendix 2 Supplemental EVM Implementation Guideline
Implementation of a 7 Principles of EVM system should be less expensive than if there was an ANSI/EIA-748. There is no need for the system to have to go through an EVM compliance review, plus the level of documentation should be streamlined.
The implementation should include:

·
EVM Process flows that reflect how a company will build and maintain the EVM system. (EVM Procedures may also be included if the cost associated with them is reasonable)
·
EVM engine tool and a schedule tool. It is not necessary to load the schedule tool, such as Microsoft Project, with resources. This adds an extra strep, additional costs and little to no value. It is recommended that all resource information be loaded in the EVM engine and leave the schedule tool to what it does best, measure progress through time (duration).
·
The EVM Engine needs to be integrated with the company’s accounting system.
Documentation needed for the Performance Measurement Baseline Review (PMBR)

·
WBS Dictionary/Control Account Work Authorization Documentation
·
Integrated Master Schedule
·
Responsibility Assignment Matrix
·
Control Account Plans
·
PMB Log
·
Baseline Revision Documents
·
Risk Register
EVM IMPLEMENTATION COSTS
The cost for an implementation depends on the size of the contract and the tier level of EVM.
Tier 2 (projects greater than $25M)




Implementation costs should range $75K-$150K
Tier 3 (projects less than $25M)
Implementation costs should range ($50K - $100K)
EVM ENGINES/TOOLS
Depending on the size of the contract would predicate the level of functionality that would be needed. For Tier 2 contracts a larger, more robust EVM engine would be needed. For the Tier 3 small contracts MS Project or the MSP wrap-around would probably suffice although the more robust EVM engines can be used also.
Tier 2
It is recommended that one of the larger and flexible EVM engines be utilized. The tool should have the flexibility to be able to download data from MS Project and be able to upload or input budget data to provide time-phased budget information down to the work package level. It should be able to incorporate the companies Organization Breakdown Structure. It should be able to maintain baseline, actual costs, forecast and performance periodic data. It should be able to forecast Estimate to Complete with the ability to set up different rate tables if necessary. It should have the capability to use all earned value methodologies. It should be able to print many types of EVM reports that can provide information to the Control Account Managers (CAM) and Program Managers (PM), as well as, the Contract Performance Report (CPR) and the Control Account Plans (CAP) that are contract deliverables.
Tier 3
For Tier 3 projects, a company can certainly utilize an EVM engine as listed above or a less robust, less expensive EVM engine that provides the CPR and timephased S/P/A report. It may also use the Microsoft Project wrap-around tools of which there are several on the market. These tools also will provide the CPR and timephased S/P/A report for contract deliverable purposes.
EVM FACILITATION
EVM facilitation pertains to the monthly process to include:
·
Schedule Status
·
Integration of accounting data into EVM engine
·
Run monthly reports for Control Account Managers (Tier 2 only)
·
Prepare the monthly Contract Performance Report (CPR) Formats 1 and 5
·
Run the Control Account Plans for both internal and external (contract requirement)
·
PMB Change Control
Depending on the size of contract, a contractor should have an EVM/cost analyst and schedule analyst for a Tier 2 contract and one combined cost/schedule analyst for a Tier 3 contract. The costs for a schedule analyst on a yearly basis for an employee hire should be equal to or less than $135K. For a cost analyst it should be equal to or less than $120K. If a company is bringing in a contractor to provide staff implementation the costs should be up to $135/hr for a schedule analyst and $120/hr for an EVM/cost analyst.
EVM CONSULTANTS




There may be the need to bring in consultants to help set up your EVM system and perhaps provide EVM staff augmentation to provide the monthly facilitation. Make sure that you shop around and get several quotes. Also make sure that the consultants understand the statement of work pertaining to the BARDA EVM requirements. Most EVM consultants are used to working with companies that have a requirement to implement an ANSI/748 compliant EVM system per the DoD requirements and it is important that they have an understanding of what is required in a 7 Principles EVM implementation so that they don’t propose much more complex EVM system than is needed. Please be advised that the government will only accept reasonable costs associated with implementing a 7 Principles of EVM system.
COST OF EVM
BARDA is working diligently to keep the costs of EVM implementation and facilitation at a reasonable level. Since the goal at BARDA is to provide an integrated, systematic approach to the development and purchase of the necessary vaccines, drugs, therapies, and diagnostic tools for public health medical emergencies, it is imperative that the funds for product development are used for that such purpose. BARDA expects the costs for implementation and monthly facilitation of EVM to range 1%-2% of development budget. This is ratified by the white paper by Dr. Christenson titled “The Costs and Benefits of the Earned Value Management Process”.

Appendix 3 Sample EVM Documents
WBS 1.4.1.x Cardiac (QTc) Safety
Description
Study Title: “A Phase 1 study to assess the cardiovascular safety of intravenous (IV) Panaceomycin in volunteers” (Thorough QT Study)
We will conduct a thorough evaluation of the cardiac effect of Panaceomycin Injection via a randomized, double-blind crossover study. A total of 100 participants (18-22 per arm) will randomize to one of five study arms to receive in a double-blind fashion a single IV infusion of either Panaceomycin Injection 10 mg/kg, Panaceomycin Injection at a supra-therapeutic dose, ciprofloxacin (positive control), or placebo. 12-Lead digital ECGs will be collected in triplicate via Holter monitor from each participant during dosing. Seven days after dosing, participants will be re-randomized to receive another treatment. ECGs will be collected and analyzed. A full statistical analysis and expert ECG report will be generated. Serum PK samples will also be collected at ECG collection time points and analyzed to confirm exposure.
Targeted Outcome: No evidence of delay in cardiac repolarization induced by Panaceomycin as shown by analysis of the QT interval.






Subcontractors
Vendor
Area of Responsibility
Phase Research
o Study Documentation Design and Development
o Clinical Monitoring: Includes site initiation, interim, and close-out monitoring visits,
o Pharmacovigilence
o Data Management: Includes build and maintenance of electronic case report forms (eCRFs); data query generation and resolution
o Biostatistics
o Medical Writing:
o Project Management: The Project Manager will actively facilitate Phase Research’s interaction with the research site and provide close monitoring oversight in conjunction with the assigned CRA. Project Management will also assist in the finalization of all applicable study documents and provide coordination between study vendors.
o Pass-through Expenses
Travel for CRA monitoring visits to clinical sites, shipping and printing costs
o Investigator Grants
Energetics
Core Cardiac Lab
TBD
Clinical study site(s)
Pulse Tech
To provide Central Lab services
Analyx
To perform PK analyses
Claritron
To write the PK report
Obelisk
To label and distribute study drug product
Consultants
Joe Josephs
Internal Medical Monitor:
Sponsor medical oversight
Rolf Xerd
Pharmacologist:
Design and analysis consultation for PK parameters and analysis
Julie Simms
Clinical Trials Manager
Phil Thomas
Medical Writer
Claire Cools
SAS Programmer
Mary Doe
Clinical Contracts
Jim Dodds
Supply Chain Manager
Milestones, EV at Milestones
Consultants and Phase Project Management will earn value as Level of Effort activities. All other costs will earn value according to the schedule below.

- 18 -



Signed Study Protocol
10 %
First participant dosed
20 %
40 % Enrollment
35%
70% Enrollment
50%
Last participant procedure (Treatment phase)
60 %
Last participant follow-up
70 %
Database lock
80 %
Clinical Study Report
90 %
Transferred Trial Master File
100 %
Deliverables
1.
Signed Study Protocol
2.
Top-line data
3.
Signed Clinical Study Report
External Dependencies
1.
Top-line Data from an External Clinical Study Identifying Panaceomycin Maximum Tolerated Dose as a single dose in Humans. The Maximum Tolerable Dose will be defined in a study not included in the BARDA contract. This dose will be used in selecting the Supra-therapeutic dose in this Thorough QT Study.
2.
Successful production of cGMP lot of Panaceomycin.
3.
Enrollment and retention of study participants.
Sample WBS Dictionary



- 19 -




Sample Work Authorization Document




- 20 -



Sample Control Account Plan


- 21 -



DISCLOSURE OF LOBBYING ACTIVITIES
Complete this form to disclose lobbying activities pursuant to 31 U.S.C. 1352
(See reverse for public burden disclosure.)
1. Type of Federal Action:
2. Status of Federal Action:
3. Report Type:
 
a. contract
b. grant
c. cooperative agreement
d. loan
e. loan guarantee
f. loan insurance
 
a. bid/offer/application
b. initial award
c. post-award
 
a. initial filing
b. material change
For Material Change Only:
year ____ quarter
date of last report
4. Name and Address of Reporting Entity:
5.If Reporting Entity in No. 4 is a Subawardee, Enter Name and Address of Prime
Prime
  Subawardee
Tier ______, if known:
 
Congressional District , if known : 4c
Congressional District , if known :
6. Federal Department/Agency:
7. Federal Program Name/Description
 
CFDA Number, if applicable : _____________
8. Federal Action Number , if known :
9. Award Amount , if known :
$
10. a. Name and Address of Lobbying Registrant
( if individual, last name, first name, MI ):
b. Individuals Performing Services  ( including address if different from No. 10a)
( last name, first name, MI )
11. Information requested through this form is authorized by title 31 U.S.C. section 1352. This disclosure of lobbying activities is a material representation of fact upon which reliance was placed by the tier above when this transaction was made or entered into. This disclosure is required pursuant to 31 U.S.C. 1352. This information will be available for public inspection. Any person who fails to file the required disclosure shall be subject to a civil penalty of not less than $10,000 and not more than $100,000 for each such failure.  
Signature:
Print Name:
Title:
Telephone No.:______________ Date:
Federal Use Only:
Authorized for Local Reproduction
Standard Form LLL (Rev. 7-97)


INSTRUCTIONS FOR COMPLETION OF SF-LLL, DISCLOSURE OF LOBBYING ACTIVITIES
This disclosure form shall be completed by the reporting entity, whether subawardee or prime Federal recipient, at the initiation or receipt of a covered Federal action, or a material change to a previous filing, pursuant to title 31 U.S.C. section 1352. The filing of a form is required for each payment or agreement to make payment to any lobbying entity for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of any agency, a Member of Congress, an officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a Member of Congress in connection with a covered Federal action. Complete all items that apply for both the initial filing and material change report. Refer to the implementing guidance published by the Office of Management and Budget for additional information.
1.
Identify the type of covered Federal action for which lobbying activity is and/or has been secured to influence the outcome of a covered Federal action.
2.
Identify the status of the covered Federal action.
3.
Identify the appropriate classification of this report. If this is a followup report caused by a material change to the information previously reported, enter the year and quarter in which the change occurred. Enter the date of the last previously submitted report by this reporting entity for this covered Federal action.

- 1 -



4.
Enter the full name, address, city, State and zip code of the reporting entity. Include Congressional District, if known. Check the appropriate classification of the reporting entity that designates if it is, or expects to be, a prime or subaward recipient. Identify the tier of the subawardee, e.g., the first subawardee of the prime is the 1st tier. Subawards include but are not limited to subcontracts, subgrants and contract awards under grants.
5.
If the organization filing the report in item 4 checks “Subawardee,” then enter the full name, address, city, State and zip code of the prime Federal recipient. Include Congressional District, if known.
6.
Enter the name of the Federal agency making the award or loan commitment. Include at least one organizational level below agency name, if known. For example, Department of Transportation, United States Coast Guard.
7.
Enter the Federal program name or description for the covered Federal action (item 1). If known, enter the full Catalog of Federal Domestic Assistance (CFDA) number for grants, cooperative agreements, loans, and loan commitments.
8.
Enter the most appropriate Federal identifying number available for the Federal action identified in item 1 (e.g., Request for Proposal (RFP) number; Invitation for Bid (IFB) number; grant announcement number; the contract, grant, or loan award number; the application/proposal control number assigned by the Federal agency). Include prefixes, e.g., “RFP-DE-90-001.”
9.
For a covered Federal action where there has been an award or loan commitment by the Federal agency, enter the Federal amount of the award/loan commitment for the prime entity identified in item 4 or 5.
10.
(a) Enter the full name, address, city, State and zip code of the lobbying registrant under the Lobbying Disclosure Act of 1995 engaged by the reporting entity identified in item 4 to influence the covered Federal action.
(b)
Enter the full names of the individual(s) performing services, and include full address if different from 10 (a). Enter Last Name, First Name, and Middle Initial (MI).
11.
The certifying official shall sign and date the form, print his/her name, title, and telephone number.
According to the Paperwork Reduction Act, as amended, no persons are required to respond to a collection of information unless it displays a valid OMB Control Number. The valid OMB control number for this information collection is OMB No. 0348-0046. Public reporting burden for this collection of information is estimated to average 10 minutes per response, including time for reviewing instructions, searching existing data sources, gathering and maintaining the data needed, and completing and reviewing the collection of information. Send comments regarding the burden estimate or any other aspect of this collection of information, including suggestions for reducing this burden, to the Office of Management and Budget, Paperwork Reduction Project (0348-0046), Washington, DC 20503.


- 2 -



SMALL BUSINESS SUBCONTRACTING PLAN
HHS Operating Division (OPDIV):   Office of the Secretary (OS) / Office of the Assistant Secretary for Preparedness and Response (ASPR)
SOLICITATION OR CONTRACT NUMBER:   HHSO100201400002C
DATE OF PLAN :  January 14, 2014
CONTRACTOR :  Rempex Pharmaceuticals, Inc.
ADDRESS : 11535 Sorrento Valley Road, San Diego
STATE/ZIP CODE: California 92121
DUNN & BRADSTREET NUMBER:   968497680
ITEM/SERVICE (Description):   The contract is for the advanced development of Carbavance™ ([***]/RPX7009), a carbapenem/beta-lactamase inhibitor combination, for the treatment of complicated urinary tract infections, carbapenem resistant Enterobacteriaceae infections, and hospital/ventilator acquired pneumonia. The Research and Development (R&D) effort will progress in specific stages that cover the base period and seven (7) option periods as specified in the contract. This is a cost-sharing contract. As such, only a limited number of subcontractors will be funded by the government, whereas many subcontractors (including those that are small businesses) will be funded by Rempex. All information in this Plan relates solely to the subcontracts proposed to be funded by the government.
New/Initial Contract
PERIOD OF CONTRACT PERFORMANCE: 01/21/2014 - 07/31/2019
Base:
$1,758,724
Performance Period 01/21/14 - 09/30/14
Option 1:
$18,041,017
Performance Period 01/21/14 - 08/31/16
Option 2:
$17,999,933
Performance Period 10/01/14 - 09/30/15
Option 3:
$15,999,848
Performance Period 10/01/15 - 09/30/16
Option 4:
$5,159,318
Performance Period 10/01/16 - 07/31/18
Option 5:
$12,840,542
Performance Period 10/01/16 - 12/31/17
Option 6:
$4,937,278
Performance Period 10/01/17 - 07/31/19
Option 7:
$13,043,161
Performance Period 01/01/18 - 07/31/19
 
$89,779,821
Total Contract Cost funded by the government
1.  Type of Plan: Individual plan (all elements developed specifically for this contract and applicable for the full term of this contract).
2.  Goals
a)
Total estimated dollar value of ALL planned subcontracting , i.e., with ALL types of concerns under this contract is $[***] Since we have elected to include indirect costs in this plan, this amount equals the $ [***] in total planned BARDA funded subcontracts (see Table 5.A.10.1 in final cost proposal) plus $[***] in projected indirect costs. The projected indirect costs equal the total indirect cost pool of $[***] shown in Table 5.A.12-1 of the final cost proposal less indirect labor of $[***] and fringe benefits of $[***] multiplied by the 5.6 years of the contract. (Base Period - if options apply).

- 3 -



b)
Total estimated dollar value and percent of planned subcontracting with SMALL BUSINESSES (including SDB, WOSB, HUBZone, VOSB and SDVOSB) (% of “a”):
$ [***] This amount equals $[***] in planned BARDA funded subcontracting to small businesses plus $[***] in planned indirect expenditures on small businesses ([***]% of the $[***] in projected indirect costs shown above). The [***]% goal is based on historical analysis of participation of small businesses in our indirect cost pool. and [***]%
c)
Total estimated dollar value and percent of planned subcontracting with SMALL DISADVANTAGED BUSINESSES (% of “a”):
$ [***] and [***]%
d)
Total estimated dollar value and percent of planned subcontracting with WOMEN‑OWNED SMALL BUSINESSES (% of “a”):
$ [***] and[***]%
e)
Total estimated dollar and percent of planned subcontracting with HUBZone SMALL BUSINESSES (% of “a”):
$ [***] and [***]%
f)
Total estimated dollar and percent of planned subcontracting with Veteran-Owned SMALL BUSINESSES (% of “a”):
$ [***] and [***]%
g)
Total estimated dollar and percent of planned subcontracting with Service-Disabled Veteran-Owned SMALL BUSINESSES (% of “a”):
$ [***] and [***]%
h)
Total estimated dollar and percent of planned subcontracting with “OTHER THAN SMALL BUSINESSES” (As defined by the Small Business Administration as “any entity that is not classified as a small business.  This includes large businesses, state and local governments, non-profit organizations, public utilities, educational institutions and foreign-owned firms.)  (% of “a”):
$[***] and [***] %


i) Services. The principal types of services to be subcontracted under this contract, and the size and type of business supplying them, are as follows: 

- 4 -



Products and/or Services
Small Business
SDB
WOSB
Hubz
VOSB
SDVOSB
1
[***]
[***]
[***]
[***]
[***]
[***]
[***]
[***]
2
[***]
[***]
[***]
[***]
[***]
[***]
[***]
[***]
3
[***]
[***]
[***]
[***]
[***]
[***]
[***]
[***]
4
[***]
[***]
[***]
[***]
[***]
[***]
[***]
[***]
5
[***]
[***]
[***]
[***]
[***]
[***]
[***]
[***]
6
[***]
[***]
[***]
[***]
[***]
[***]
[***]
[***]
j) Provide a description of the method used to develop the subcontracting goals for SB, SDB, WOSB, HUBZone and SDVOSB concerns. Address efforts made to ensure that maximum practicable subcontracting opportunities have been made available for those concerns and explain the method used to identify potential sources for solicitation purposes. Explain the method and state the quantitative basis (in dollars) used to establish the percentage goals. Also, explain how the areas to be subcontracted to SB, WOSB, HUBZone, VOSB and SDVOSB concerns were determined, how the capabilities of these concerns were considered contract opportunities and how such data comports with the cost proposal. Identify any source lists or other resources used in the determination process. (Attach additional sheets, if necessary.)
For each service requiring a BARDA funded subcontract, we prepared a list of capable subcontractors. A summary of the process performed by Rempex to evaluate potential vendors, including those representing small businesses entities for any of the BARDA funded subcontract work is provided below:
Confidential Materials omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. A total of two pages were omitted. [***]
k) Indirect Costs.
Indirect costs have __X__ have not ____ been included in the dollar and percentage subcontracting goals above (check one). 
3.   Program Administrator:
NAME:
[***]
TITLE:
Principal Investigator/Program Manager
ADDRESS:
11535 Sorrento Valley Road
San Diego, CA 92121
TELEPHONE:
[***]
E-MAIL:
[***]
Duties :  The above named administrator will perform the following duties for indirect costs included in this plan and if the contract is modified to provide for additional subcontracted effort funded by BARDA:
a.
Developing and promoting company‑wide policy initiatives that demonstrate the company’s support for awarding contracts and subcontracts to SB, SDB, WOSB, HUBZone, VOSB and SDVOSB concerns; and for assuring that these concerns are included on the source lists for solicitations for products and services they are capable of providing; _x_ yes __ no
b.
Developing and maintaining bidder source lists of SB, SDB, WOSB, HUBZone, VOSB and SDVOSB concerns from all possible sources; _x_ yes  __  no

- 5 -



c.
Ensuring periodic rotation of potential subcontractors on bidder’s lists;  _x_ yes __ no
d.
Assuring that SB, SDB, WOSB, HUBZone, VOSB and SDVOSB businesses are included on the bidders’ list for every subcontract solicitation for products and services that they are capable of providing.  x__ yes __ no
e.
Ensuring that Requests for Proposals (RFPs) are designed to permit the maximum practicable participation of SB, SDB, WOSB, HUBZone, VOSB and SDVOSB concerns.        _x_ yes  __  no
f.
Reviewing subcontract solicitations to remove statements, clauses, etc., which might tend to restrict or prohibit small, 8(a), SDB, WOSB, HUBZone, VOSB and SDVOSB small business participation.  _x_  yes  __  no
g.
Accessing various sources for the identification of SB, SDB, WOSB, HUBZone, VOSB and SDVOSB concerns to include the Central Contractor Registration ( https://www.sam.gov/portal/public/SAM/ ), local small business and minority associations, local chambers of commerce and Federal agencies’ Small Business Offices; ___ x yes ___ no
h.
Establishing and maintaining contract and subcontract award records;  _x_ yes __ no
i.
Participating in Business Opportunity Workshops, Minority Business Enterprise Seminars, Trade Fairs, Procurement Conferences, etc;  _x_  yes  __  no
j.
Ensuring that SB, SDB, WOSB, HUBZone, VOSB and SDVOSB concerns are made aware of subcontracting opportunities and assisting concerns in preparing responsive bids to the company;  x__  yes  __  no
k.
Conducting or arranging for the conduct of training for purchasing personnel regarding the intent and impact of Section 8(d) of the Small Business Act, as amended;  _x_  yes  __  no
l.
Monitoring the company’s subcontracting program performance and making any adjustments necessary to achieve the subcontract plan goals;    _x__yes ___ no
m.
Preparing and submitting timely, required subcontract reports;    _x__ yes ___ no
n.
Conducting or arranging training for purchasing personnel regarding the intent and impact of 8(d) of the Small Business Act on purchasing procedures;  __x  yes  __  no
o.
Coordinating the company’s activities during the conduct of compliance reviews by Federal agencies; and    _x_  yes  __  no
p.
Other duties:  _________N/A_______________________________________________
4.   Equitable Opportunity
The following efforts will be taken to ensure that SB, SDB, WOSB, HUBZone, VOSB and SDVOSB concerns will have an equitable opportunity to compete for subcontracts. These efforts include, but are not limited to, the following activities:

- 6 -



a.      Outreach efforts to obtain sources: 
1.
Contact minority and small business trade associations; 
2.
Contact business development organizations and local chambers of commerce; 
3.
Attend SB, SDB, WOSB, HUBZone, VOSB and SDVOSB procurement conferences and trade fairs; 
4.
Review sources from the Central Contractor Registration ( https://www.sam.gov/portal/public/SAM/ ); 
5.
Review sources from the Small Business Administration (SBA), Central Contractor Registration (CCR); 
6.
Consider using other sources such as the National Institutes of Health (NIH) e-Portals in Commerce, (e-PIC). The NIH e-PIC is not a mandatory source; however, it may be used at the offeror’s discretion; and 
7.
Utilize newspaper and magazine ads to encourage new sources.
b.      Internal efforts to guide and encourage purchasing personnel:
1. Conduct workshops, seminars and training programs;
2.
Establish, maintain, and utilize SB, SDB, WOSB, HUBZone, VOSB and SDVOSB source lists, guides, and other data for soliciting subcontractors; and
3.
Monitor activities to evaluate compliance with the subcontracting plan.
Additional efforts: ______N/A_______________________________________________________
5.   Flow-Down Clause
The contractor agrees that FAR 52.219‑8, “Utilization of Small Business Concerns,” will be included in all subcontracts (exceeding the simplified acquisition threshold) that offer further subcontracting opportunities. All subcontractors, except small business concerns, that receive subcontracts in excess of $650,000 ($1,500,000 for construction) must adopt and comply with a plan similar to the plan required by FAR 52.219‑9, “Small Business Subcontracting Plan.”  Note:  In accordance with FAR 52.212-5(e) and 52.244-6(c) the contractor is not required to include flow-down clause FAR 52.219.-9 if it is subcontracting commercial items.
6.   Reporting and Cooperation
The contractor gives assurance of 1) cooperation in any studies or surveys that may be required; 2) submission of periodic reports which illustrate compliance with the subcontracting plan; 3) submission of its Individual Subcontracting Report (ISR) and Summary Subcontract Report (SSR); and 4) subcontractors submission of ISRs and SSRs.  ISRs and SSRs shall be submitted via the Electronic Subcontracting Reporting System (eSRS) website at http://www.esrs.gov.
Reporting Period
Oct 1 - Mar 31
ISR
[***]
 Apr 1 - Sept 30
ISR
[***]
Oct 1 - Sept 30
SSR
[***]
Contract Completion
 Year End SDB Report
30 days after completion

- 7 -



Please refer to FAR Part 19.7 for instruction concerning the submission of a Commercial Plan: SSR is due on [***] each year for the previous fiscal year ending 9/30.
a.
Submit ISR (bi-annually) for the awarding Contracting Officer’s review and acceptance via the eSRS website.
b.
Currently, SSR (annually) must be submitted for the HHS eSRS Agency Coordinator review and acceptance via the eSRS website. ( Note : Log onto the OSDBU website to view the HHS Agency Coordinator contact information ( http://www.hhs.gov/about/smallbusiness/osdbustaff.html ).
Note: The Request for Proposal (RFP) will indicate whether a subcontracting plan is required. Due to the nature and complexity of many HHS contracts, particularly the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid (CMS), the contractor may not be required to submit its subcontracting reports through the eSRS.
7.  Recordkeeping
FAR 19.704(a) (11) requires a list of the types of records your company will maintain to demonstrate the procedures adopted to comply with the requirements and goals in the subcontracting plan. The following is a description of the types of records that will be maintained concerning procedures that have been adopted to comply with the requirements and goals in the subcontracting plan.  The records will include, but not be limited to, the following:
a.
SB, SDB, WOSB, HUBZone, VOSB and SDVOSB source lists, guides and other data identifying such vendors;
b.
Organizations contacted in an attempt to locate SB, SDB, WOSB, HUBZone, VOSB and SDVOSB sources;
c.
On a contract‑by‑contract basis, records on all subcontract solicitations over $100,000, which indicate for each solicitation (1) whether SB, SDB, WOSB, HUBZone, VOSB and/or SDVOSB concerns were solicited, if not, why not and the reasons solicited concerns did not receive subcontract awards;
d.
Records to support other outreach efforts, e.g., contacts with minority and small business trade associations, attendance at small and minority business procurement conferences and trade fairs;
e.
Records to support internal guidance and encouragement provided to buyers through (1) workshops, seminars, training programs, incentive awards; and (2) monitoring performance to evaluate compliance with the program and requirements; and
f.
On a contract‑by‑contract basis, records to support subcontract award data including the name, address, and business type and size of each subcontractor. [(This is not required on a contract-by-contract basis for commercial plans.)]
g.
Other records to support your compliance with the subcontracting plan: (Please describe)
_________N/A_                                 
                                    
                                    

- 8 -



8. Timely Payments to Subcontractors
FAR 19.702 requires your company to establish and use procedures to ensure the timely payment of amounts due pursuant to the terms of your subcontracts with SB concerns, SDB, WOSB, HUBZone, VOSB and SDVOSB concerns.
Your company has established and used such procedures: ____x____ yes _________ no
9. Description of Good Faith Effort
Maximum practicable utilization of SB, SDB, WOSB, HUBZone, VOSB and SDVOSB concerns as subcontractors in Government contracts is a matter of national interest with both social and economic benefits . When a contractor fails to make a good faith effort to comply with a subcontracting plan, these objectives are not achieved, and 15 U.S.C. 637(d) (4) (F) directs that liquidated damages shall be paid by the contractor.


- 9 -



SIGNATURE PAGE
Signatures Required:
This subcontracting plan was submitted by:
Signature:          /s/ Leslie Schulze
Typed/Print Name:      Leslie Schulze
Title: Vice President Finance
Date: 1/15/14


This plan was reviewed by:

Signature:          /s/ [***]
Typed/Print Name:      [***]
Title:      Contracting Officer
Date:      1/15/14


This plan was reviewed by:

Signature:          /s/ Dwight D. Deneal
Typed/Print Name:      Dwight D. Deneal
Title:      HHS Small Business Specialist
Date:      01/16/14


This plan was reviewed by:

Signature:          /s/ Barbara Weaver
Typed/Print Name:      Barbara Weaver
Title: Small Business Administration Procurement Center Representative
Date: 1-29-14


This plan was approved by:

Signature:          /s/ [***]
Typed/Print Name:      [***]
Title:      Contracting Officer
Date:      1/29/14


- 10 -



AMENDMENT OF SOLICITATION/MODIFICATION OF CONTRACT
1. CONTRACT ID CODE
PAGE OF PAGES
1
2
2. AMENDMENT/MODIFICATION NO. 00001
3. EFFECTIVE DATE
See Block 16C
4. REQUISITION/PURCHASE REQ. NO.
N/A
5. PROJECT NO. ( If applicable)
6. ISSUED BYCODE
ASPR-BARDA
7. ADMINISTERED BY ( If other than Item 6 )CODE
ASPR-BARDA
ASPR-BARDA
200 Independence Ave., S.W.
Room 640-G
Washington DC 20201
ASPR-BARDA
200 Independence Ave., S.W.
Room 638-G
Washington DC 20201
8. NAME AND ADDRESS OF CONTRACTOR ( No., Street, county, State, and ZIP Code )
REMPEX PHARMACEUTICALS, INC. 1438425
REMPEX PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.1
11535 SORRENTO VALLEY RD
SAN DIEGO, CA 921211309
(x)
9A. AMENDMENT OF SOLICITATION NO.
 
 
9B. DATED ( SEE ITEM 11 )
x
10A. MODIFICATION OF CONTRACT/ORDER NO.
HHSO100201400002C
CODE
1438425
FACILITY CODE
 
10B. DATED ( SEE ITEM 13 )
02/03/2014
11. THIS ITEM ONLY APPLIES TO AMENDMENTS OF SOLICITATIONS
The above numbered solicitation is amended as set forth in Item 14. The hour and date specified for receipt of Offers is extended.is not extended.
Offers must acknowledge receipt of this amendment prior to the hour and date specified in the solicitation or as amended, by one of the following methods: (a) By completing Items 8 and 15, and returning __________ copies of the amendment; (b) By acknowledging receipt of this amendment on each copy of the offer submitted; or (c) By separate letter or telegram which includes a reference to the solicitation and amendment numbers. FAILURE OF YOUR ACKNOWLEDGMENT TO BE RECEIVED AT THE PLACE DESIGNATED FOR THE RECEIPT OF OFFERS PRIOR TO THE HOUR AND DATE SPECIFIED MAY RESULT IN REJECTION OF YOUR OFFER. If by virtue of this amendment you desire to change an offer already submitted, such change may be made by telegram or letter, provided each telegram or letter makes reference to the solicitation and this amendment, and is received prior to the opening hour and date specified.
12. ACCOUNTING AND APPROPRIATION DATA ( If required )
N/A
13. THIS ITEM ONLY APPLIES TO MODIFICATION OF CONTRACTS/ORDERS. IT MODIFIES THE CONTRACT/ORDER NO. AS DESCRIBED IN ITEM 14.
CHECK ONE
A.THIS CHANGE ORDER IS ISSUED PURSUANT TO: ( Specify Authority ) THE CHANGES SET FORTH IN ITEM 14 ARE MADE IN THE CONTRACT ORDER NO. IN ITEM 10A.
 
 
B.THE ABOVE NUMBERED CONTRACT/ORDER IS MODIFIED TO REFLECT THE ADMINISTRATIVE CHANGES ( such as changes in paying office, appropriation date, etc .) SET FORTH IN ITEM 14, PURSUANT TO THE AUTHORITY OF FAR 43.103(b).
 
C. THIS SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENT IS ENTERED INTO PURSUANT TO AUTHORITY OF:
 
D. OTHER ( Specify type of modification and authority )

Bilateral: Mutual Agreement of the Parties and Article G.3. Key Personnel.
E. IMPORTANT:  Contractor is not, is required to sign this document and return                 1               copies to the issuing office.
14. DESCRIPTION OF AMENDMENT/MODIFICATION ( Organized by UCF section headings, including solicitation/contract subject matter where feasible. )
Tax ID Number: 27-5026000
DUNS Number: 968497680
A. The purpose of this modification is to incorporate the following no cost administrative change into the contract:

1. Under Article G.3. Key Personnel, [***]is hereby replaced with [***] as Program Manager.

2. This change is Key Personnel is at no additional cost to the Government and will not result in any cost overrun under the contract.

Continued…

Except as provided herein, all terms and conditions of the document referenced in Item 9A or 10A, as heretofore changed, remains unchanged and in full force and effect.
15A. NAME AND TITLE OF SIGNER( Type or print )

Leslie Schulze, VP Finance
16A. NAME AND TITLE OF CONTRACTING OFFICER( Type or print )

[***]
15B. CONTRACTOR/OFFEROR
BY    /s/ Leslie Schulze
( Signature of person authorized to sign )
15C. DATE SIGNED
16B. UNITED STATES OF AMERICA
BY /s/   [***]
( Signature of Contracting Officer )
16C. DATE SIGNED
2/13/14
NSN 7540-01-152-8070 STANDARD FORM 30  (REV. 10-83)

- 1 -



Previous edition unusable Prescribed  by GSA
FAR (48 CFR) 53.243

- 2 -



CONTINUATION SHEET
REFERENCE NO. OF DOCUMENT BEING CONTINUED
HHSO100201400002C/0001
PAGE OF
2
2
NAME OF OFFEROR OR CONTRACTOR
REMPEX PHARMACEUTICALS, INC. 1438425
ITEM NO.
(A)
SUPPLIES/SERVICES
(B)
QUANTITY
(C)
UNIT
(D)
UNIT PRICE
(E)
AMOUNT
(F)
 
B. This is a no cost bilateral modification. The total amount, scope and all other terms and conditions of the contract remain unchanged.
Period of Performance: 02/05/2014 to 08/31/2016






































 
 
 
 


- 3 -


Exhibit 10.2
Confidential Materials omitted and filed separately with the
Securities and Exchange Commission. Triple asterisks denote omissions.

SIXTH AMENDMENT TO
SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT

This Sixth Amendment to Second Amended and Restated Distribution Agreement (this “Amendment”) is between The Medicines Company, a Delaware corporation with offices at 8 Sylvan Way, Parsippany, NJ 07054 (“MDCO”), and Integrated Commercialization Solutions, Inc., a California corporation with offices at 3101 Gaylord Parkway, Frisco, TX 75034 (“Distributor”). This Amendment is effective as of February 01, 2014 (the “Amendment Effective Date”). MDCO and Distributor shall, at times throughout this Amendment, be referred to individually as a “Party” and collectively as the “Parties”.

RECITALS

A.
MDCO and Distributor are parties to a Second Amended and Restated Distribution Agreement effective as of October 1, 2010, as amended by the First Amendment dated July 1, 2011, the Second Amendment dated September 1, 2011, the Third Amendment dated April 23, 2012, the Fourth Amendment dated April 29, 2013 and the Fifth Amendment dated September 12, 2013 (as amended, the “Agreement”);

B.
Under the Agreement, among other things, MDCO engaged Distributor to perform distribution services for certain of MDCO’s pharmaceutical products; and

C.
The Parties now wish to amend the Agreement in certain respects.

AMENDMENT

NOW THEREFORE, the parties agree as follows:

1.
Defined Terms . Capitalized terms in this Amendment that are not defined in this Amendment have the meanings given to them in the Agreement. If there is any conflict between the Agreement and any provision of this Amendment, this Amendment will control.

2.
Section 12.1 . Section 12.1 of the Agreement is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

12.1
Term . This Agreement shall commence upon the Effective Date and will continue until February 28, 2019, unless sooner terminated in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. Thereafter, this Agreement shall automatically renew for subsequent terms of one additional year, unless either Party provides the other Party with written notice of its intent not to renew this Agreement at least 90 days before expiration of the current Term. The initial term and all renewal terms are collectively referred to as the “Term”.

3.
Exhibit A-1 . The parties agree that Exhibit A-1 is hereby added to the Agreement.

4.
Exhibit D . The Parties agree that Exhibit D to the Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the attached Revised Exhibit D.

5.
No Other Changes . Except as otherwise provided in this Amendment, the terms and conditions of the Agreement will continue in full force, nothing in the Amendment modifies any term or provision in the Agreement or the Continuing Guaranty.







IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Amendment as of the Amendment Effective Date.

INTEGRATED COMMERCIALIZATION
SOLUTIONS, INC.
THE MEDICINES COMPANY
By:
/s/ Stephen W. McKinnon
By:
/s/ Tanya Quinn 4/1/14
Name:
Stephen W. McKinnon
Name:
Tanya Quinn
Title:
President and GM
Title:
VP, Global Supply Chain







EXHIBIT A-1
Operational Expectations for ICS
 
Dedicated MDCO Program Manager: to work closely with MDCO’s Operations/Distribution Director, ensure MDCO’s commercial warehousing and distribution activities for our portfolio are managed proactively and completely within budget. Additionally, to lead efforts with MDCO and ICS teams to proactively identify, recommend and implement process changes and improvements to continuously drive efficiencies.
Experienced Project Manager for New Product/Sku Launches: to create the project plan for all warehousing/distribution activities inclusive of chargebacks, finances, wholesale distribution readiness, etc. in order to manage and drive the project plan and ensure timely adherence of goals and escalation of gaps.
Date Reporting Improvements: by March 15, 2015 ensure all current reporting upgrade requests are complete; to identify and outline future requests for improvement and manage those projects with transparency and urgency.
Quarterly Business Review Discipline: dedicated MDCO program to proactively schedule quarterly meetings (in-person or by telephone). Create the agenda and manage action items ongoing, ensuring on-time completion or escalation to mgmt. and establish relevant metrics for regular review.
Joint Steering Committee: establish and conduct on a bi-annual basis or as needed an executive team to oversee the progress of all operational expectations outlined above, identifying challenges, gaps and solutions and ensure the alignment of performance expectations; Members: MDCO VP, Global Supply Chain; MDCO VP Finance/Controller, ICS President and General Manager, and ICS VP Finance.







Revised EXHIBIT D
Fee Schedule effective April 1, 2014



Services                                          Fee

A.      Marketing, Sales, Customer Service and Distribution

Fees include the following                         Percentage of WAC                                                 ( see below )
Warehousing Management and Inventory Administration
Customer Service / Order Entry
Marketing and Distribution Services
Invoicing and Accounts Receivable Management
Direct Account Set Up
Information Technology


Wholesaler Stocking                             Percent of WAC

Angiomax, Cangrelor*, Oritavancin*, Minocin IV**            [***]%

Generics (G10), Argatroban, Recothrom, Cleviprex, Fibrocaps*        [***]%


Drop-Ship/Direct
    
Angiomax, Cangrelor*, Oritavancin*, Minocin IV**            [***]%        

Generics (G10), Argatroban, Recothrom, Cleviprex, Fibrocaps*        [***]%    

    
* Product under regulatory review.
** Product to be transitioned in.

B. Contract Pricing (provided in Section 5.4)

MDCO will reimburse Distributor monthly for any MDCO Contract sales administered as a direct price
(anything less than current WAC of the product) at time of sale. Reimbursement amount to Distributor is
current WAC at time of contract sales minus contract price.

Any direct pricing will be provided by MDCO to Distributor.

C. Pricing Actions

Distributor shall realize no benefit or penalty from pricing actions. In the event of a price
increase on the Products, Distributor shall deduct the difference in value of the Products held in






Distributor inventory held on the day prior to the price increase. For example, the day prior to
the price increase the value of the products is $1,000,000 and a 6% price increase raises the
value of the same inventory to $1,060,000 on the same number of units of Products. Distributor
shall deduct the difference, $60,000 , from the next Service Fee.

In the event of a price decrease on the Products, Distributor shall add the difference in value of
the Products held on the Distributor inventory held on the day prior to the price decrease. For
example, the day prior to the price decrease the value of the products is $1,000,000 and a 6%
price decrease lowers the value of the same inventory to $940,000 on the same number of units
of Products. Distributor shall add the difference, $60,000 , to the next Service Fee.





EXHIBIT 31.1
 
CERTIFICATIONS
 
I, Clive A. Meanwell, certify that:

 
1.
I have reviewed this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of The Medicines Company;
2.
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4.
The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
a)
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
b)
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
c)
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
d)
Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and
5.
The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
a)
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
b)
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.
 
 
 
 
/s/  Clive A. Meanwell
 
 
 
Clive A. Meanwell
 
 
 
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
Dated:
May 12, 2014
 
 





EXHIBIT 31.2
 
CERTIFICATIONS
 
I, Glenn P. Sblendorio, certify that:

 
1.
I have reviewed this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of The Medicines Company;
2.
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4.
The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
a)
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
b)
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
c)
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
d)
Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and
5.
The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
a)
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
b)
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.
 
 
 
 
/s/  Glenn P. Sblendorio
 
 
 
Glenn P. Sblendorio
 
 
 
President and Chief Financial Officer
Dated:
May 12, 2014
 
 





EXHIBIT 32.1
 
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 
In connection with the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of The Medicines Company (the “Company”) for the period ended March 31, 2014 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Clive A. Meanwell, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, hereby certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

 
(1)
The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
(2)
The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
 

 
 
 
By: 
/s/  Clive A. Meanwell
 
 
 
 
Clive A. Meanwell
 
 
 
 
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
Dated:
May 12, 2014
 
 
 


 
A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to The Medicines Company and will be retained by The Medicines Company and furnished to the SEC or its staff upon request





EXHIBIT 32.2
 
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 
In connection with the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of The Medicines Company (the “Company”) for the period ended March 31, 2014 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Glenn P. Sblendorio, President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company, hereby certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:
 

(1)
The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
(2)
The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
 

 
 
 
By: 
/s/  Glenn P. Sblendorio
 
 
 
 
Glenn P. Sblendorio
 
 
 
 
President and Chief Financial Officer
Dated:
May 12, 2014
 
 
 

 
A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to The Medicines Company and will be retained by The Medicines Company and furnished to the SEC or its staff upon request